12 – Town Meeting

Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments


BOC’s Special Meeting 12/06/24

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here NA

Audio Recording » click here


1.   Executive Session Pursuant to North Carolina General Statute 143-381.11 (a)(6), Personnel – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Paarfus

2.   Discussion and Possible Action to Appoint Interim Town Manager – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Paarfus

 The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners held a special meeting on Friday to select an interim town manager. The board had previously voted to terminate David Hewett as town manager. The motion was made to hire Assistant Town Manager Christy Ferguson as the interim town manager effective immediately with an annual salary of $140,000.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Jackie Chan Still from a Movie with Wait What Text

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text


They just hired our Assistant Town Manager Christy Ferguson as the interim town manager effective immediately with an annual salary of $140K. There are forty-five (45) City Manager’s in North Carolina with a town population below 2,500. The average NC town manager salary for that size community is $114K. Christy as Assistant Town Manager is currently making $99K. Understand that a salary adjustment was needed but the Board just gave Christy a $41K raise, that’s a whopping +41% increase and 93% of David’s salary of $151K. Are.. You.. Kidding.. Me?! Who is responsible for this debacle? What were they thinking? Frankly, they really should consider taking a negotiating course. It was my understanding that David did not get any salary increases recently because of a reduction in his work load, having hired both an Assistant Town Manager for $99K and a Finance Officer for $86K. The Board just had an opportunity to adjust the manager’s salary to account for those two positions. Granted for the time being she will be attempting to do two (2) jobs, both her Assistant Town Manager and David’s Town Manager responsibilities. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics promotional increases typically average between 7% and 12%. A 10% increase would have paid her $109K, which is pretty close (87%) to the NC town managers average salary. That makes more sense especially since the position no longer has the Finance Officer responsibilities. Based on her lack of experience it is usual and customary to come in at the entry pay level for this position. Therefore, she should be paid closer to the bottom of the pay window not the top. There are only six managers that make more than that in the entire state. The flip side is that 87% of the NC town managers make less than that salary of $140K. Unfortunately, they have now set the bar for her or anyone else that they hire to expect the minimum salary of $140K, which is too high. What are they mashugana? Although Christy has the inside track she still needs to demonstrate that she is up to the task and that they should hire her to fill the position. Meanwhile I don’t think we have to promote her and definitely don’t think that it should be a foregone conclusion. We still need to search for the best qualified candidate. I believe we need to  hire a headhunter company that provides employment recruiting services to find talent and to locate individuals who meet the specific job requirements we have for our town manager position. There’s a lot of experienced, competent people, with the desired skill sets required, that are out there who would be able and willing to serve our community. We certainly should have plenty of options especially since we now will be paying at least $140K.


Brunswick beach town hires interim manager following recent termination
Less than a month after firing the town manager, one Brunswick beach town board has decided who they want to fill the position temporarily. The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners have chosen an interim town manager before beginning the search for a new, permanent town manager. Here’s the latest.

Recap on what happened in November
Following a less than five-minute closed session to discuss personnel during the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners regular Tuesday, Nov. 19 meeting, Commissioner Rick Paarfus motioned to fire former Town Manager David Hewett. Hewett was with the town since 2008. Commissioners Paarfus, Tracey Thomas and Mayor Pro-Tem Tom Myers voted in favor of Hewett’s termination while Commissioners Page Dyer and Rick Smith voted against. Hewett’s termination became effective Dec. 4. However, the board placed Hewett on administrative leave from Nov. 21 until Dec. 4. Smith, Dyer and Holden said the decision blindsided them and that Hewett was a solid town manager.

What’s new?
Commissioners held a special meeting on Friday to discuss and hire on an interim town manager. The meeting began with a public comments section. “You went about it all the wrong way,” resident Sylvia Pate said about the board’s action toward Hewett, noting it was humiliating. Following public comments, meeting attendees were pushed to stand in the hallway before the doors to the chambers were locked by Town Clerk Heather Finnell. Commissioners then filed into a separate room dedicated for closed sessions – without unlocking the glass doors to the chambers. The closed session was approximately an hour and a half long. Commissioner Dyer was seen reentering the commissioners’ chambers in frustration twice. At one point she was seen speaking to Finnell with anger and another time Dyer exited the room with Holden behind her. Commissioners finished their closed discussion and resumed the open meeting shortly after 10 a.m. Paarfus motioned to hire Assistant Town Manager Christy Ferguson as the interim town manager, effective immediately, with an annual salary of $140,000. Commissioners voted in favor unanimously. “Through the years, Christy has been dedicated, straight forward, couldn’t ask her to have anything any better than what she has done, and she has proved her love for the people and the town of Holden Beach over and over again,” Mayor Alan Holden said. Asked if there were other candidates discussed, the mayor said no. Holden said Hewett did a good job as town manager and constantly encouraged staff to educate themselves in preparation for promotions. “Holden Beach has come a long way in the last 14, 15, 16 years and we appreciate what David did,” he said.

Next steps
The board must follow a process to hire the next town manager, and Holden said the town plans to fulfill all requirements. The start of the process is advertising the town manager position. “I think it’s a good day for the public in the fact that Christy has agreed to stay with us a little while longer,” Holden said. Though Ferguson has only been hired as the interim, Holden said the town is encouraging her to apply for the permanent job.
Read more » click here


BOC’s Regular Meeting 12/17/24

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet click here

Audio Recording » click here


1.   Conflict of Interest Check

2024 Rules of Procedure for the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners
(e) Conflict Check. Immediately after the approval of the agenda, the Presiding Officer shall poll each member to disclose any potential conflicts of interest. In the event that a potential conflict is disclosed, the members will vote on a motion to allow or excuse that member with respect to the agenda item. If excused, the member may not participate in any discussion, debate, or vote with respect to the agenda item.

The Board was polled by Heather our Town Clerk. All of them declared that there was no conflict of interest with any agenda item at this meeting.


2.   Consideration and Possible Action on the Termination of the Coastal Storm Risk Management General Revaluation Corps of Engineers Study – Bob Keistler and/or Brennan Dooley, Corps of Engineers and Interim Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – pages 14 – 25

USACE Presentation » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on the termination of the Coastal Storm Risk Management General Reevaluation USACE study

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Data produced through Beach-FX and G2CRM modeling conducted by the Corps reveals that a CSRM project is not in the national interest at this time. The Corps will go through its rationale and give the BOC a chance to decide if they want to continue the study effort.

INTERIM TOWN MANAGERS RECOMMENDATION:
Receive report and consider termination of study.


The Town of Holden Beach executed an agreement with the Corps to engage in a Coastal Storm Risk Management (CSRM) study in August of 2021. The Corps has been working through various tasks and alternatives since that time to establish if a beach project is in the national interest. As part of all CSRM studies, the agency is also mandated to consider back bay flooding. Modeling analysis reveals neither project fits the economic model to be in the national interest. The Corps will  present  this information , and the BOC will need to provide direction  on  terminating  the study  effort  that  is scheduled  to conclude  in July of 2026. Presentation slides from the agency are included as an attachment.


CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

Conclusion:

    • This analysis has not identified a supportable Coastal Storm Risk Management project. The recommendation for this study is the “no action”
    • The Corps will finalize study products that are in progress and share all data with the Town of Holden

Recommendation:

    • The town should continue its local Coastal Storm Risk Management

Previously reported – April 2021
In order for us to become a USACE beach requires a new study be authorized
Three (3) years / Three (3) levels of review / Three (3) million dollars

    • $1.5 million Feds and $1.5 million Town of Holden Beach

Why consider doing a study?

    • FEMA is not an insurance policy
    • The rule book is changing
    • We have to consider risks

Coastal Storm Risk Management Study
This attached draft agreement for a Coastal Storm Risk Management Study (Attachment 1) between the USACE and the Town of Holden Beach represents the inclusion of the study in the Corps work plan for this federal fiscal year. The study was the Town’s number one advocacy priority at the federal level as a proposed means of storm damage reduction . The Town will not know if it is economically and environmentally feasible for us to become a federal beach unless the study is conducted. The attached budget amendment (Attachment  2) in the amount of $500,000 represents the town’s commitment for the upcoming FY for the Town’s share of the total non-federal (Town) study cost of $1,500,000.

If the BOC chooses to pursue the study, a motion will need to be made to authorize the Town Manager to execute the contract document and self-certification of financial capability with the USACE and approve the attached budget amendment.

Christy went through a slide presentation briefly reviewing how we got to this point. The abridged version is that FEMA continues to change the rules for engineered beaches maintenance programs. The study with the USACE gives us another option if we can’t count on FEMA moving forward. Commissioner Kwiatkowski was prepared as usual and had a number of questions for the USACE representatives that were in attendance at the meeting. The Corps representative walked them through the process. Commissioner Sullivan asked a couple additional questions regarding funding. An important takeaway is the federal government contributes 65% of the costs for initial construction, the cost split is 50% between federal and non-federal funding for maintenance nourishment projects. Of course, the major concern is whether there will be adequate funding for not only the study but for an approved project. The Corps rep made it very clear that there is no guarantee, but he felt confident that they both would be funded. He understands that the Town is looking to obtain the best deal possible. FEMA and USACE organizations are both here to help and each have a place. The difference between them is that the USACE is more of a designed project, build, and maintain whereas FEMA is primarily there to help cover emergencies. The BOC’s decided to fund the  $1.5 million study and take the funds from the BPART account instead of the Capital Reserve account.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

We just approved spending $1.5 million to potentially switch to USACEwait for itafter we just received $45 million for FEMA projects. I have some reservations about making the change and was really disappointed that there was not more serious discussions prior to spending that kind of money.  Just to be clear I’m for beach nourishment, but I am generally opposed to moving forward with the federal project due to the uncertainty of the funding. Congressional authorization of a project does not necessarily mean that the project will receive federal construction funds. Project authorizations over the years have far outpaced the level of federal appropriations provided. Our portion is $1.5 million just for the Storm Risk Management study, which is a huge amount of money when we don’t even know if the study will be completely funded let alone whether the project will be approved or funded.

Previously reported – September 2022
The Army Corps of Engineers will be presenting recently communicated proposed changes in the Coastal Storm Risk Management Study duration, scope, costs, and potential funding options (slides included in agenda packet) . The board should consider this as an opportunity to obtain clarity on its options going forward. The board may need to consider a letter of intent regarding changes to study para meters.

Additional scope required for the study
EIS, borrow source investigations, backside waterway flooding analysis
This resulted in an additional 11 months of study and a cost increase of – $1.25 M.

USACE briefly reviewed the process and gave us a status update. Hat in hand, they said they are not able to get it done as presented to us; neither in the time frame three (3) years nor for the budget of three (3) million dollars. Additional work beyond what they planned is needed. They realize that they need to take other variables into consideration, and they need to address it now. Colonel Bennett stated that they were not here to advocate for or against the project but were here to communicate capability. The sooner that they get Board approval the better, it would likely be a greater opportunity to be selected. The Board allowed the public to ask any questions that they had. Town Manager will draft letter of intent and the BOC’s will discuss at the Special Meeting scheduled for September 28th.

No decision was made – No action taken

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextLet me get this straight we already committed $1.5 million for our portion just over one (1) year ago and now they want us to ante up another 1.25 million? The additional cost prohibits us from doing other things that we planned on doing.

Previously reported – October 2022
Colonel Bennett, representing the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, presented proposed changes in the Coastal Storm Risk Management Study duration, scope, costs, and potential funding opportunities at the September board meeting. Attached please find the letter of intent  the Wilmington  District  would  like from the Board (Attachment 1) to apply for 2019 Disaster Relief Act funding. Prior to the  regular September meeting staff consulted with Ward and Smith /Ferguson Group to develop the attached draft letter of intent at Attachment 2; however, the Wilmington District  has communicated “HQ  would  like  to see full acknowledgement of the additional time and  costs”  (Christine  Brayman ).  Also included  is what we have obtained since the meeting to describe actions/costs to date (Attachment 3).

Christy went over the information presented at the last meeting and the potential options available to us. USACE Wilmington District would like the first letter in the packet to be sent from the Board to apply for the 2019 Disaster Relief Act funding. Board approval of  the letter of intent is an acknowledgement of the additional time and costs. Motion was made to send the first letter in the packet to the USACE.


The Town of Holden Beach, NC, supports the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Wilmington District’s request for Disaster Relief Act of 2019 (DRA19) funding to complete the Brunswick County Beaches, Holden Beach Portion, General Reevaluation Report (GRR) at 100% Federal cost . We understand the current study cost is $4,250,000 and will now require an additional 11 months to complete the study for a total of 47 months due to additional requirements. If DRA19 funding is approved, the Town understands that no further non-Federal contribution would be required to complete the GRR and the cost sharing agreement would be adjusted to reflect this change to 100% Federal funding requirements.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Commissioner Kwiatkowski recommended that we need to consider revisiting our decision because of all the changes that have been made. She questioned whether this is the best thing to do now. Also, she would like them to consider working together with Oak Island on moving forward together with just one project.

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextIf I understood correctly, they did not agree to ante up any additional funds. They are applying to the federal government to produce the money. In addition, I was not really clear if the USACE was asking us for the full $1.25M or to split this amount with them. For the time being we have not committed any additional funds and have just spent $500,000 for the study so far. Stay tuned …

Update –
Representatives from the USACE gave a presentation. The bottom-line is the government requires that the project BENEFITS be greater than the COST, they are not.  The project is not in the national interest, which simply means the analysis does not support a Coastal Storm Risk Management project. USACE plan to wrap up the study, close it out, and transfer data to the town. The motion was made to receive the report and initiate termination of the study.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

The Town has spent a total of $1,775,000. Turns out this was a very costly roll of the dice. Both our lobbyist Mike McIntyre and the USACE both assured us that they wouldn’t propose to move forward if they didn’t think that Holden Beach would qualify for the program. What the termination means to us is that we need to reevaluate and change the game plan. The transfer of funds to the Beach & Inlet Reserve Fund is a good start for us to manage and pay for beach nourishment moving forward.


3.   Police Report – Chief Jeremy Dixon 

Agenda Packet – pages 26 – 30

Police Report » click here

Police Patch

Jeremy reviewed the actions that were taken by them last month
Business as usual for this time of the year

 

Previously reported – October 2024

We are in the shoulder season, they experienced a normal seasonal decline of activity

The Chief reminded everyone that runners and walkers should be on the sidewalk not in the bike lane

Hunting season is underway, it is prohibited within Town limits


Personnel announcement

Not only did they not fill the open detective position, but another officer has resigned

The department now has four (4) vacancies 

The police department currently has only seven (7) officers of the eleven (11) they are budgeted to have

 Having the full complement of eleven (11) police officers seems to be an elusive goal.


What he did not say –


Public Service Announcement
Requested that we all use caution if driving during the holiday season. There is lots of traffic during the holiday and statistically the country has an average of 119 fatalities a day. Please drive safely!

The National Safety Council estimates 720 people may be killed on U.S. roadways during the upcoming holidays: 345 during the Christmas holiday driving period and an additional 375 during the New Year’s holiday driving period.\\


Booze It & Lose It’ underway through holidays
Recognized as one of the nation’s most effective anti-drunk-driving campaigns, Booze It & Lose It has created increased awareness of the dangers and the consequences of drinking and driving through innovative education campaigns and extensive enforcement of impaired-driving laws. During each campaign, law enforcement agencies increase the number of patrols and officers in an area, set up checking stations and use local news media to reach out to drivers. Motorists caught driving while impaired could face jail time, lose their driving privileges and pay an average of $10,000 in fines, towing fees and other expenses associated with a DWI. That’s not a small price, and it doesn’t even count the heftier price: the potential cost of a lost life. Even with the success of Booze It & Lose It, more than 9,000 people have lost their lives in alcohol-related crashes in North Carolina since the program’s introduction in 1994. During enforcement campaigns, law enforcement agencies increase the number of saturation patrols, set up checking stations and use local news media to reach out to all drivers.


It’s that time of year, rental season ends, and break-in season officially starts
Requested that we all serve as the eyes and ears for law enforcement.

If you know something, hear something, or see something –
call 911 and let the police deal with it.


4.   Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – pages 31 – 33

Inspections Report » click here


ACTIVE NEW HOME PERMITS                                                               = 29
OTHER ACTIVE PERMITS                                                                         = 445
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $30,000                                                             = 47
*
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $100,000                                                           = 5
*
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS                            = 0
* AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED WAITING PICK UP                                                     = 20
TOTAL PERMITS                                                                                         = 494


PERMITS IN REVIEW                                                                                = 4
CAMA ISSUED                                                                                             = 3
ZONING ISSUED                                                                                         = 19


PERMITS SERVICED FOR INSPECTIONS FROM 11/07 – 12/06            = 100
TOTAL INSPECTIONS MADE                                                                 = 219

Update –
Timbo briefly reviewed department activity last month, the department has not been as busy. Right now, they have a steady stream of work, they’ve seen a pickup in construction.


5.   Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 34 – 37

Finance Report » click here 


Revenues to Watch

AD VALOREM TAX
FY 24 / 1,839,859
FY 25 / 1,030,109

PARKING REVENUE
FY 24 / 423,057
FY 25 / 439,956

OCCUPANCY TAX
FY 24 / 3,254,203
FY25 / 3,314,590

Ad Valorem tax collections through November are still behind from last year but this is not concerning considering bills went out later this year and we should have a better picture of Ad Valorem collection in January/February.

Parking revenue is trending higher as it should being the first year of paid parking through the winter months.

Occupancy tax revenues continue to trend slightly higher than last year.


Revenues vs. Expenditures by Fund

Three graphs were presented, with fiscal year comparisons of the following funds:
    1) General Fund
    2)
Water/Sewer Fund
    3)
BPART Fund

GENERAL FUND – REV / EXP
FY 24 / 2,382,151 / 1,323,474

FY 25 / 1,475,715 / 1,261,172

WATER/SEWER FUND – REV / EXP
FY 24 / 2,010,247 / 1,353,835

FY 25 / 2,085,302 / 1,554,170

BPART FUND – REV / EXP
FY 24 / 4,001,321 / 2,960,723

FY25 / 3,920,667 / 2,438,503

BPART Fund – Beach Preservation / Access & Recreation / Tourism
BPART is a Special Revenue Fund authorized by act of the General Assembly which allows the Town to collect six cents of an Accommodations Tax for the purposes of funding beach preservation and tourism related expenses.

Update –
Daniel briefly reviewed the status of each of the three (3) funds. 


6.  Town Manager Report – Interim Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – pages 38 – 39

Town Manager Report » click here


Greensboro Street / Sewer Lift Station #2
Department of Environmental Quality offer to fund signed and returned to the State
Copy of Insurance and Exhibit 8 executed by contractor, updated certificate of insurance
Notice to proceed processed and returned

Previously reported – November 2024
Action item to increase state funding on November meeting agenda tonight
Engineer and Staff had meeting with contractor and DWR representative
Awaiting contractor’s final insurance documents before issuing Notice to Proceed

Previously reported – October 2024
We have approvals from both the EPA and NCDWQ
Awaiting TerraHawk contract review
David anticipates having it by the end of the week
The next step is for the Town Attorney to review the documents
The Town can then execute the contract  with the subsequent Notice to Proceed


Key Bridge Mediation Agreement


Mediation Agreement Quarterly Meetings
Meeting was held on 12/4/24


Ave E – Public/Emergency Beach Access and Restroom Facility
Contractor started work 

Previously reported – November 2024
Notice to Proceed issued with due date of February 1st

THB Newsletter (12/12/24)
Advisory
Reminder, the lot at the end of Avenue E is closed to complete ADA improvements until further notice. Access will be impacted in the area during this timeframe. Barriers will be placed in the area to facilitate the work. Work is estimated to last until February.

THB Newsletter (11/15/24)
Advisory
The lot at the end of Avenue E will be closed to complete ADA improvements beginning Monday until further notice. Work is estimated to last until February. Access may be impacted in that area during this time frame.

Previously reported – October 2024
Notice to Proceed issued to Babson contract for $168,365
Due date of February 1st

Previously reported – September 2024
This is the area at the far east end of the island. They have obtained the necessary permits for ADA compliant parking, public and emergency accesses, and  restroom facilities. Request for Proposal has been drafted. Anticipate construction would begin in the fall and must be completed by the March 2025 deadline.


801 OBW – Public Beach Access
Final inspection was completed
The Town plans to do matting there, although it is not part of the agreement

Previously reported – November 2024
Walkway construction has been completed
Handrails were installed today
Access is not open at this time

Previously reported – October 2024
Notice to Proceed issued to Jesse & Meyers contract for $48,900
Due date of November 15th

Previously reported – September 2024
They have made some design refinements for the Emergency and Public Access there to accommodate the adjacent properties. A CAMA permit has been applied for. We still need to build a walkway there.


Coastal Storm Risk Management Study
Update in the packet for tonight
Depending on action, follow up required at the federal level 12/18/24


Recycling Program
Action item on agenda this evening
Be mindful to get renewals in


Emergency Operations Center
The EOC building is being used by Tri-Beach Fire Department while they renovate their fire station on Sabbath Home


Congressionally Directed Spending (Senate)
Community Project Funding (House)
Funding formally known as earmarks
BOC’s should begin to consider upcoming requests
Potential  January agenda topic
Timing of federal forms release unknown
BOC’s needs to consider things like Stormwater, LWF Inlet, policies


Employee Updates
Public Works gained an employee in mid-November.
Replaces the Public Services Supervisor vacancy left when Scott Cunningham retired

The current Fiscal Operations Supervisor Margaret Lancaster is retiring
Agenda item has change in work responsibilities for our Finance Officer


Canal Subdivisions
CAMA permit renewals are staggered and being processed


Ocean Boulevard Bike Lane
Should have maintenance agreement for the January meeting
NCDOT will pick up the tab

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Do not think that quarterly maintenance is really adequate although it is better than nothing


Previously reported – November 2024
DOT reviewing requirements for agreement needed for Town to conduct street sweeping
Quote in hand for maintenance cleaning

Previously reported – October 2024
NCDOT cost overrun
Estimate $1,722,364: actual $1,797,424
The delta is $75,060
with the Town’s share being 42%, which would be $31,525
David is coordinating with DOT to review the project and identify potential alternative funding to satisfy overrun

Maintenance –
DOT advises that state’s standard of care is not what Town will require
Staff reviewing options for service provision: in-house versus contract for sweeping
We will need an agreement with the DOT  for the Town to conduct street sweeping


Icon of a Bike on Green Background, bikeBike Lane Maintenance

Good news: We have a bike lane now

Bad news: We are not even doing routine maintenance of the bike lane

A significant number of locations of the bike lane have sand, gravel, rocks, and broken glass from recycling trucks. Therefore, it is UNSAFE especially for young and/or inexperienced bicycle riders. Not a good situation, if someone goes down they could easily slide into the traffic lane, which would have some serious negative consequences. NCDOT only provides maintenance service a few times a year. Standard protocol is for the town to take care of the bike lane with their staff. If Public Works is unable to get it done perhaps we should consider a contract with a vendor to handle routine maintenance until they are able to do it. Any lawn maintenance service with a blower should be able to take care of it in the interim. This is a safety issue that needs to be addressed, sooner rather than later.


Tracking Tool
Previously reported – October 2024
The BOC’s are looking for a status report on a monthly basis, for the eight (8) items listed, in order to track the progress of projects that they have prioritized.

      • #2 ADA Self-Assessment
      • #6 ADA bathroom (at block Q)
      • #7 Fire station Upgrades
      • #8 Improve Audio/Video for Town Meetings
      • #14 Block Q Site Plan
      • #18 Update Town Website
      • #19 Pier Repair/Replacement
      • #26 Investigate vacuum bypass system

Christy briefly reviewed the status of each of the eight (8) items listed
The current status
is in the Town Manager Report


What she did not say –


Stormwater Project Partnership Agreement (PPA)
Previously reported – March 2024
Town staff met with USACE Program Manager in February to develop a draft PPA. Awaiting draft PPA for about a half dozen projects for  an estimated cost of two (2) million dollars. The intent is to position the Town to receive federal stormwater funding for these projects.


Coastal Resources Commission
Previously reported – October 2024
Meeting will be held on OIB in mid-November
They are tracking the Inlet Hazard Area revisions closely
Probably won’t be addressed until sometime next year

Previously reported – September 2022
Discussion of the changes Coastal Resources Commission approved last month to both the rules and Inlet Hazard Area boundaries. Commissioner Kwiatkowski was asking the staff  what will be the impact on us here at Holden Beach. Timbo informed us that the boundary and vegetation line overall impact will be minimal to us.


In Case You Missed It –


Snow Flake Decorations for Boulevard Light Poles

 

Public Works have put up snowflake decorations on the boulevard light poles

      • Purple streetlights are not part of the
        holiday decorations they are the LED’s failing

Townhall Icon, a Place for Town Meeting, Lous Views

Town Hall Holiday Schedule
Town Hall will be closed December 24th, 25th, 26th and January 1st in observance of the holidays. 


Pets on the Beach Strand
Pets – Chapter 90 / Animals / 90.20

Effective September 10th

      • Pets allowed back on the beach strand during the hours of 9:00am through 5:00pm
      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

Solid Waste Pick-up Schedule –
starting October once a week 

Recycling
starting October every other week  pick-up 


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On September 26, 2024, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to December 20, 2024. 


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


Upcoming Events –

NA


7.   Discussion and Possible Approval of 2025 Board of Commissioners’ Meeting Schedule – Town Clerk Finnell (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – pages 39a – 39b

Meeting Schedule » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of 2025 Board of Commissioners’ Meeting Schedule

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Enclosed is the proposed 2025 Board of Commissioners’ Regular Meeting Schedule. All dates reflect the third Tuesday of the month.


2025 BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS’ MEETING SCHEDULE
Regular Meetings are held at 5:00pm on the third Tuesday of each month


January 21st
February 18th
March 18th
April 15th
May 20th
June 17th
July 15th
August 19th
September 16th
October 21st
November 18th
December 16th

Update –
The proposed monthly meeting schedule was adopted as submitted.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


8.   Discussion and Possible Action on Selection of Mayor Pro Tem – Town Clerk Finnell (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – pages 40 – 41

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Selection of Mayor Pro Tem

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Per Section 30.05, Mayor Pro Tempore of the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, the Board shall elect from one of its members a mayor pro tem. The normal term of office is one year, commencing with the December meeting.

If the Board chooses to elect a new mayor pro tem, you can vote by ballot or verbally, whichever is the Board’s preference. If the Board votes by ballot, please make sure to sign your ballot.

§30.05 MAYOR PRO TEMPORE.

(A) The BOC shall elect a Mayor Pro Tempore. The normal term of office of the Mayor Pro Tempore shall be one year, commencing at the first regular meeting in December; provide, however, that the member shall serve at the pleasure of the

(B) The Mayor Pro Tempore shall discharge the duties and exercise the powers and authority of Mayor in the absence, disability, disqualification of the Mayor and during a vacancy in the office of Mayor; provided his or her rights and duties as BOC shall remain unimpaired; except he or she shall receive the salary or expenses of Mayor when serving in that capacity. No additional oath of office shall be required of the Mayor Pro Tempore upon assuming the duties of the Mayor beyond that oath taken at the time of appointment to Mayor Pro

Update –
The Code of Ordinances reads that the Board shall elect a mayor pro tem from one of its members. Per the ordinance, the Board may choose to extend the current term of Mayor Pro Tem Myers or select another member to serve as the mayor pro tem. Commissioner Thomas made a motion to nominate Tom Myers for Mayor Pro Tem. Commissioner Myers was selected to serve as Mayor Pro Tem again next year.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


9.  Discussion and Possible Action on Resolution 24-10, Resolution Approving Truist Signature Card – Town Clerk Finnell (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – pages 42 – 43

Resolution 24-10 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 24- I 0, Resolution Approving Truist Signature Card

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Historically, the official signatories for the Town’s Truist accounts are the mayor, mayor pro tern and staff. Resolution 24-10 updates the current signature card by designating Mayor Holden, Interim Town Manager Ferguson and Finance Officer McRainey as the official signatories. It will also designate the Board member that is voted to serve as mayor pro tern for 2025.

Update –
Housekeeping item update of signatories, adopted as submitted

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


10.  Discussion and Possible Action on Revised Job Descriptions for Finance Department – Town Clerk Heather (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – pages 44 – 48

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Revised Job Descriptions for Finance Department

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Our current Fiscal Operations Supervisor is retiring. Staff proposes removing the supervisory duties from the current position and realigning the duties to the Finance Officer. No changes to the salary ranges are recommended at this time.

Update –
The current Fiscal Operations Supervisor Margaret Lancaster is retiring. They revised the job descriptions for both the Fiscal Operations Supervisor and the Finance Officer. The change adds supervisory duties to the work responsibilities of our Finance Officer.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

No changes to the salary ranges are recommended at this time.” Nor should there be a change to the salary range which is $78K to $119K or his salary of $86K. There is not even one (1) of the finance directors that make the top of the range $119K in the entire state. Daniel’s starting salary in 2020 was just $45,739. He now makes $85,965, that’s a salary raise of +$40,226 or a whopping +88% increase in just four (4) years. There are twenty-six (26) Finance Director’s in North Carolina with a town population below 2,500. The average NC finance director salary for that size community is $82K. So, his $86K salary is already 5% above the average NC finance directors salary. Sheesh!


11.  Discussion and Possible Action on Resolution 24-11, Resolution Amending the Holden Beach Fee Schedule (2025 Recycling Fee) – Town Clerk Finnell (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – pages 49 – 51

Resolution 24-11 » click here

ISSUE/ ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Resolution 24-11, Resolution Amending the Holden Beach Fee Schedule (Recycling).

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
We have received the updated fees assessed by GFL Environmental for people who utilize the voluntary curbside recycling program.

The annual 2025 cost for people participating in the program will be $119.35 per bin. This is an increase from the current rate of $106.88. The fee schedule needs to be amended to reflect the new amount.

Staff recommends the Board approve Resolution 24-10 Resolution Amending the Holden Beach Fee Schedule, if you wish to continue the curbside recycling program.

Update –
The Board amended the fee schedule to reflect the increased rate, from $106.88 to $119.35, for the curbside recycling program. Motion was made to approve the resolution amending the fee schedule as submitted.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

The charges were $86.37 in 2022, just three years later they are now $119.35 a 38% increase which are considerably steeper than what inflation would dictate.


THB Newsletter (12/20/24)
2025 Recycling
GFL Environmental offers curbside recycling for Town properties that desire to participate in the service. The 2025 service cost is $119.35 annually paid in advance to the Town of Holden Beach. The service consists of a 96 gallon cart that is emptied every other week during the months of October – May and weekly during the months of June – September. You may apply in person at Town Hall or by clicking here to download the application in and mailing it in with your check payment. If you currently utilize the service, make sure to turn in your 2025 payment.


13. Discussion and Possible Action on Ordinance 24-19, An Ordinance Amending Ordinance 24-11, The Revenues and Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 24-25 (Amendment No. 4, Beach and Inlet Capital Reserve Fund Transfer) – Finance Officer McRainey (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – pages 52 – 53

Ordinance 24-19 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Transfer excess unassigned general fund balance over 70% to the Beach and Inlet Capital Reserve Fund.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The town’s fund balance policy sets target fund balance between 40%-70%.

FINANCE RECOMMENDATION:
Recommend transferring an amount less than the full amount taking into account a possible large stormwater project in the near future.

Update –
The original motion made was to transfer the unassigned General fund balance of $2,783,382 to the Beach and Inlet Capital Reserve Fund per our own fund balance policy. Our Finance Officer proposed to not transfer the entire balance at this time. If they put it in this fund they can’t use it for anything else, which is the point of moving it there. After some discussion they agreed to hold back $300,000 for currently unfunded expenses. The motion made was to transfer unassigned General fund balance of $2,483,382 to the Beach and Inlet Capital Reserve Fund

A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion


13.  Discussion and Possible Action on Proposal for Additional Areas of Concern for Stormwater from McGill Associates – Public Works Director Clemmons (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)
a.
Ordinance 24-20, An Ordinance Amending Ordinance 24-11, The Revenues and Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 24-25 (Amendment No. 5)

Agenda Packet – pages 54 – 59

Ordinance 24-20 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on the requested proposal from McGill regarding additional areas of concern for stormwater.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
McGill completed a proposal for the board’s consideration after the BOC expressed interest in adding areas of concern to the approved stormwater master plan. If the board chooses to move forward a budget amendment would be needed.

ASSISTANT TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive proposal and consider award should BOC want to add additional areas of study to the plan.


The BOC asked that McGill be contacted regarding additional areas of concern for the stormwater master plan. The attached proposal involves survey work and analysis to add three streets at the east end of the island and canal streets. It projects a six-month deliverable following a notice to proceed at a price of $76,100. Michael Norton will be available by phone to answer any questions the board may have during this agenda item .


Previously reported – March 2024
Stormwater Project Partnership Agreement (PPA)

Town staff met with USACE Program Manager in February to develop a draft PPA

Awaiting draft PPA for about a half dozen projects for an estimated cost of two (2) million dollars

The intent is to position the Town to receive federal stormwater funding for these projects

Previously reported – June 2024
Representatives from McGill Associates did a slide presentation which was not included in the agenda packet but is available with the link below. They reviewed their analysis for the six (6) areas of concern. They provided a probable construction range of cost estimate based on current construction costs with the overall cost total will be in excess of two (2) million dollars. Scenario A assumes 100% of the projected capital investment needs are funded by user fees generated by the stormwater utility. Based on the project cost of capital stormwater projects and on-going and planned maintenance for the stormwater system they recommend proceeding with implementation of Scenario A with an initial flat rate of $7.20/month for each parcel on the island. The plan is current and incorporated the additional asphalt from the Ocean Boulevard resurfacing and bike lane project in their analysis, so they don’t think it had a significant impact.

No decision was made – No action taken

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThe Ocean Boulevard resurfacing and bike lane project has eliminated some of the areas of concern and has created some new ones.

Previously reported – August 2024
The proposed  resolution is a plan to forward and address our stormwater issues. It is simply a guideline, which we can refine, prioritize, and enables us to apply for funding. David stressed the approval of this plan will allow us to move forward strategically, and that they need to adopt the plan. It’s hard to ask for grants if you don’t have a plan. The motion was made to move forward with the plan as submitted. They stated that this is not a panacea, but just our first step to address stormwater issues.

Previously reported – October 2024
ISSUE/ ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on an amendment to the Stormwater Master Plan

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
At the August BOC meeting, a resolution was passed to adopt the Stormwater Master Plan. The Town is now proceeding to obtain grants and external funding to implement the plan. Once we have applied and been accepted for funding, we will likely be restricted to spending it only on the areas defined in the plan.


There are two additional areas on the island that have significant flooding issues: OBE to the east of the entrance to Dunescape, and the canal streets. We should consider adding these areas to the plan before we apply for any grants or funding that would restrict our scope to only the six identified areas.

Possible Action:
Obtain a quote from McGill and Associates to amend the plan to include these new areas.

The discussion was about adding other locations to the stormwater plan as part of grant application. They agreed to appended the existing stormwater plan to add two (2) projects. The first is OBE to the east of the entrance to Dunescape, and the second is the canal streets. Tom wanted them to consider adding these areas to the plan before we apply for any grants or funding. There was agreement on adding the locations, not so much about applying for funding before they are added. David said that he plans on getting it done as soon as they can, but they  may not be able to include them in the grant application. The Board directed the staff to contact McGill Associates for a proposal for the additional locations.

A decision was made – Approved (4-1)
Commissioner Smith opposed the motion

Update –
The Board accepted the submitted proposal from McGill Associates to add additional areas of concern to the Stormwater Master Plan. Motion was  made to move forward including approving the budget amendment.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


14.   Discussion and Possible Action to Terminate the Agreement for Holden Beach Pier Design Between the Town and Bowman Murray Heminway Architects – Town Attorney Sydnee Moore (Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Thomas)

Agenda Packet – page 60

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Motion/Discussion/Vote to Terminate the 18 April 2023 Agreement for Holden Beach Pier Design between Town of Holden Beach and Bowman Murray Hemingway Architects, PC for convenience and direct Town Attorney to send written notice informing Architect of BOC decision to terminate as Agreement requires.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
It is my understanding that the contract for Holden Beach Pier Design between the Town of Holden Beach and Bowman Murray Hemingway Architects, PC dated 18 April 2023 was never terminated by either side when project was suspended , and it is questionable as to whether the completed portion of the contract rises to “Substantial Completion” threshold needed to automatically terminate the Agreement (Section 9.8). Out of an abundance of caution to avoid future issues under GS 143-64.31 for RFQ respondents and the Town of HB, it is advised that the BOC tem1inate the contract with Bowman Murray Hemingway Architects, PC to allow a blank slate for the RFQ discussion and/or selection for actions potentially taken later in this meeting . Section 9.5 of the Agreement allows Owner (Town of HB) to terminate the agreement with at least seven (7) days’ written notice to the Architect for Owner’s convenience and without cause. This decision to terminate the 18 April 2023 Agreement will not preclude the Town of HB from selecting Bowman Murray Hemingway Architects, PC from the pool of pier RFQ’s to be discussed later in this meeting if the Board wishes to do so.

Update –
The contract with the Bowman Murray Hemingway Architects is still active. The Town needs to terminate the Bowman Murray Hemingway Architects contract before moving forward with the Pier Request for Qualifications, which is the next agenda item. We have already paid for the work that was completed on it. Motion was made to terminate the contract and have the town attorney to send written notice to the architects informing them of the Board’s decision.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


16.   Receive Request for Qualifications for Pier and Direct Staff on Next Steps – Interim Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – page 61, plus separate packets

BMH Response » click here

HDR Response
» click here

MidAtlantic Response
» click here

Greene Response
» click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Receive RFQ’s for pier and direct staff on next steps.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
A Request for Qualifications (RFQ) was issued with four responses received. The intent is for the BOC to receive proposals at the December meeting and direct staff on next steps and how the BOC would like to evaluate qualifications.

INTERIM TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive responses and direct staff on next steps.

Update –
The Town received four (4) responses to the RFQ. The request informed interested parties on what criteria they would use to make their selection. The proposals are for the development of preliminary designs and cost estimates for repair or replacement of the Town pier property. Commissioner Thomas made a motion to direct the staff to award the contract to HDR and move forward as appropriate. Apparently they were ready to move forward, and don’t want to delay this project anymore than it has been already.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Editor’s note –
A request for qualifications is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.


16.   Discussion and Possible Action on Issuing a Request for Proposals for Executive Search Firm – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Thomas

Agenda Packet – pages 62 – 74

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on issuing an RFP for executive search firm services.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
An executive search firm is needed to support the town in identifying and hiring a new town manager.

Typical services include:

    • Conducting kick-off meeting(s) to launch the search
    • Working with the BOC and key stakeholders to determine goals, objectives, and desired future state
    • Creating a marketing brochure describing the Town and the Town Manager position
    • Advertising and marketing the position
    • Actively recruiting and soliciting candidates
    • Pre-screening candidates to identify qualified individuals
    • Conducting initial interviews
    • Performing background checks and vetting candidates to create a recommended shortlist
    • Presenting the shortlist to the BOC for consideration and determination of finalists
    • Performing reference checks on finalists
    • Facilitating finalist interviews with the BOC and key stakeholders
    • Assisting in drafting and presenting an offer and contract to selected candidate
    • Facilitating introduction and onboarding of the selected candidate

The NC League of Municipalities has provided an example RFP from the Town of Waxhaw that we can use as a template for our RFP.

Possible Action:
Direct town staff to 1) develop an RFP for the services listed above using the materials from the NCLM as a template; and 2) provide a copy of the RFP to the BOC ASAP. If the BOC doesn’t contact the Town Clerk with concerns by January 3rd, RFP will be issued.

Update –
The decision made was to engage an executive search firm to provide services to help us with the hiring process. The NC League of Municipalities has provided us a template to assist us to develop an RFP. The Board directed the town staff to develop a Request for Proposal as soon as possible.

A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

I don’t think we have to necessarily promote Christy and definitely don’t think that it should be a foregone conclusion. We need to search for the best qualified candidate. who meet the specific job requirements we have for our town manager position.


General Comments –


Town Hall Closed
Town Hall will be closed December 24th, 25th, 26th and January 1st in observance of the holidays.

BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, January 21st


 It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following eight (8) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • Accommodation/Occupancy Tax Compliance
        • Audio/Video Broadcast
        • Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue
        • Dog Park
        • Fire Station Project
        • Pavilion Replacement
        • Pier Properties Project
        • Rights-of-Way

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.


.

Lost in the Sauce –

.

 


Beach Mat Plan
Previously reported – December 2022
Timbo made a presentation that considers both regulations and policies that needs to be considered in order to develop a plan. Staff made recommendations where mats could be utilized. Let’s just say that it’s a work in progress for now.

Previously reported – September 2022
Request for staff opinion on moving forward with planning for dry sand placement of mats at select THB public accesses to enhance handicap access to the beach based on information in the CRC-22-17 document (provided as background). Request for staff opinion to allow residential use of mats for beach walkways, including consideration as a potential solution to debris concerns arising from construction of long wooden walkways over multiple dunes.

Memo from North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality
Last year, the Commission amended the rules that established specific use standards  for structural pedestrian accessways (dune crossovers) that allow for public access to the beach. You will recall that the use standards previously limited these accessways to elevated, piled-supported structures terminating on the beach near the seaward toe of the frontal dune. Due to numerous local governments expressing interest in using synthetic or wooden roll-out matting as a handicap-accessible alternative for beach access, the accessway rules were amended to allow the use of these types of mats for public beach access. However, the use these materials was limited to State, federal or local governments due to concerns expressed by the NC Wildlife Resources Commission (NC WRC) and the U.S . Fish & Wildlife Service (USFWS) about potential adverse impacts on sea turtle habitat resulting from their use waterward of the frontal dune.

 Since the amendments went into effect, Staff has had further discussion regarding the use of beach matting for residential applications as an alternative to structural accessways. As you are aware, during storms, dune crossovers (including stairways) can account for a great deal of the debris that wind up scattered across beaches and in waterways. Staff believes that by limiting matting to the same general standards that apply to structural accessways (six feet wide and no farther waterward than six feet from the toe of the dune), public access and wildlife protection goals will be met while reducing debris on the state’s beach during storm events. Residential application of matting material would adhere to the same standards previously approved including installation at grade and prohibiting extension onto the public trust beach.

 In addition, in recent years the Commission has approved three petitions for variances from local governments (Carolina Beach, Topsail Beach and Kure Beach) seeking to install beach mats on the dry sand beach (seaward of the frontal or primary dune and vegetation line) in support of enhanced handicap accessibility. The Division and Commission have supported both variance petitions, and in both cases, efforts were taken to minimize risks to sea turtles, including changes in siteing, size, and orientation of the proposed structures. However, following the Commission’s variance and issuance of a CAMA Minor Permit to the Town for installation of beach mats, the Town still assumes some liability for any “takes” of threatened or endangered species under the federal Endangered Species Act. For this reason, DCM has advised the Towns to consult directly with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to resolve this situation, potentially through the development of “Habitat Conservation Plans” or other formal approvals that can be issued by the USFWS for non-federal entities in accordance with the Endangered Species Act.

Staff are proposing a change to 07H.0308(c)(2)(C) to potentially allow beach mats on the dry sand beach without the need for a variance from the Commission, where they are sponsored by a local government for the purpose of enhanced handicap accessibility and are subject to review by the NC WRC and USFWS. The proposed amendments to 07K .0207 would also add residential use of matting material to the exemption language for beach accessways.

Mobi-Mat » click here

Coastal Resources Commission expands exemptions for beach mats
The NC Coastal Resources Commission approved new guidelines on Thursday that allows beach mats to be used in more ways. In a memo from the NC Department of Environmental Quality, staff says towns like Carolina Beach, Kure Beach, and Topsail Beach have petitioned to install the mats closer to the water. Additionally, staff says they’ve also had several requests from oceanfront homeowners to install the mats for private beach access instead of a typical wooden walkway. The commission approved an amendment at its meeting in Wilmington on Thursday allowing mats sponsored by local governments to be installed on dry sand without a variance from the commission. The amendment also allows the residential use of the matting for beach walkways.


The NC Coastal Resources Commission approved new guidelines that allows beach mats to be used in more ways. Public Comments speaker pointed out that accessibility is a need not a want. Discussion to allow dry sand placement of mats at some public beach accesses for handicap use and possibly for residential walkways too. Commissioner Kwiatkowski would like to see this done for next season. The motion made was to have staff make recommendation where mats can be utilized.


Rules of Procedure
Previously reported – December 2023
The Board is required to adopt some version of the Rules of Procedure each year.

Rules of Procedure 2024 » click here


Budget Season
They have not established the budget meeting schedule yet.

Budget Calendar
The Town Manager’s proposed budget is due by June 1st
Commissioners must adopt budget no later than June 30th for the next fiscal year
Adopting the annual budget is a primary responsibility of the Board.




Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be prepared – have a plan!


This year’s Atlantic hurricane season is officially over
The season proved hyperactive, with five hurricanes hitting the United States.
Coastal residents can now take a collective deep breath — hurricane season is now technically over. By the books, Atlantic hurricane season runs from June 1 to Nov. 30. While surprises can happen, a hurricane has never hit the Lower 48 outside this window, according to records that date back to 1861. Five hurricanes slammed the United States. Four alone reached at least Florida. According to some estimates, damage exceeded $190 billion. More than 200 people died as a result of Helene, making it the deadliest mainland U.S. storm since Katrina — though thousands died in Puerto Rico, a U.S. territory, when Maria hit in September 2017. The season has been a hyperactive one. That’s according to ACE, or Accumulated Cyclone Energy — a metric that estimates how much energy storms churn through and expend on strong winds. A typical hurricane season averages 122.5 ACE units. This season has featured 161.6 units — above the 159.6 unit threshold required for a season to be “hyperactive.” That’s in line with preseason forecasts, which pointed toward anomalously warm ocean waters and a burgeoning La Niña pattern. La Niñas, which begin as a cooling of water temperatures in the eastern tropical Pacific, tend to feature enhanced upward motion in the air over the Atlantic.
Read more » click here

Atlantic hurricane season races to finish within range of predicted number of named storms
2024 season came roaring back despite slowdown during typical peak period
The 2024 Atlantic hurricane season, which officially ends on Nov. 30, showcased above-average activity, with a record-breaking ramp up following a peak-season lull. The Atlantic basin saw 18 named storms in 2024 (winds of 39 mph or greater). Eleven of those were hurricanes (winds of 74 mph or greater) and five intensified to major hurricanes (winds of 111 mph or greater). Five hurricanes made landfall in the continental U.S., with two storms making landfall as major hurricanes. The Atlantic seasonal activity fell within the predicted ranges for named storms and hurricanes issued by NOAA’s Climate Prediction Center in the 2024 August Hurricane Season Outlook. An average season produces 14 named storms, seven hurricanes and three major hurricanes. “As hurricanes and tropical cyclones continue to unleash deadly and destructive forces, it’s clear that NOAA’s critical science and services are needed more than ever by communities, decision makers and emergency planners,” said NOAA Administrator, Rick Spinrad, Ph.D. “I could not be more proud of the contributions of our scientists, forecasters, surveyors, hurricane hunter pilots and their crews for the vital role they play in helping to safeguard lives and property.” Twelve named storms formed after the climatological peak of the season in early September. Seven hurricanes formed in the Atlantic since September 25 — the most on record for this period. “The impactful and deadly 2024 hurricane season started off intensely, then relaxed a bit before roaring back,” said Matthew Rosencrans, lead hurricane forecaster at NOAA’s Climate Prediction Center, a division of NOAA’s National Weather Service. “Several possible factors contributed to the peak season lull in the Atlantic region. The particularly intense winds and rains over Western Africa created an environment that was less hospitable for storm development.”
Read more » click here


My Xmas
I respectfully submit My Xmas List

These are the items I would most like to see addressed this year.
. 1.
Beach
. a)
Support LWF Inlet waterway maintenance projects, keeping inlet navigable
. b)
Work together on beach protection issues with surrounding communities
. c)
Increase Beach Strand Ordinance Compliance & Enforcement
.

. 2.
Parking
. a)
Develop plans for a promenade on Jordan Boulevard
. b)
Utilize acquired properties for additional parking
. c)
Prohibit rights-of-way parking

. 3. Trash Services
. a)
Offer a suite of services
. b)
Charge a user fee for those that want the service
. c)
Make policies both fair and consistent
. d) Town should address noncompliance issues

. 4. Budget Season
. a)
Start the budget process earlier
. b)
Establish a monthly budget meeting schedule


Lou’s Views –
The views expressed here are simply my opinion based on the facts as I understand them. I have no hidden agenda, no ax to grind, or any political ambition. I’m simply attempting to keep the community informed on what actually is going on here. I just tell it like it is and that is why people read the newsletter. After all it is called “Lou’s Views”! I welcome updates, clarifications or a correction to any fact I have stated which have changed or was inadvertently stated incorrectly.


Website policy –
We have had a number of inquiries about our website policies. We do not have an official policy per se. In general, we do not accept paid ads, associates or links for our website. Approved Vendor List as well as Advertisement – not paid for is based on my personal experience as a homeowner and as a property manager here on Holden Beach. Associates are simply personal friends that have a local business. Links are to websites that provide information that are of public significance. We invite you to share with us anything that you feel our readers would want to know too. We hope you find our website useful.


Request –
We encourage you to pass along this newsletter to anyone else you think would enjoy it. We would like to include other members of the community and are asking for your help in making that happen. To be added to our distribution list send an e-mail to [email protected] or subscribe on our website https://lousviews.com.

Thank you for subscribing!


Disclaimer –
. 1) Not official correspondence from the Town
. 2)
Not affiliated with Holden Beach Property Owners Association (HBPOA)


Wishing you and yours a Happy Holiday!

Wishing you and yours a Happy Holiday!


 Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.                                          • Gather and disseminate information
.                               • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.                               • Act as a watchdog
.                               • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

12 – News & Views

Lou’s Views
News & Views / December Edition


Calendar of Events –


NA


TDA - logoDiscover a wide range of things to do in the Brunswick Islands for an experience that goes beyond the beach.
For more information » click here.


Calendar of Events Island –


NA


Parks & Recreation / Programs & Events
For more information » click here


Reminders –


Icon of Email News, text on White BackgroundNews from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications, and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information »
click here



Paid Parking
Paid parking will be enforced in all Holden Beach designated parking areas. It will be enforced from 9:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. daily, with free parking before and after that time. All parking will use license plates for verification. 

Visit https://hbtownhall.com/paid-parking for more information and to view a table with authorized parking areas. 


Solid Waste Pick-Up Schedule
GFL Environmental change in service, October through May trash pickup will be once a week. This year September 28th will be the  the last Saturday trash pick-up until June. Trash collection will go back to Tuesdays only.

Please note:
. • Trash carts must be at the street by 6:00 a.m. on the pickup day
. • BAG the trash before putting it in the cart
. • Carts will be rolled back to the front of the house


GFL Refuse Collection Policy
GFL has recently notified all Brunswick County residents that they will no longer accept extra bags of refuse outside of the collection cart. This is not a new policy but is stricter enforcement of an existing policy. While in the past GFL drivers would at times make exceptions and take additional bags of refuse, the tremendous growth in housing within Brunswick County makes this practice cost prohibitive and causes drivers to fall behind schedule.


Solid Waste Pick-up Schedule –

starting October once a week 

Recycling

starting October every other week  pick-up 


Yard Waste Service, second and Fourth Fridays, April and MayYard Waste Service
Yard debris is collected on the second (2nd) and fourth (4th) Fridays during the months of October, November, and December. Yard debris needs to be secured in a biodegradable bag (not plastic) or bundled in a maximum length not to exceed five (5) feet and fifty (50) pounds in weight. Each residence is allowed a total of ten (10) items, which can include a combination of bundles of brush and limbs meeting the required length and weight and/ or biodegradable bags. Picks-ups are not provided for vacant lots or construction sites. 


Curbside Recycling – 2024Curbside Recycling
GFL Environmental is now offering curbside recycling for Town properties that desire to participate in the service. The service cost per cart is $119.35 annually paid in advance to the Town of Holden Beach. The service consists of a ninety-six (96) gallon cart that is emptied every other week during the months of October – May and weekly during the months of June – September. 
Curbside Recycling Application » click here
Curbside Recycling Calendar » click here


GFL trash can at a beautiful green land


Trash Can Requirements – Rental Properties
GFL Environmental – trash can requirements
Ordinance 07-13, Section 50.08

Rental properties have specific number of trash cans based on number of bedrooms.

* One extra trash can per every 2 bedrooms
.
.

 § 50.08 RENTAL HOMES.
(A) Rental homes, as defined in Chapter 157, that are rented as part of the summer rental season, are subject to high numbers of guests, resulting in abnormally large volumes of trash. This type of occupancy use presents a significantly higher impact than homes not used for summer rentals. In interest of public health and sanitation and environmental concerns, all rental home shall have a minimum of one trash can per two bedrooms. Homes with an odd number of bedrooms shall round up (for examples one to two bedrooms – one trash can; three to four bedrooms – two trash cans; five – six bedrooms – three trash cans, and the like).


Building Numbers
Ocean front homes are required to have house numbers visible from the beach strand.
Please call Planning and Inspections Department at 910.842.6080 with any questions.

§157.087 BUILDING NUMBERS.

(A) The correct street number shall be clearly visible from the street on all buildings. Numbers shall be block letters, not script, and of a color clearly in contrast with that of the building and shall be a minimum of six inches in height.

(B) Beach front buildings will also have clearly visible house numbers from the strand side meeting the above criteria on size, contrast, etc. Placement shall be on vertical column supporting deck(s) or deck roof on the primary structure. For buildings with a setback of over 300 feet from the first dune line, a vertical post shall be erected aside the walkway with house numbers affixed. In all cases the numbers must be clearly visible from the strand. Other placements may be acceptable with approval of the Building Inspector.


Upon Further Review –


Wildlife officials push back on straw bales for sand fencing
Thorough research needs to be done on how wheat straw bales might affect oceanfront habitat before the state allows them to be used as an alternative to sand fencing, a state wildlife official said. The North Carolina State Wildlife Resources Commission has repeatedly stated its concerns in recent years about straw bales being used as a tool to protect and build up oceanfront dunes, Maria Dunn said in a recent meeting of the state Coastal Resources Commission. Dunn, who is with Wildlife Resources Commission’s Habitat Conservation Program, said that the agency understands the desire to try and maintain shorelines, but pointed out what she said are “significant differences” between traditional sand fencing and bales. “We have not objected to traditional use of sand-fencing material as long as installation was done in a manner to effectively collect wind-blown sand and not impede or block areas of the shore for public use and wildlife habitat,” Dunn said at the coastal commission’s Nov. 13 meeting. “Appropriate installation includes the location along the appropriate area of the beach profile, orientation and alignment of fencing, distance between fencing, and length of fencing down the beach profile.” The proposed rule change the coastal commission approved in April establishes specific guidelines for where and how bales may be placed on a beachfront. But the potential impacts to shoreline habitat and the animals, including endangered species and plants, that rely on that sandy habitat, remain grossly understudied, Dunn said. “It was asked if research was available on how bales impact wildlife resources on habitats on ocean shorelines,” she said. “But since they are not permitted on any other Atlantic shoreline’s state shore there is no research or data available to share with you.” The rule amendment was introduced as a way to help save permittees from waiting for sand fencing to become available during times when it is in high demand. But unlike traditional sand fencing, straw bales could potentially introduce invasive and nonnative ocean shoreline plant species to shores, influence sand temperatures and, when initially installed, take up 48 times the area that traditional sand fencing uses, Dunn said. Under the proposed rule amendment, bales cannot be placed in sections more than 10 feet long, 2 feet wide and 3 feet high and ties or binding must be removed from the bales. A permittee must repair or remove damaged, nonfunctioning, or bales sections or stakes moved from the alignment in which they were authorized. Only local governments, state and federal agencies and large, oceanfront homeowners associations would be permitted to use bales. A state Division of Coastal Management official told the Coastal Resources Commission in August that the division does not expect a significant uptick in the use of straw bales because they tend to cost more than traditional sand fencing, which would need to be replaced more frequently than fencing, and the verdict is still out on how efficiently bales trap sand. Ocean Isle Beach became the first in the state to test straw bales on a portion of its ocean shore in 2023. Ocean Isle Beach Mayor Debbie Smith told Coastal Review in late August that the bales worked well, were cheaper than sand fencing and easily accessible during a time when the town could not get sand fencing because of high demand. Dunn said that the town’s pilot program was monitored by little more than photographic documentation and some surface temperature readings. There was no designed, controlled experiment comparing different bale installments to traditional sand fencing to see which application best collected windblown said, she said. “We would recommend that such an experiment is designed with input from state and federal agencies to determine the best type of sand management tools to collect sand for dune structure while minimizing impacts to wildlife resources,” Dunn said. Smith said in a telephone interview Tuesday afternoon that she never saw a Wildlife Resources Commission representative visit the island to check sand temperatures at turtle nests or conduct other monitoring. “On any decision we have to make we can always say ‘what if,’” Smith said. “She has no evidence of some of those what-ifs. I don’t think anybody wants to do any environmental damage.” The town is working on a dune project that will begin sometime this winter. Since the proposed rule amendments have not been made formative, the town has opted to use traditional sand fencing “to move our project along and get it permitted,” Smith said. Sand temperatures play a significant role in determining the sex of sea turtles in a nest. Dunn said that a half-degree variation can change how many males or females are within a nest and possibly whether a nest remains viable. Temperatures were not taken at sea turtle nest cavity depths in Ocean Isle Beach, she said. “We don’t want to artificially create more females,” said Deb Allen, Ocean Isle Beach Sea Turtle Protection Organization coordinator. “We need a balance of males to females.” Allen pointed to studies that show when nests incubate at higher temperatures it can affect the physical and cognitive abilities of hatchlings, slowing them in their ability to make it from the shore to the ocean. “We want them to come out of that nest and we want them to crawl to that ocean as fast as possible,” she said. The coastal commission in August unanimously approved the fiscal impact analysis of the proposed rule. The fiscal analysis measures how a rule may affect a government’s revenue and expenditures to help prepare for or prevent budget shortfalls. The North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality, or DEQ, and Office of State Budget and Management also approved the fiscal analysis. A public hearing on the proposed amended rule was held Oct. 30 in Morehead City. The public comment period on the rule ends December 2. The division has not yet received comments from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, according to its public information officer, Christy Simmons. The wildlife service did not respond to a request for comment in time for publication. Division officials anticipate that the amended rule will become effective April 1, 2025.
Read more » click here
 


Teetering on the edge: How North Carolina communities are dealing with disappearing beaches
A slow-motion catastrophe is eating away beaches from the Outer Banks to Brunswick County as rising seas and stronger storms batter the state’s coast. But solutions aren’t easy, popular or cheap.
Under sunny and warm late-October skies, Frank Thompson picked the fishing rods out of his pickup while his sons grabbed the bucket and rest of the fishing gear. The Ohio native was making his annual pilgrimage to the N.C. coast, and this year he had decided to give Topsail Island specifically North Topsail Beach a try because he had heard the fish were running strong and the beaches weren’t crowded. What he hadn’t expected, though, was finding enough beach at high tide to actually have the space to cast. “We’ve got maybe 2 to 3 feet at the toe of the dunes, so that should be fine,” Thompson said with a smile as waves lapped under some of the threatened oceanfront homes at the Onslow County beach town’s northern tip. “And if we get wet, we get wet.” While Rodanthe on the Outer Banks became North Carolina’s poster child this past summer for collapsing homes and the inevitability of Mother Nature winning the oceanfront battle as seas continue to rise and climate change fuels bigger and stronger storms, it is at the northern end of Topsail Island where the struggle is even potentially more dire. And while erosion has been a problem in North Topsail for a long time, thanks in large part to the adjacent New River Inlet, a permanent answer appears no closer today than in past decades. “No, there really is no long-term solution that will bring the beach back,” said Dr. Robert Young, director of the Program for the Study of Developed Shorelines at Western Carolina University. “These areas near inlets are the most dynamic areas along barrier islands, and unfortunately that’s what we’re seeing and have been seeing in North Topsail Beach.”

‘A tough spot for everyone’
Since 1964 when the first federal nourishment project pumped sand onto Carolina Beach’s eroded beach, mining offshore sand to rebuild battered beaches has been North Carolina’s go-to to keep its sandy strips plump for tourists and to protect pricey oceanfront property. But pumping sand isn’t practical for all parts of the coast and is increasingly becoming more challenging, due to a declining supply of compatible sand to meet all the demands especially for Brunswick County beach towns and the rising costs of nourishment projects. These increasing obstacles come as the threats to oceanfront properties continue to rise, notably due to climate change. According to a review of 2020 imagery by the N.C. Division of Coastal Management, more than 750 of the state’s 8,777 oceanfront structures were considered at risk from oceanfront erosion, with no dune or vegetation between them and the Atlantic. In many beach towns, property owners and sometimes local governments have installed sandbags to hold back the encroaching ocean, although environmentalists and other say the temporary structures do little but shift the sand-eating waves to neighboring sections of the beach often prompting the installation of more sandbags. In places like Rodanthe and North Topsail Beach, where money for beach nourishment is in short supply, another factor is at play. Natural elements have conspired to prevent either area from naturally or easily re-establishing their dune lines. In Rodanthe, the foil is largely powerful ocean currents. At the north end of Topsail Island, New River Inlet and a relatively flat topography combine to work against an easy or cheap solution to the chronic erosion woes. Since 2020, 10 homes, and five just this year, have fallen into the Atlantic in Rodanthe, most recently on Sept. 24. The resulting debris fields have spread far and wide along Hatteras Island, impacting the environment and forcing the closure of beach areas in the nearby Cape Fear National Seashore and Pea Island National Wildlife Refuge due to public health and safety concerns. The potential losses in the more densely populated northern end of North Topsail, where walls of sandbags taller than a basketball net protect some oceanfront homes and condos, could easily exceed those numbers. “It really is a challenging situation, a tough spot for everyone up there because these temporary Band-Aid solutions like adding more sand are providing benefits that are having shorter and shorter lifespans,” said Kerri Allen, coastal management program director with the N.C. Coastal Federation.

Rising costs and limited benefits
North Topsail isn’t the only beach town in Southeastern N.C. or even on Topsail Island dealing with a disappearing beach and its knock-on effect on coastal economies that rely on tourists to put heads in beds and valuable beach property to fill local coffers. In Surf City, which occupies the mid-section of Topsail Island, the town is finalizing its plans with the Army Corps of Engineers for a long-term federal nourishment project to boost its eroded strand. The 50-year project, which is estimated to cost at least $187 million over its lifespan, with Washington covering 65% of the cost and the state and Surf City splitting the remaining 35%, could start late next year if all the necessary permits and other regulatory approvals are secured. The first phase of construction would see an estimated 7.9 million cubic yards of sand pumped onto the town’s nearly 6-mile-long beach, with further nourishments taking place roughly every six years. In Topsail Beach, which covers the bottom third of Topsail Island, the town earlier this year wrapped up a roughly $25 million beach nourishment project that it largely paid for itself. North Topsail Beach also has aggressively been moving to shore up its beachfront with several different nourishment projects. But a big chunk of the town is in a Coastal Barrier Resources Act (CBRA) zone, a classification that prevents the expenditure of federal dollars on projects  including beach nourishment in hazardous coastal areas. That means the town has to dip into its own budget to fund the work or seek aid from the state. While North Topsail has a shoreline protection fund, which includes revenue generated from the town’s accommodation tax and paid parking and collects about $5 million a year, and dedicates significant capital funds annually to beach projects, that doesn’t go very far when you have 11 miles of shoreline to maintain and protect. In some cases, the state has stepped up to help out including a $10.5 million grant to support a 2.5-mile beach nourishment south of the north end that’s going to kick off later this year. Those budgetary pressures played a large role in the town withdrawing from Surf City’s federal nourishment project, which originally was supposed to also include nourishing 4 miles of beach in North Topsail. Town officials said the price tag of North Topsail’s portion jumped nearly 200% between 2012 and 2021 to almost $34 million.

‘Financial calculus just doesn’t work’
The general idea of retreat or relocation of threatened structures isn’t often embraced by local officials, who face challenges from unwilling sellers to a lack of money to fund buyouts to questionable political will to pursue pulling back especially when it could mean abandoning some of a beach town’s most valuable tax base. Environmentalists and others, though, say retreat is coming. The only question is whether it will be managed, done in a controlled way, or unmanaged as historically has been the case in most areas. Five years ago, Young’s team from Western Carolina came up with a different proposal for North Topsail Beach than simply throwing good money – or sand – after bad money. In short, the authors suggested that instead of spending those resources on 7% of the town’s tax base that is seriously at-risk, dedicate them to the 93% of the town’s tax base that is sustainable over the next 30 years. “It’s clearly cheaper for the town in the long run than simply trying to hold the line,” he said. “The financial calculus just doesn’t work to keep fighting the sea.” The paper suggested the town look into buying out the nearly 300 at-risk properties and parcels at the north end. The 2019 paper said the purchase cost would be nearly $55 million but would generate about $58 million in benefits – representing a savings of roughly $3 million over 30 years. “The fiscal analysis does not include many unquantifiable benefits from the proposed targeted acquisition,” the report states. “These include the transfer of amenity value to other properties, reduced emergency management costs for the municipality, reduced need for consulting engineering fees, improved beach access for all residents and renters, and, quite frankly, no more ugly sand bags and a return of a recreational beach that all residents and guests can enjoy.”

Terminal groin in the cards?
The proposal wasn’t pursued by North Topsail officials at the time, and Town Manager Alice Derian said town officials haven’t discussed a potential buyout program for north end property owners in recent times. Recent efforts to stabilize and enhance the beach at the town’s north end include a 2023 corps’ project that saw 160,000 cubic yards of sand dredged from New River Inlet placed on the north end. Then last year, the town and FEMA paid for trucked-in sand to be dumped in front of some of the threatened structures. In both cases, the sand didn’t last. Derian said North Topsail also is looking to see if it can potentially secure government help to replace roughly 88,000 cubic yards of sand, much of it at the north end, which was washed away by the unnamed storm that pummeled and swamped much of Southeastern North Carolina in September. Future efforts include another injection of fresh sand from the corps’ dredging of New River Inlet and, very far out, potentially the construction of a terminal groin. But that sort of project can take a decade to get permitted, and the construction and maintenance costs could easily reach $20 million or more. Young said North Topsail Beach and Rodanthe aren’t the country’s only coastal communities struggling with how to manage oceanfront areas beset with severe erosion woes. But with sea-level rise and more frequent and stronger storms likely and the rising cost of beach nourishment projects, beach towns are going to have to consider making tough choices. “This is not a proposal that would ruin your coastal economy but preserve your coastal economy by allowing you to invest your finite resources where it makes sense, and that’s so important,” Young said of the buyout study. “Places like North Topsail Beach need to come together as a community and have a real discussion about where they want to go moving forward.”
Read more » click here

Sand dollars: 12 things to know about NC’s coastal economy
The N.C. coast drives much of the economy in Eastern N.C. But maintaining the beaches that attracts millions of visitors a year isn’t cheap.
The coast is an economic engine for Eastern North Carolina, attracting millions of visitors every year who fill rental properties, lure new homeowners to the beach, and keep restaurants, bars and marinas busy in often isolated communities that might otherwise struggle to survive. But maintaining the drivers of that economy, namely keeping the beaches that lure the tourists to the coast wide and attractive, is becoming increasingly expensive and is a challenge that’s expected to increase in complexity and price in coming years as climate change keeps seas rising and storms getting bigger and stronger.

Here are things to know about North Carolina’s coastal economy.

      • $187 million: Estimated 50-year cost of Surf City federal nourishment project. 
      • $40 million: Estimated cost of Oak Island’s proposed nourishment project, half funded by a state grant.
      • $13.6 million: Cost of 2024 Wrightsville Beach federal nourishment project.
      • 2 million: Visitors to the N.C. coast in 2022.
      • 8,777: Number of oceanfront homes in N.C. as of 2020.
      • 1964: First federal beach nourishment project takes place in Carolina Beach.
      • 1,101: 2023 population of North Topsail Beach. 
      • 750: Estimated number of threatened N.C. oceanfront homes in 2020.
      • 320: Miles of N.C. ocean shoreline, roughly half of which is protected/undeveloped.
      • 22: Number of inlets along the N.C. coast.
      • 10: Homes in Rodanthe that have collapsed into the Atlantic since 2020. 
      • 4: Current number of N.C. beach towns that have federal beach nourishment projects (Wrightsville Beach, Carolina Beach, Kure Beach, Ocean Isle Beach).

Read more » click here


Corrections & Amplifications –


Zillow will now show climate risk data on home listings
The information is meant to help home buyers assess potential damage from extreme weather.
Potential home buyers are increasingly weighing the environmental threats their homes could face as the effects of climate change intensify across the United States. Eighty percent of buyers now consider climate risks when shopping for a home, according to a 2023 Zillow survey. To help homeowners navigate that uncertainty, Zillow is adding a climate risk threat score to every for-sale listing on its platform. Data from First Street Foundation, a nonprofit that assesses climate risk, will provide home buyers with scores that measure each property’s susceptibility to flood, wildfire, wind, heat and air quality risks. This information will be available on the Zillow app for iOS and website by the end of this year, while Android users will be able to access the data in early 2025, the company said in a release last month. Home buyers will be able to view this data on Zillow in two ways, either by looking at information within individual listings or by checking an interactive, color-coded map. The scores will display each home’s current climate risk, as well as the risk estimates for 15 and 30 years in the future — the most common terms for fixed-rate mortgages. Zillow also plans to offer tailored insurance recommendations to users alongside the risk information. First Street’s climate risk scores are established through models that measure the likelihood of a climate disaster in a given area and then the potential severity of the event, according to Matthew Eby, the company’s founder and chief executive. The company updates its models each year based on the natural disasters that have unfolded, Eby said. “This level of transparency is allowing people to choose the level of risk that they find comforting and then make an informed decision,” Eby said. “Will this change the buying experience? Absolutely.” The Zillow upgrade comes at an uncertain time for home buyers as climate change becomes more extreme. Some of the largest U.S. insurance companies have ended certain disaster protection coverage and raised premiums in response to climate risks, The Washington Post has reported. And more home listings today are affected by major climate risks compared to just five years ago, according to a report from Zillow published last month. Across all new home listings in August 2024, nearly 17 percent were at major risk of wildfire, while nearly 13 percent came with a major risk of flooding, the company said. This information could be especially valuable given that many states don’t require home sellers to disclose past flood or fire damage to potential buyers, even though more than 300,000 Americans moved to disaster-prone counties last year, The Post previously reported. A 2022 Post analysis of extreme flooding events across the country found that the Federal Emergency Management Agency’s flood maps fail to fully inform Americans of their flood risks. In a 2022 study published by real estate company Redfin, home buyers who had access to property listings that included flood risk information were less likely to view or bid on high-risk homes. That finding indicated a massive information gap for buyers regarding a home’s climate risk, according to some experts. “The information it provides is beneficial because otherwise, there’s just nothing out there for a home buyer or a renter to learn about the risk that they’re facing,” said Joel Scata, a senior environmental health attorney with the Natural Resources Defense Council. “Even if there’s debate over the methods used or the processes used, it’s better than nothing.” It’s difficult to determine the reliability of many climate risk models because the vast majority are not publicly accessible, said Benjamin Keys, a professor of real estate and finance at the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School who has studied the effects of climate-change-fueled disasters on insurance markets. But since the amount of climate-threat information buyers typically have has been “astonishingly low” for years, any improvement would aid transparency in the industry, he added. Climate risk modeling experts are still developing the best possible way to measure the probability of flooding, fires and other natural disasters in any given area, notes Jesse Keenan, a professor of sustainable real estate and urban planning at Tulane University. The data provided from consumer-facing models can be “uneven” depending on where a person is house-hunting, because some risks have been studied more extensively in certain regions than others, he said. “They’re not great,” Keenan said. “Some places they work well, and there’s a lot of places where the uncertainty is greater than the value.” Still, most prospective home buyers will weigh climate risks early in the hunt, and data on these risks can help flag issues they should investigate further, Keenan emphasized. For example, if a score indicates that a house is at a high risk of flooding, home buyers should talk to neighbors about their experiences or show up to the property on a rainy day. The tool should signal the start of the information-gathering process about a home’s climate risk, rather than the end, Keys added.
Read more » click here


Flood history questions added to real estate disclosure form
Sometimes it’s a puzzle why people don’t ask more questions, such as, “Has the river that’s down your road ever flooded your house, the house I’m thinking of buying?” The maxim “buyer beware” is wise advice no matter where a house is situated, but it’s good to have rules in place to cover homebuyers’ backs for the things they overlook or wrongly assume. As of July 1, prospective real estate buyers in North Carolina must now be provided the required North Carolina Real Estate Commission residential disclosure form by the seller that for the first time includes questions related to a property’s flood risk. The change in the form was requested in a petition for rulemaking filed by the Southern Environmental Law Center in December 2022 on behalf of the Natural Resources Defense Council, or NRDC, the North Carolina Justice Center, MDC Inc., the North Carolina Disaster Recovery and Resiliency School, Robeson County Church and Community Center, and NC Field. “Most of those are small, local nonprofits that respond to disasters,” Brooks Rainey Pearson, senior attorney with the law center, told Coastal Review in an interview, referring to petitioners. “So, we really wanted to give a voice to the people on the ground who deal with the fallout from flooding.” Pearson said that the Real Estate Commission had quickly granted the petition at the time and agreed to add the questions proposed by petitioners. It was then delayed by mutual agreement, she said, to adjust the law to allow the commission to merely make changes in the form. That would avoid having to go through a lengthy rulemaking process. “It was a longer journey than it should have been, but not because of any pushback,” she said. “I think everyone understands that homebuyers deserve to know if the property has flooded before.” Questions about flooding that have been added to the disclosure statement include the following: Is the property located in a federal or other designated flood hazard zone? Has the property experienced damage due to flooding, water seepage or pooled water attributable to a natural event such as heavy rainfall, coastal storm surge, tidal inundation, or river overflow? Is there a current flood insurance policy covering the property? Is there a flood or Federal Emergency Management Agency elevation certificate for the property? Has (the property owner) ever filed a claim for flood damage to the property with any insurance provider, including the National Flood Insurance Program? The form also notes that the requirement to obtain flood insurance passes down to all future owners for those properties that have received disaster assistance. Joel Scata, senior attorney with the NRDC, a national environmental nonprofit organization that is one of the petitioners, said that in the past, the only flood information that had to be disclosed to homebuyers in North Carolina was whether the property was in a floodplain. “Now with the changes, a buyer is going to have access to much more detailed information,” he told Coastal Review. According to state law, residential property owners are required to complete the disclosure statement and provide it to a buyer before an offer is made to purchase the property. New construction or never-occupied properties are exempted. Every question must be answered with “Y,” “N,” “NR” or “NA” for “Yes,” “No,” “No Representation,” and “Not Applicable,” respectively. Despite stern language in the form about requirements, there is enough gray area to give pause to anyone with insight into human failings. “An owner is not required to disclose any of the material facts that have a NR option, even if they have knowledge of them,” the statement says. Also: “If an owner selects NR, it could mean that the owner (1) has knowledge of an issue and chooses not to disclose it; or (2) simply does not know.” The form does warn that failure to disclose hidden defects “may” result in civil liability. It also assures that if an owner selects “No,” it means that the owner is not aware of any problem. But if “the owner knows there is a problem or that the owner’s answer is not correct, the owner may be liable for making an intentional misstatement.” If an owner selects NA, it means the property does not contain that particular item or feature. Scata said that he believes that whatever remedies are available for enforcement are strictly civil, and do not include criminal charges in the case of fraud or misrepresentation. “A buyer could file a civil suit, claim that the seller intentionally misled the buyer, make a fraud claim,” he said. But damages and other penalties would depend on the impact of what wasn’t disclosed, he added. A buyer should take any “NR” answer as a cue to ask the owner about what they don’t want to disclose, Scata said, adding “it’s a good indication that something is wrong with the property.” That choice could not be removed from the form unless it was done through a change in the legislation, he said. “The buyer always has the right to go back and explicitly ask the seller the question,” he said. And don’t just push the question with the buyer, he said, but also go talk to neighbors about the situation with flooding episodes in the neighborhood. Also, real estate brokers by law have a duty to disclose what they know, or reasonably should know, regardless of the seller’s response. “So, if a seller says something like ‘No, there’s never been (flooding) on the property,’” Scata said, “but the Realtor knows that’s not true, there’s a duty on them to disclose. And they can be liable if they are complicit in that fraud.” In that instance of potential fraud by a broker, the buyer can file a complaint with the Real Estate Commission. According to an NRDC press release, homes in North Carolina with prior flood losses would be expected to average an annual loss of $1,211, compared to $61 for the average home. In 2021, there were 13,237 homes purchased that were estimated to have been previously flooded. The expected annual flood damage totals for those homes were estimated at about $16 million. With climate change causing more intense rain and stronger storms, flooding is only going to become more of an issue, Pearson said. “Before when you only had to disclose if the house was in a floodplain, well, that’s no longer a good indicator of whether your house might flood,” she said. “The best indicator of whether your house might flood is whether it’s flooded before. And so, we think, just for the sake of transparency, people deserve to know that. But they also deserve to know that because — I believe it’s called behavioral economics — when people have more information, they’ll make different and better decisions.”
Read more » click here


Odds & Ends –


Brunswick County to explore creating a stormwater utility
Brunswick County commissioners will not pause new development. Instead, board members agreed during their Monday night meeting to further explore the possibility of creating a stormwater utility as a way to address mounting concerns about the county’s ongoing building boom. “The stormwater utility would help solve the problem of increased growth, polluted stormwater, and improve the drainage capabilities of the county that are susceptible to flooding,” Commissioner Pat Sykes said. “Within this we should be able to designate certain areas as special protection areas. These areas would determine, should they be low, medium or high density.” This utility is created to collect fees from property owners, which are then used to maintain and improve drainage systems. Sykes eventually seconded a motion made by Chairman Randy Thompson to direct county staff to move forward with coming up with a plan to establish a temporary moratorium on new commercial, multifamily and single-family home construction. Thompson suggested a moratorium would span 120 days. Commissioners voted down the motion 3-2. “I’m sorry, but I’m not in favor of a moratorium,” Commissioner Marty Cooke said. “I don’t see legally we can do it.” Thompson reiterated concerns he raised at the board’s Sept. 23 meeting as reasons for implementing a building pause, one he and supporters of a moratorium say is needed to give the county time to examine its water and wastewater service capacity, current fire service adequacy, impacts of pending construction, floodwater management, and update its unified development ordinance, or UDO. “I honestly believe that all these things need to be addressed,” he said Monday night. “They need to be addressed quickly, but it takes time to address them properly and so that is why I am still firmly in the belief that we need to do a moratorium.” Others agreed, arguing that the county can make the case a building moratorium is needed to address imminent public health and safety concerns. Gene Vasile, president of the Alliance of Brunswick County Property Owners Association, said Thompson’s comments at the Sept. 23 meeting summarized the most serious consequences of “excessive development.” “Ask yourself, how can developments the size of small towns be approved in areas that are served by volunteer fire departments?” Vasile said. “The consequences of rapid development without advanced planning for its ramifications are serious and irresponsible. In the interest of public health, safety and good order, a moratorium on the approval of certain new development is essential.” Shallotte Mayor Walter Eccard shared those sentiments, saying he believed county commissioners have the authority to declare a moratorium “for the purpose of addressing public safety and adequacy of infrastructure.” Eccard, who said he was speaking as a resident of the county, referenced widespread damage in the county caused by flooding from the unnamed storm that dumped more than 15 inches of rain onto the area last month. “The impact of recent uncontrolled growth and its related clear-cutting raised, at a minimum, serious questions with respect to the adequacy of the county’s rules for stormwater control, flood mitigation and other matters,” he said. “As you know the recent storm resulted in local flooding, road closures, bridges destroyed, limitations of emergency vehicle access and inadequate evacuation routes. These present serious public health and safety concerns.” Major new developments, Eccard said, have been approved without a review of whether existing fire and emergency services could adequately serve them. “It’s clear to many of us that this is a recipe leading to catastrophe,” he said. Rather than call for a building moratorium, St. James Mayor Jean Toner asked commissioners immediately approve text amendments to the county’s UDO that address trees and green space, transportation overlay zoning and transportation impact analysis. Toner said rampant clear-cutting, high-density housing and inadequate requirements for developers to create open space, “have created a situation where development is neither well-managed nor responsible.” “Since 2020 the county has approved 37,500 new housing units,” she said. “UDO text amendments are necessary to mitigate the problems that result from these changes. Revisions to mitigate flooding associated with stormwater runoff are overdue. How much more flooding, damaging homes, businesses and roads and bridges, must we experience before change is made?” Rather than establish a building moratorium, County Manager Steve Stone recommended to commissioners amend the county’s stormwater ordinance and enhance the flood prevention ordinance. Specifically, Stone suggests developers be required to include stormwater designs for a 100-year storm event rainfall. Currently, the ordinance requires plans for a 25-year event. “It’s technically feasible to implement this change within 120 days of beginning the process,” he said, referring to a stormwater ordinance amendment.
Read more » click here

Brunswick considers creating stormwater utility, expanding buffer requirements to improve resiliency
Two months after an unnamed storm inundated Brunswick County with severe flooding and damage to local roadways, officials are evaluating options to enhance stormwater management.  Last month, Brunswick County Commissioners struck down chair Randy Thompson’s motion to request staff prepare information for an imminent 120-day development moratorium due to issues including strained water and wastewater capacity, flooding and stormwater management, and the adequacy of the county’s emergency services. County manager Steve Stone recommended the county instead continue to evaluate the feasibility of a moratorium and amend stormwater rules to require systems to handle 100-year storm events. Commissioners unanimously passed a motion for staff to present potential updates to the county’s stormwater ordinance at the October meeting. Stormwater engineer Richard Christensen and deputy engineering services director Brigit Flora carried out the presentation at last week’s commissioner meeting. Recommended changes include enhanced protections of riparian buffers — undisturbed vegetation, such as trees or shrubs, adjacent to natural drainage ways — and the potential creation of a new stormwater utility for the county. The utility would be a separate legal entity in charge of stormwater management planning, engineering, administration, maintenance, and permitting. It would be paid by user fees and determine rates based on properties’ runoff generation and stormwater controls. Staff’s presentation stated upgrading stormwater control measures to handle a 100-year storm event — 10 to 11 inches over 24 hours — would increase management costs and reduce developable land; standard stormwater conveyance systems within the county are designed to handle a 10-year storm event of seven inches within 24 hours.  September’s Potential Tropical Cyclone #8 dropped upward of 20 inches of rain in 24 hours and was considered a 1,000-year storm event. Commissioners requested staff provide additional information at the December meeting and did not take a vote last week. Brunswick County’s stormwater ordinance requires 30-foot riparian buffers be maintained on streams, ponds, lakes, and other water bodies in the county. Christensen and Flora noted the vegetation strips trap and filter pollutants from upland stormwater and maintain the integrity of natural drainage systems. However, Brunswick County currently does not require riparian buffers around wetlands; staff recommended adding new requirements for wetlands and increasing buffer width to 50 feet. Residents have repeatedly raised concerns about the impact of development in the county — consistently ranked among the fastest growing in the state — on stormwater management. Brunswick County Conservation Partnership founder Christie Marek first floated the idea of a  development moratorium at the planning board’s August meeting to ensure infrastructure can meet demand and address negative impacts of growth. The issue was salient before the planning board approved the 2,950 unit Ashton Farms development in March after rejecting it last year. The planning board endorsed the project after applicant Thomas & Hutton Engineering revised its plan to include 30-foot wetland riparian buffers in Natural Heritage Program areas and expanded stormwater ponds capable of handling 100-year storm events. In neighboring New Hanover County, its Unified Development Ordinance requires 25-to-100-foot buffer zones from conservation areas. Conservationist Andy Wood argued protections have not been adequately enforced and views the reduction of riparian buffers in Brunswick and New Hanover counties as a contributor to degradation of local waterways. “When you destroy the riparian buffer for short-term development,” he said, “you’re ultimately ruining water quality both at the surface and in the aquifer. And relative to travel and tourism at the ocean, because our dirty surface water flows out to the beach.” Wood is a member of Save Sledge Forest, a group that seeks to conserve a 4,030-unit development proposed in a 4,039-acre Castle Hayne property including roughly 3,000 acres of wetlands. The North Carolina Land and Water Fund cited Sledge Forest’s riparian buffers along the northeast Cape Fear River and Prince George Creek among its reasons for considering the property a top state priority for conservation. A portion of the waterway was added to the Department of Environmental Quality’s impaired water bodies list this year due to arsenic and hexavalent chromium found in fish tissue. DEQ added several Brunswick County water bodies to the 2024 list. In the Lumber River Basin, 2.2 miles of Leonard Branch river connecting to Juniper Creek joined due to fecal coliform and Lockwoods Folly River from Royal Oak Swamp to SR 1200 was included for dissolved oxygen. Sustainable engineering firm Stantec Consulting Services Inc. cited stormwater runoff from development in the Lockwoods Folly River Basin as a contributor to declining water quality in a 2010 report. The firm included riparian buffer restoration among its recommendations to improve water quality in the region. Riparian buffer regulation has been fiercely contested over the last decade. Business associations representing development and real estate interests have argued developers are insufficiently compensated for protecting riparian buffers and advocated for less expansive mandated buffer size.  The North Carolina Home Builders Association took credit for helping pass a 2015 bill which prohibited local governments from enacting stricter riparian buffer regulations than the state’s 50-foot guideline. The Business Alliance for a Sound Economy, an influential Wilmington-based business association, also expressed support for the legislation. The bill still allowed municipalities to apply to the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission for greater buffers with local scientific evidence to justify regulations. Sen. Bill Rabon — who has served as Brunswick County’s senator since 2011 — supported a 2017 bill that would have removed local governments’ abilities to apply for individual standards. He argued municipalities “use the provision to get around buffer rules” during a 2017 committee meeting. The 2023 Farm Bill removed protections for up to 3 million acres of state wetlands and further reduced riparian buffer protection in the state. A provision drops the penalty for removing timber in a riparian buffer from a maximum of $25,000 to the value of timber removed. The Department of Environmental Quality allows developers to pay into a mitigation bank to compensate for impacts to riparian buffers. Environmental Management Commissioner Michael Ellison — former director of DEQ’s Division of Mitigation Services — circumvented the Environmental Management Commission’s proposed 2014 update to stream protection rules after engaging in private meetings with industry representatives. The EMC publicly criticized his actions.
Read more » click here 


North Carolina G.O.P. Brushes Aside Democratic Governor to Expand Power
After cloaking a bill that strips key powers from Democrats as hurricane aid, the state’s Republican-controlled legislature overrode a veto from Gov. Roy Cooper, a Democrat, to pass it into law.
Republicans in North Carolina muscled through a sweeping expansion of their own power on Wednesday, overriding the Democratic governor’s veto of a bill that will give the G.O.P. increased control over elections, judicial appointments and whether its laws stand up in the courts. Perhaps most striking was how Republicans did it: They titled the legislation “Disaster Relief” but filled it with measures that had nothing to do with aid for areas devastated by Hurricane Helene and instead eroded the power of top state Democrats. Just 13 of the bill’s 131 pages dealt directly with the storm. Republicans moved swiftly to pass the bill last month, only for Gov. Roy Cooper, a Democrat, to veto the legislation. Republicans then moved to overcome his veto in the final weeks of their single-vote supermajority in the House, where they lost key seats in November. Even as Donald J. Trump carried the state, Republicans fell short in several other top races, including for governor, attorney general and secretary of state. The override vote, which passed by 72 to 46 along party lines, follows four years of efforts by Republicans nationwide to gain greater control over the mechanics of elections, a push initially fueled by Mr. Trump’s false claims about the 2020 presidential contest. State Representative Tim Moore, the departing Republican speaker of the House, said openly before the vote that the bill was meant to help his party win future elections. “This action item today is going to be critical to making sure North Carolina continues to be able to do what it can to deliver victories for Republicans up and down the ticket and move this country in the right direction,” Mr. Moore told the Trump ally and conservative podcaster Stephen K. Bannon on Wednesday. Lawmakers in North Carolina have a tradition of trying to lock in their political power after election losses. Democrats wielded such tactics in the 1990s, but more recently Republicans have led the way. After Mr. Cooper beat the Republican incumbent in 2016, the legislature stripped the governor’s office of key powers and reduced the number of staff members he could appoint by more than 1,000 positions. Republicans in the state have also long used voting laws to try to gain an upper hand in elections. In 2016, a federal appeals court struck down a voter identification law passed by Republicans, saying its provisions deliberately “target African Americans with almost surgical precision.” (A less restrictive voter ID law was passed in 2018.) The House vote on Wednesday means that the bill will now become law in North Carolina, after the State Senate voted this month to override Mr. Cooper’s veto. Democrats have vowed to challenge the legislation in court, arguing that changes to the state election board and other measures were unconstitutional. The law will significantly restructure the state election board, the top authority over voting in North Carolina, wresting appointment power away from the governor’s office and handing it to the state auditor, who will be a Republican next year. The change is likely to put the board, which currently has three Democrats and two Republicans, under G.O.P. control. The legislation will also significantly restrict the governor’s ability to fill vacancies on state courts, including the Supreme Court, by limiting the options to candidates offered by the political party of the judge leaving the seat. And it will curtail the ability of the attorney general — currently Governor-elect Josh Stein, and next year Jeff Jackson, another Democrat — to challenge laws passed by the legislature. Beyond those proposals, the law will make major changes to state election procedures. It will significantly shorten the time voters have after Election Day to address problems with their mail and absentee ballots — a process known as curing — and will require local election officials to finish counting provisional ballots within three days of the election. Though Republicans currently enjoy a one-vote supermajority in the House, a successful override of the governor’s veto was not a foregone conclusion in Raleigh, the capital. Three Republican state representatives from western North Carolina had voted against the initial bill, arguing that it had not done enough to bring new storm aid to their region. As recently as Tuesday, at least one of them, Mark Pless, had indicated he was unsure how he was going to vote. But on Wednesday, Mr. Pless, along with the two other lawmakers from the region, Mike Clampitt and Karl E. Gillespie, backed the move to enact sweeping changes to state government. In a statement to The New York Times, Mr. Pless reiterated that he believed the bill had been rushed and, on initial inspection, had provided no aid for western North Carolina. “Since that day I have spent hours examining the bill to understand the content and explore options to get funding to the hurting people of western North Carolina,” he said. “I have discussed the needs with numerous elected leaders local, state and federal. I am convinced there is a path forward and money will be available next quickly to provide help to the people of western North Carolina.” Mr. Cooper responded to the veto override in a statement: “Western North Carolina small businesses and communities still wait for support from the legislature while Republicans make political power grabs the priority. Shameful.” Dozens of protesters gathered inside and outside the chamber on Wednesday before the vote, singing “This Little Light of Mine” and holding signs that read “stop the power grab” and “Western N.C. needs disaster relief, NOT more voter suppression.” Western areas of the state are still struggling to recover after Helene ripped through in late September, causing roughly $53 billion in damage. In October, the legislature approved about $877 million in recovery aid, including $50 million in loans for small businesses. But local leaders called for far more, and Mr. Cooper had sought a $3.9 billion proposal. A drive down Lyman Street in the River Arts district of Asheville revealed block after block of devastation, with crumpled buildings, tangled steel and debris stretching for nearly a mile. Residents and small businesses have been waiting for more help from the legislature and have grown frustrated about the intrusion of politics. Two Democratic state representatives from the western part of the state — Eric Ager and Lindsey Prather — criticized the override effort from the chamber floor, listing at length the residents and businesses still struggling to recover from the hurricane. “This bill just doesn’t meet the moment, and it doesn’t meet North Carolina’s values,” Mr. Ager said. “We should have done more sooner. You know, we talk about figuring all this out. The people in North Carolina are tired of hearing that help is on the way. It’s not coming. And that’s, that’s the way people feel.” State Representative Dudley Greene, a Republican from Avery County in the state’s northwest, tearfully recounted his experience when the hurricane hit, and how at one point he had slept in a Walmart parking lot. He defended state lawmakers’ response to the disaster, saying that recovery would take time, and indicated that the money shifted in the bill was better than nothing. “To say we’re not doing anything, we’ve done it, and we continue to do it,” Mr. Greene said. “We’ve allocated money that hasn’t had time to even be spent yet, and will allocate more, I’m sure.” Mr. Stein, the governor-elect, has been critical of the effort. “The bill, to be clear, is a power grab, not disaster relief,” he told reporters at the Democratic Governors Association’s winter meeting last week in California. “It’s petty and wrongheaded, and it’s contrary to what the voters of North Carolina had just done in this election and who they elected.”
Read more » click here

North Carolina GOP changes election rules before losing supermajority
Republicans in the state legislature gave an ally control over the state’s elections board, rewrote ballot-counting rules and chipped away at the power of the incoming Democratic governor.
Flexing power just before they lose their supermajority, Republicans in North Carolina’s legislature overrode a veto Wednesday to give one of their allies control over the state’s elections board, rewrite ballot-counting rules and chip away at the power of the incoming Democratic governor. The move came as Republicans sought to claim three seats in the legislature and a spot on the state Supreme Court by throwing out tens of thousands of ballots in races they lost last month. The state Democratic Party is fighting that effort by asking a federal judge to ensure votes don’t get tossed because of administrative errors. The developments offer the latest test for democracy in the swing state while highlighting North Carolina Republicans’ brand of go-to-the-mat politics. Courts could soon review how ballots were counted in last month’s election, and judges will almost certainly be asked to review the new law limiting the power of the incoming governor, Josh Stein (D). The dispute over the state Supreme Court is one of the last of its kind in the country. Election disputes have been less protracted this winter than four years ago, when Donald Trump and his supporters filed lawsuit after lawsuit to contest his loss of the White House. Under the measure lawmakers approved Wednesday, Stein will lose the power to appoint members of the state and county elections board. Those duties will be handled by the incoming auditor, Dave Boliek, who will be the first Republican to hold the job in 16 years. The auditor is responsible for reviewing state finances and previously has not had a role in running elections. Republicans rushed the lame-duck bill through the legislature to get it in place before they lose the veto-proof majority that in recent years has allowed them to sideline the outgoing governor, Roy Cooper (D). Republicans will still have large majorities in both chambers, but their strength in the House in January will fall below the three-fifths margin they need to override vetoes without the help of Democrats. The legislature passed the bill last month, and Cooper quickly vetoed it. The state Senate overrode the veto last week, and the House overrode it Wednesday. That will put the law into effect — and queue up an all-but-inevitable lawsuit. The law also limits the legal arguments the incoming attorney general, Jeff Jackson (D), can make in court, eliminates the jobs of two judges who have ruled against lawmakers and requires the governor to fill any vacancies to the state’s top courts with appointees recommended by the political party of the departing judge. That will prevent Stein from appointing Democrats to fill future openings on the state Supreme Court if any Republicans step down. The bill will give voters who cast provisional ballots three days instead of nine to provide election officials with information that ensures their votes count. And it will require election officials to tally absentee ballots on Election Day that night, forcing them to work through the night in some cases. Republicans said the main purpose of the bill was to provide $227 million in Hurricane Helene relief. Critics called the assistance hollow because additional legislation will be needed to allocate the funds. Three House Republicans from areas affected by the hurricane voted against the measure when the legislature first considered it, and GOP leaders worried they could prevent the bill from being overridden. Hours before the legislature took up the bill, Speaker Tim Moore (R) appeared on former Trump aide Stephen K. Bannon’s podcast to urge people to call Republican lawmakers to insist they vote to override the measure. “We need the MAGA world to step up and remind our Republicans to stand strong,” Moore said. Moore said the measure would improve elections, saying it shifted authority over the state elections board to the auditor “because, frankly, I think we need auditing of the elections.” The push to limit the power of Democrats in North Carolina echoes legislation lawmakers passed eight years ago to restrain Cooper just before he was sworn in. That measure also would have given Republicans more control of elections, but courts blocked that element of the law. Democrats, meanwhile, have grown alarmed by the fight over the state Supreme Court, where Republicans hold a 5-2 majority and an appetite for cases with political dimensions. Jefferson Griffin, a Republican appeals judge, filed challenges on technical grounds to more than 60,000 votes after losing the race by 734 votes to Justice Allison Riggs, a Democrat who joined the court in 2023. Many of the ballots Griffin challenged were cast by longtime voters who do not have their driver’s license number or the last four digits of their Social Security number on file as part of their voter registrations. Griffin asked election officials to discard ballots if voters didn’t update their registrations with that information. Democrats who control the state elections board rejected that idea Wednesday, with Chairman Alan Hirsch saying discounting votes on such grounds is “anathema to the democratic system.” Griffin challenged other types of ballots as well, such as those cast by overseas and military voters who did not provide a copy of their ID and overseas voters whose parents are from North Carolina but who have not lived in the state themselves. The board rejected those challenges, in part because it found Griffin had not properly notified voters he was protesting their ballots. Griffin can appeal in state court under a process that could ultimately put the matter before the state Supreme Court. That would leave it to Riggs’s colleagues to decide whether she can remain on the court. Hoping to avoid that outcome, the state Democratic Party on Friday filed a lawsuit asking a federal judge to declare that the state must count the challenged ballots. Democrats believe the federal courts offer them more protection, while Republicans want to see the matter play out in state court given the GOP tilt to the state Supreme Court. Republicans in August made some of the same arguments about voter registration that Griffin is making now. That case is ongoing, but a federal judge last month said his final ruling will affect future elections but not ones that have already been held. Democrats expressed outrage over the challenges. “It’s a political temper tantrum that is expensive and it is exhausting,” said Kimberly Hardy, a Democrat and assistant professor of social work whose ballot was challenged. When Griffin filed his ballot challenges, he contended he was seeking to protect democracy in the state. “These protests,” he said in a statement, “are about one fundamental principle: ensuring every legal vote is counted.” North Carolina’s Supreme Court has shifted to the right since 2016, when the state abandoned nonpartisan court races and required candidates to run as members of political parties. Republicans won a 5-2 majority in 2022 and immediately reconsidered decisions the court had just made so they could put in place a voter ID law and a redistricting plan that favored the GOP.
Read more » click here

Republicans in North Carolina pass sweeping changes to consolidate power
The last-minute inclusions in a lame-duck bill will strip the incoming Democratic governor and attorney general of significant authority before the GOP loses its legislative supermajority.
Read more » click here

North Carolina Republicans Push to Seize Power From Top Democrats
The state’s Republican-controlled legislature passed a sweeping bill that would erode the power of the Democratic governor and attorney general and hand the G.O.P. more control over elections.
Read more » click here


This and That –


Every year, the independent nonprofit ratings agencies Charity Navigator and Candid Guidestar evaluate charities nationwide based on fiscal transparency, accountability, and effectiveness. We are thrilled to share that this year the Coastal Federation earned the highest ratings from both Charity Navigator and the Candid Guidestar. Review the details on Charity Navigator and Candid Guidestar.

As a Federation supporter, you can be proud to support an organization earning top marks nationwide and you can be confident that your donation will be put to good use.

 Mission:
Since its founding in 1982, the North Carolina Coastal Federation has worked with citizens to safeguard the coastal rivers, creeks, sounds and beaches of North Carolina. Headquartered in Newport, North Carolina with offices in Wanchese and Wrightsville Beach, the Coastal Federation works in three key program areas: environmental advocacy; restoring and protecting habitat and water quality; and educating citizens and community leaders. Our vision is for a natural, beautiful, and productive coast that is a great place to live, work and visit. Today the Coastal Federation consists of more than 11,000 supporters, 200 partner organizations, thousands of active volunteers and a 30-member professional staff and is considered one of the most effective coastal conservation groups in the state. The Coastal Federation remains a collaborative, grassroots organization, bringing together traditional and nontraditional organizations, government agencies and businesses to leave a legacy of a healthy coast for future generations.


A black and white picture of the HB bridgeWhat’s behind the name of this seaside town in Brunswick County?
How did a seaside community in Brunswick County, located midway between Wilmington and Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, get its name? The island of Holden Beach is named after Benjamin Holden, who bought four mainland tracts and the island between his plantation and the ocean in 1756. The island extended from Lockwood’s Folly Inlet west six miles to Bacon Inlet. Holden and his sons used the island for fishing and cattle grazing. John Holden, Benjamin’s grandson in 1924, began a commercial fishery on the island. Holden also started planning a vacation destination, which is called the Holden Beach Resort. It was the first subdivision of oceanfront property in Brunswick County. The town of Holden Beach was incorporated on Feb. 14, 1969. A new high-rise concrete bridge was dedicated on May 13, 1986, allowing better access to the more than 1,900 homes on the island. The Holden Beach Fishing Pier has been closed to the public since 2022, but steps are being taken to either reopen or revamp the structure.
Read more » click here


Factoid That May Interest Only Me –


Christmas Trees RecyclingChristmas Trees Recycling
Christmas trees can be recycled to help build sand dunes on the beach. It is a way to build more protection on the shore by using them as a natural and biodegradable sand fencing. The trees are positioned facing downward at a 45-degree angle. Once the trees are laid down, they are left completely exposed except for the tips, which are covered in sand. The needles of the branches catch the sand, and it starts to accumulate until gradually the sand will bury the tree and build up the dunes around them. As the tree biodegrades, it provides nutrients to the other plants and organisms around it.

Christmas Trees Recycling


Paid parking will now extend to all Brunswick beach towns
Seeing it as ‘inevitable,’ another Brunswick beach town votes for paid parking
This Brunswick beach town is the last island in Brunswick County to hop aboard the paid parking program express. During its Monday, Dec. 2, special meeting, Sunset Beach Town Council came to a consensus to implement a paid parking program in 2025. A discussion was held by council members but there was no public comment section during the meeting. The main reason the board has decided to look into paid parking is due to concerns about public safety and the need for control over parking, Councilman Charles Nern said. If the town does not start charging people to park, Sunset Beach will be “inundated,” said Councilman Peter Larkin, with people trying to take advantage of free parking because surrounding beach towns require payment for parking. “I think it’s inevitable,” Larkin added.

Here’s what to know.

Discussion and program details
Councilman Mike Hargreaves presented the topic and led the discussion, noting the board in September accepted “in conception” an island parking plan. The Sunset Beach Police Department currently uses SurfCAST through OttoConnect to manage parking citations. A paid parking program will be a new addition. The parking plan includes more than 250 paid parking spots but the plan and parking areas are subject to change. “It may not be perfect – that’s for sure – but the concepts are there,” said Hargreaves. “The plan is there pretty much, I think.”
Most decisions regarding the details of the paid parking program will be made after the council chooses to hire a paid parking management company. Hargreaves said the town will work with property owners that may have paid parking spaces in front of their homes before officially designating parking areas. Council members talked about signage and coloring curb stops to mark parking spaces. Some board members are concerned that too many signs could be a problem. “It’s going to be a field of signs, it’s going to look like ‘Picketville,'” Councilman Mike Pozdol said.

Paying for the program
McGill and Associates, Hargreaves noted, gave the town cost estimates on startup program costs. The town could spend anywhere from $114,000 to $125,000 to initiate a paid parking on all the roads. Board members said they do not want tax payers to pay for the program. “We’re sticking with that,” said Nern. Town Administrator Lisa Anglin said property owners will pay for program installment costs such as surveying, signs and curb stops upfront using money from the general fund until the town is able to “recapture” the costs in paid parking revenue. “Before we can make any revenue off of parking, we have to delineate where parking is. … Those costs will 100% be paid out of general fund before any revenue is generated,” Anglin said. Staff recommends the town initiate on street parking before fronting the costs of building a parking lot.

A parking lot on the island
One grassy spot on Sunset Boulevard, named the “Boulevard Lot,” will also contribute to paid parking revenue. The town has yet to approve the lease agreement nor a plan for the Boulevard Lot. Anglin said the Boulevard Lot will need an engineering and construction company to make it a paved parking area. The town might keep its foot on the brake for the paving project since it could cost as high as $500,000.

Further discussion
Ocean Isle Beach earlier this year approved implementing a paid parking program in 2025 and has recently held two public input sessions. Ocean Isle Beach chose SurfCAST by Otto Connect as its parking management firm.

Though the town of Sunset Beach is going through with paid parking, council members have not selected a parking management firm. “There’s a tremendous number of details to work out,” Mayor Pro-Tem John Corbett said. Four proposals from parking management firms have been received, Hargreaves noted. He, Anglin and Nern have been tasked as the parking committee to make a recommendation on what firm they think would be best.
Read more » click here


Former Trolley Stop lot becomes new parking area for Holden Beach visitors
Several months after a popular Holden Beach shop burned down, the lot where it once stood is now being used to help the town with one of its biggest problems: parking. Back in March, the Holden Beach Trolley Stop convenience store and bar burned down in an early morning fire. Since then, owner Jeremy Ridenhour has torn down the structure and turned the space into a parking lot. Visitors can park there all day for just $20, cash only, with 24 cars able to use the lot and visitors don’t need the town’s annual parking pass to park there. Ridenhour said this parking lot will help not just the town’s residents but visitors as well. “You know, we’re really here to help the people of the community and you know, help the people that’s not on the island, the people that live off the island to have a place to come and park,” Ridenhour said. “It’s real close, it’s located really close to the beach. Most of our parking, we have 24 parking places here that are closer than the town’s parking to the public access.” Ridenhour added that he isn’t planning on rebuilding the Trolley Stop but would be open to doing so if the opportunity presents itself.
Read more » click here


Hot Button Issues

Subjects that are important to people and about which they have strong opinions



Climate

For more information » click here
.

 


There’s something happening here
What it is ain’t exactly clear


Why a two-year surge in global warmth is worrying scientists
Instead, global temperatures remain at near-record levels.
As 2023 came to a close, scientists had hoped that a stretch of record heat that emerged across the planet might finally begin to subside this year. It seemed likely that temporary conditions, including an El Niño climate pattern that has always been known to boost average global temperatures, would give way to let Earth cool down. That didn’t happen. Instead, global temperatures remain at near-record levels. After 2023 ended up the warmest year in human history by far, 2024 is almost certain to be even warmer. Now, some scientists say this could indicate fundamental changes are happening to the global climate that are raising temperatures faster than anticipated. “This shifts the odds towards probably more warming in the pipeline,” said Helge Goessling, a climate physicist at the Alfred Wegener Institute in Germany. One or two years of such heat, however extraordinary, doesn’t alone mean that the warming trajectory is hastening. Scientists are exploring a number of theories for why the heat is been so persistent. The biggest factor, they agree, is that the world’s oceans remain extraordinarily warm, far beyond what is usual — warmth that drives the temperature on land up as well. This could prove to be a temporary phenomenon, just an unlucky two years, and could reverse. “Temperatures could start plummeting in the next few months and we’d say it was just internal variability. I don’t think we can rule that out yet,” said Zeke Hausfather, a climate scientist at Berkeley Earth. But he added, “I think signs are certainly pointing toward fairly persistent warmth.” But some scientists are worried the oceans have become so warm that they won’t cool down as much as they historically have, perhaps contributing to a feedback loop that will accelerate climate change. “The global ocean is warming relentlessly year after year and is the best single indicator that the planet is warming,” said Kevin Trenberth, a distinguished scholar with the National Center for Atmospheric Research. Other factors are temporary, even if they leave the world a bit hotter. One important one, scientists say, is that years of efforts to clean up air pollutants are having an unintended consequence — removing a layer in the atmosphere that was reflecting some of the sun’s heat back into space. Whatever the mix of factors or how long they last, scientists say the lack of clear explanation lowers their confidence that climate change will follow the established pattern that models have predicted. “We can’t rule out eventually much bigger changes,” Hausfather said. “The more we research climate change, the more we learn that uncertainty isn’t our friend.” Experts had been counting on the end of El Niño to help reverse the trend. The routine global climate pattern, driven by a pool of warmer-than-normal waters across the Pacific, peaked last winter. Usually about five months after El Niño peaks, global average temperatures start to cool down. Often, that’s because El Niño is quickly replaced with La Niña. Under this pattern, the same strip of Pacific waters become colder than normal, creating a larger cooling effect on the planet. But La Niña hasn’t materialized as scientists predicted it would, either. That leaves the world waiting for relief as it confronts what is forecast to be its first year above a long-feared threshold of planetary warming: average global temperatures 1.5 degrees Celsius warmer than they were two centuries ago, before humans started burning vast amounts of fossil fuels. (Formally crossing this threshold requires at least several years above it.) The year 2023 is the current warmest year on record at 1.48 degrees Celsius above the preindustrial average. However, 2024 is expected to be at least 1.55 degrees, breaking the record set the year before. Last year’s record was further above the expected track of global warming than scientists had ever seen, by a margin of more than three tenths of a degree. This year, that margin is expected to be even larger. While changes in temperatures of a degree or less may seem small, they can have large effects, Trenberth said. Like “the straw that breaks the camel’s back,” he said. That includes increasing heat and humidity extremes that are life-threatening, changing ocean heat patterns that could alter critical fisheries, and melting glaciers whose freshwater resources are key to energy generation. And scientists say if the temperature benchmarks are passed for multiple years at time, storms, floods and droughts will increase in intensity, too, with a host of domino effects.

Trouble with record warm waters
Compared to past years when El Niño has faded, the current conditions are unlike any seen before. A look at sea surface temperatures following three major El Niño years — 2024, 1998 and 1983 — reveal that a La Niña-like pattern was evident in all three years, with a patch of cooler than average conditions emerging in the equatorial Pacific Ocean. But in 2024, the patch was narrow, unimpressive and dwarfed by warmer than average seas that cover most of the planet, including parts of every ocean basin. Known as marine heat waves, these expansive blobs of unusual oceanic heat are typically defined as seas being much warmer than average, in the highest 10 percent of historical observations, across a wide area for a prolonged period. Strong to severe marine heat waves are occurring in the Atlantic, much of the Pacific, the western and eastern Indian Ocean, and in the Mediterranean Sea. In October, ocean temperatures at that high threshold covered more than a third of the planet. On the other end, less than 1 percent of the planet had ocean temperatures in the lowest 10 percent of historical values. Warm and cold ocean temperature extremes should more closely offset each other. But what’s happening is a clear demonstration that oceans, where heat accumulates fastest, are absorbing most of Earth’s energy imbalance. Warm extremes are greatly exceeding cold ones. That’s a problem because what happens in the ocean doesn’t stay in the ocean. Because ocean water covers more than 70 percent of Earth, what happens there is critically important to temperatures and humidity on land, with coastal heat waves sometimes fueling terrestrial ones. Weather systems can sometimes linger, producing persistent sunny and wind-free days and bringing ideal conditions for marine heat wave development. These systems can sometimes straddle the land and the ocean, leading to a connected heat wave and transporting humidity. Trenberth said increasing heat in the oceans, particularly the upper 1,000 feet, is a major factor in the relentless increases in average surface temperatures around the world. And changes in ocean heat content can affect not just air temperatures, but sea ice, the energy available to storms and water cycles across the planet.

Factors that could trigger changes in global heat
Research has begun to unpack what else may be triggering such changes in global heat. One recent study found that a reduction in air pollution over the world’s oceans may have contributed to 20 to 30 percent of the warming seen over the North Atlantic and North Pacific, said Andrew Gettelman, a scientist at the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory and the study’s lead author. Restrictions on sulfur content in the fuels used by shipping liners, put in place in 2020, have dramatically reduced concentrations of sulfur dioxide particles that tend to encourage cloud formation. Though it means lower pollution levels, with fewer clouds, more solar radiation is hitting the oceans and warming them. A study released Tuesday found that a decline in cloud cover likely contributed to perhaps 0.2 degrees Celsius in previously unexplained warming that hit the planet last year. Goessling and colleagues think that was the product of cleaner shipping emissions, as well as a positive feedback loop in which warming close to Earth’s surface leads to reduced cloud cover, which leads to even more warming. The study found that in 2023, planetary albedo — the amount of sunlight reflected back into space by light-colored surfaces including clouds, snow and ice cover — may have been at its lowest since at least 1940. There have also been questions about the roles other factors may be playing, such as an increase in stratospheric water vapor after a 2022 volcanic eruption. But Earth’s systems are so complex that it’s been impossible to parse what exactly is happening to allow the surge in global temperatures to persist for so long. “Is this just a blip, or is this actually an acceleration of the warming?” Gettelman said. “That’s the thing everyone is trying to understand right now.”

What happens next?
This year is widely expected to be the warmest year on record, driven largely by the huge stores of ocean heat. And for now, seasonal model guidance keeps the foot on the accelerator into early 2025, as far as widespread warmer than average seas go. Because of record ocean heat and global temperatures, atmospheric circulation patterns, jet streams and storm tracks across the planet will change. Temperature records will continue to be set. How big these changes are partly depending on how much warming occurs in the year ahead. But that is unclear because the cooling that usually follows El Niño still hasn’t arrived. It’s possible that normal planetary variations are playing a bigger role than scientists expect and that temperatures could soon begin to drop, said Hausfather, who also works for the payments company Stripe. Even without the cooling influence of a La Niña, a stretch under neutral conditions, with neither a La Niña nor an El Niño, should mean some decline in global average temperatures, he said. At the same time, if this year’s unusual planetary warmth doesn’t slow down into 2025, there would be nothing to prevent the next El Niño from sending global temperatures soaring — the starting point for the next El Niño would be that much higher. Whether that happens later in 2025 remains to be seen. But the lack of clarity isn’t a promising sign when some of the most plausible explanations allow for the most extreme global warming scenarios, Hausfather said. “The fact that we don’t know the answer here is not necessarily comforting to us,” he said.
Read more » click here

Warming oceans made every 2024 hurricane stronger study says
“Through record-breaking ocean warming, human carbon pollution is worsening hurricane catastrophes in our communities.” – Dr. Daniel Gilford, climate scientist
With the official end of the 2024 hurricane season on Nov. 30, a new study has found that climate change supercharged 2024’s hurricanes and tropical storms including Tropical Storm Helene that devastated Western North Carolina and made them on average one category stronger than they normally would have been. The report by Climate Central, a nonprofit climate research group, builds on research looking at storms between 2019 and 2023 that found 30 hurricanes were more intense than they would have normally been due to sea surface temperatures made hotter by global warming. For the 2024 season, the Climate Central analysis found that maximum wind speeds for all eleven hurricanes to form so far were increased by 9 to 28 miles per hour. That included pushing Hurricanes Beryl and Milton to become Category 5 monsters, storms that otherwise wouldn’t have reached that level of intensity on the Saffir-Simpson Hurricane Wind Scale. Water temperatures in the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico were at or above record levels for much of hurricane season, allowing tropical weather systems to suck in more fuel and turbocharge themselves into super storms. Hurricane Milton, for example, rapidly intensified by 95 mph in just 24 hours, faster than any other storm in the Gulf of Mexico, according to the National Hurricane Center. “Every hurricane in 2024 was stronger than it would have been 100 years ago,” Dr. Daniel Gilford, climate scientist at Climate Central and lead author of the study, said in a release. “Through record-breaking ocean warming, human carbon pollution is worsening hurricane catastrophes in our communities.” Helene’s wind speeds were made about 13 mph more intense because of climate change. In late September Helene ripped through Florida’s northern Gulf Coast before tearing through Georgia, South Carolina and into Western North Carolina, where it caused massive flooding, washing away roads, bridges and in some cases whole towns. The deadly storm killed more than 100 people in the Tar Heel State and caused an estimated $53 billion in damages.

Increased risk, increased costs
The new report adds to the mountain of evidence that human-induced warming of the planet through the pumping of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere is having profound impacts on the world’s weather, including the power, size and deadly impact of hurricanes. The increased threat from tropical weather systems has seen scientists and some political officials rushing to raise the alarm and hasten communities, especially along the coast, to become more resilient and better prepared for when not if one of these superstorms comes calling. Researchers also are warning that it isn’t just the storm’s winds that are being turbocharged by our warming climate. Helene dropped more than 30 inches of rain on parts of Western North Carolina, while an unnamed storm off the Cape Fear coast in mid-September that surprised local officials dumped more than 20 inches of rain on parts of New Hanover and Brunswick counties. The rising temperatures also are impacting sea levels, as warming waters mean ice in Greenland and Antarctica is melting more quickly than originally forecast. In a recent sea-level rise update report, the N.C. Coastal Resources Commission Science Panel said the evidence is becoming increasingly clear that the seas are rising, faster than originally thought in some cases, and that the trend will accelerate in the coming decades. The state’s top committee of coastal experts said North Carolina and coastal communities needs to plan to deal with at least 1 foot of sea-level rise compared to 2000 by 2050. An additional foot or more of sea-level rise, depending on how successful efforts are to slow the planet’s warming trend in coming decades, could easily occur before 2100. Some beachfront communities, like Rodanthe on the Outer Banks and North Topsail Beach on Topsail Island, are already facing severe erosion woes that threaten to accelerate more and more homes facing the threat of collapsing into the ocean, while communities like Carolina Beach struggle with tidal flooding that’s becoming increasingly common even without storms or King Tides. The private sector also is responding to concerns that climate change is making weather patterns more unpredictable, with some insurance companies either completely pulling out of states like Florida and Louisiana that have seen several direct hurricane hits in recent years or dramatically increasing homeowner rates to cover their potential risk of massive payouts if a big storm does hit. In North Carolina, the insurance industry is seeking to raise homeowner insurance premiums by 42% statewide and a staggering 99% in beach and coastal areas around Wilmington, citing the increased threat and uncertainty brought on by climate change as a primary driver. State regulators have challenged the proposal, and a decision made by N.C. Insurance Commissioner Mike Causey which could be appealed by the insurance companies is expected in the coming weeks. The National Flood Insurance Program, run by the federal government, also is pushing to significantly increase the prices it charges property owners as more areas are found to be either in floodplains or susceptible to massive rainfall events.
Read more » click here
 



Flood Insurance Program

For more information » click here

 


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On September 26, 2024, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to December 20, 2024.

Congress must now reauthorize the NFIP
by no later than 11:59 pm on December 20, 2024.



GenX

For more information » click here

 



Homeowners Insurance

For more information » click here

 


NC coastal insurance rates are going up, but by how much is still to be determined
Insurance companies want to raise homeowner insurance rates by 42% statewide and nearly double them around Wilmington’s coastal areas. The state is challenging the proposal.
While several major questions about the country’s future were decided on Election Day, many residents in the Wilmington area are waiting for another big decision to come down. But how much North Carolina’s homeowner insurance rates might go up, especially at the coast, is still to be determined more than 10 months after a proposal by state insurers that could see some premiums double in price. A hearing to review a request by the N.C. Rate Bureau, a 14-member board that represents the industry, to raise homeowner insurance premiums by 42% statewide and an eyewatering 99% in beach and coastal areas around Wilmington, started in early October. The hearing was triggered after N.C. Insurance Commissioner Mike Causey rejected the initial proposal, calling it too much. State law gives Causey 45 days to issue an order once a hearing concludes, and the insurance industry always has the option of taking the issue to the courts if they reject the commissioner’s findings. But the hearing has yet to wrap up, and the court is on hiatus this week. With the hearing likely to wrap up around mid-November, several officials said it could be next month potentially just before the new year before Causey makes a decision, with any changes to rates likely not effective until mid-2025. That’s because of the complexity of the case, but also because this is an election year, and Causey was up for re-election in a heated campaign against Democrat Natasha Marcus, who has blamed Causey for giving in too easily to the industry when it comes to raising insurance rates. North Carolina is a regulated insurance market, meaning companies have to receive approval from state regulators to raise most rates, including those for homeowner and auto insurance. Causey has said he has fought hard since taking charge of the state insurance office in 2017 to keep rates down. But having not had a rate increase in more than four years, and a pandemic and several natural disasters in between driving up repair costs and prompting large insurance payouts, even Causey admits the industry deserves the chance to raise rates. But the rub is by how much, with officials worryingly noting that the current rate request doesn’t include the damages from this year’s Hurricane Debby, an unnamed storm that slammed the Wilmington area in mid-September, and the devastating floods from Tropical Storm Helene in Western N.C.

No settlement this time around
In many past rate disputes, the insurance department and industry have been able to negotiate a settlement before the issue reached the courts. In the 2020 homeowners filing, for example, the rate bureau requested an average 24.5% increase but settled with the state on 8%. That the parties haven’t been able to reach a deal this time around shows just how much is at stake this time around. For N.C. homeowners, it is a pocketbook issue. But for Causey and the state as a whole, it’s about maintaining a healthy and attractive market for insurance companies to ply their trade. Push too hard, and North Carolina could find itself in a similar position to Florida and Louisiana, where repeated hurricane hits and an inability to charge premiums to cover their exposure have seen many insurance companies flee those states or go bankrupt. That has prompted both states to set up government-run programs as “insurers of last resort” for homeowners who don’t have any other options. But that, in turn, has put all of the state’s taxpayers on the hook if a major natural disaster strikes. A major factor driving the insurance industry’s desire to significantly increase rates which is quickly becoming a national and global issue is the increased size and frequency of natural disasters in recent years, which almost everyone is tying to climate change. Insurance companies themselves aren’t immune to the increased costs associated with ever-more frequent and expensive natural disasters, which include hurricanes, floods, wildfires, heatwaves and droughts, with the cost of reinsurance effectively insurance for insurance companies increasing dramatically in recent years, doubling in some cases. Munich Re, one of the world’s largest reinsurers, has said “the insurance industry is directly affected by the consequences of climate change.” “In recent years, tropical storms (called hurricanes, typhoons or cyclones depending on the region where they occur) have been accompanied by increasingly extreme precipitation,” the German-based company states in a report discussing climate change and its consequences. “There are also indications that the proportion of especially severe storms is rising.”

New Hanover County tops the NC risk list
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) also has sounded the alarm about the rising risk to many areas posed by the increased risk of natural disasters as the world warms and weather patterns become more unpredictable. The agency has created a National Risk Index to help residents and businesses determine a community’s risk factors. It also allows parties to compare and contrast risks between communities. Not surprisingly, the index shows the most risk-prone areas of North Carolina are at the coast. Unfortunately for Wilmington, FEMA says New Hanover County is the riskiest county of all in North Carolina. The county was rated “very high” for the risk of ice storms and lightning strikes, and “relatively low” for earthquakes. But it was the threat of hurricanes that pushed New Hanover’s risk score up, with the county rated as “very high” for threats from tropical storms. The FEMA risk index states that New Hanover has about a 40% chance of dealing with a hurricane in any given year, with an average annual loss of nearly $267 million. On the plus side, the index says New Hanover, Brunswick and Pender counties are safe from avalanches, a cold wave, landslides, volcanic activity, and tsunamis.
Read more » click here
 



Hurricane Season

For more information » click here

Hurricane season runs from June 1 through November 30


This year’s Atlantic hurricane season is officially over
The season proved hyperactive, with five hurricanes hitting the United States.
Coastal residents can now take a collective deep breath — hurricane season is now technically over. By the books, Atlantic hurricane season runs from June 1 to Nov. 30. While surprises can happen, a hurricane has never hit the Lower 48 outside this window, according to records that date back to 1861. Five hurricanes slammed the United States. Four alone reached at least Florida. According to some estimates, damage exceeded $190 billion. More than 200 people died as a result of Helene, making it the deadliest mainland U.S. storm since Katrina — though thousands died in Puerto Rico, a U.S. territory, when Maria hit in September 2017. The season has been a hyperactive one. That’s according to ACE, or Accumulated Cyclone Energy — a metric that estimates how much energy storms churn through and expend on strong winds. A typical hurricane season averages 122.5 ACE units. This season has featured 161.6 units — above the 159.6 unit threshold required for a season to be “hyperactive.” That’s in line with preseason forecasts, which pointed toward anomalously warm ocean waters and a burgeoning La Niña pattern. La Niñas, which begin as a cooling of water temperatures in the eastern tropical Pacific, tend to feature enhanced upward motion in the air over the Atlantic.
Read more » click here

Atlantic hurricane season races to finish within range of predicted number of named storms
2024 season came roaring back despite slowdown during typical peak period
The 2024 Atlantic hurricane season, which officially ends on Nov. 30, showcased above-average activity, with a record-breaking ramp up following a peak-season lull. The Atlantic basin saw 18 named storms in 2024 (winds of 39 mph or greater). Eleven of those were hurricanes (winds of 74 mph or greater) and five intensified to major hurricanes (winds of 111 mph or greater). Five hurricanes made landfall in the continental U.S., with two storms making landfall as major hurricanes. The Atlantic seasonal activity fell within the predicted ranges for named storms and hurricanes issued by NOAA’s Climate Prediction Center in the 2024 August Hurricane Season Outlook. An average season produces 14 named storms, seven hurricanes and three major hurricanes. “As hurricanes and tropical cyclones continue to unleash deadly and destructive forces, it’s clear that NOAA’s critical science and services are needed more than ever by communities, decision makers and emergency planners,” said NOAA Administrator, Rick Spinrad, Ph.D. “I could not be more proud of the contributions of our scientists, forecasters, surveyors, hurricane hunter pilots and their crews for the vital role they play in helping to safeguard lives and property.” Twelve named storms formed after the climatological peak of the season in early September. Seven hurricanes formed in the Atlantic since September 25 — the most on record for this period. “The impactful and deadly 2024 hurricane season started off intensely, then relaxed a bit before roaring back,” said Matthew Rosencrans, lead hurricane forecaster at NOAA’s Climate Prediction Center, a division of NOAA’s National Weather Service. “Several possible factors contributed to the peak season lull in the Atlantic region. The particularly intense winds and rains over Western Africa created an environment that was less hospitable for storm development.”
Read more » click here 



Inlet Hazard Areas

For more information » click here

 


 .
Lockwood Folly Inlet

For more information » click here.

 



Seismic Testing / Offshore Drilling

For more information » click here. 

 



Offshore Wind Farms

For more information » click here

 



Things I Think I Think –


A Man Dining and Talking to Waiter with a Portrait on WallEating out is one of the great little joys of life.

Restaurant Review:
The Dinner Club visits a new restaurant once a month. Ratings reflect the reviewer’s reaction to food, ambience and service, with price taken into consideration.
///// October 2024
Name:             Lucca Italian Chop House
Cuisine:           Italian
Location:        4924 Main Street, Shallotte NC
Contact:          910.754.2334 /
https://www.luccachophouse.com/
Food:                Average / Very Good / Excellent/ Exceptional
Service:           Efficient / Proficient /Professional / Expert
Ambience:      Drab/ Plain / Distinct / Elegant
Cost: $26         Inexpensive<=20 / Moderate <=26 /Expensive <=35 / Exorbitant <=60
Rating:            Two Stars
Lucca is a local Italian restaurant, dining in a casual relaxed atmosphere with a menu that offers something for everyone. An exceptional value, the food is very good, the portions are generous, and the prices are reasonable. All in all, we had a nice meal there, but it really wasn’t anything special.

Italian menu average price is $23 was $20
Chop House menu average price is $39 was $48

///// December 2022
Angelo’s which is permanently closed has rebranded and are now operating as Lucca Italian Chop House. It’s really like there are two restaurants that are both operating under one roof. The Italian menu prices are inexpensive ($20), serving a wide variety of pizzas, pastas, and traditional Italian dishes. Unfortunately, they no longer have a brick oven. The steakhouse menu prices are exorbitant ($48), meats are cooked in an 1800-degree Southbend Broilers. Dining is in a casual relaxed atmosphere with a menu that offers something for everyone. That works for the Italian menu , but not so much for the steakhouse menu which has prices of an upscale restaurant, and they just aren’t one. I’m sorry to say that it was simply not up to our expectations, we were disappointed.


Dining Guide – Local * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)

Dining Guide – North * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)

Dining Guide – South * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)

Restaurant Reviews – North * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)

Restaurant Reviews – South * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)


Book Review:
Read several books from The New York Times best sellers fiction list monthly
Selection represents this month’s pick of the litter



THE DARK WIVES
by Ann Cleeves
This is the eleventh entry in the Detective Chief Inspector Vera Stanhope novel series. A murder investigation in the north of England, Vera  and her team endeavor to uncover the connection between a  troubled teen missing from a children’s care home and a pair of murders. Cleeves spotlights the problems of a for-profit approach to Britain’s child welfare system .


That’s it for this newsletter

See you next month


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.                                         • Gather and disseminate information
.                                    • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.                                    • Act as a watchdog
.                                    • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

11 – Town Meeting

Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments


BOC’s Regular Meeting 11/19/24

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet click here

Audio Recording » click here


1.   Conflict of Interest Check

2024 Rules of Procedure for the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners
(e) Conflict Check. Immediately after the approval of the agenda, the Presiding Officer shall poll each member to disclose any potential conflicts of interest. In the event that a potential conflict is disclosed, the members will vote on a motion to allow or excuse that member with respect to the agenda item. If excused, the member may not participate in any discussion, debate, or vote with respect to the agenda item.

The Board was polled by Heather our Town Clerk. All of them declared that there was no conflict of interest with any agenda item at this meeting. 


2.  Presentation to Development Services Officer Janna Pigott for Achieving Floodplain Management Certification – Town Manager Hewett

Agenda Packet – background information was not provided

What is the CFM Certification Program?
The ASFPM national certified floodplain manager program was established in 1998 to create a baseline testing of professional competence in floodplain management. The program requires passing an exam and then continuing education credits annually to maintain certification. Recognizing training/continuing education/professional development is a keystone of the program, as the floodplain management program is continually evolving and the knowledge and performance of local, state, federal and private-sector floodplain management professionals is ever changing.

The role of the nation’s floodplain managers is expanding due to increases in disaster losses, the emphasis on mitigation to alleviate the cycle of damage-rebuild-damage, and a recognized need for professionals to adequately address these issues. This certification program lays the foundation for ensuring that highly qualified individuals are available to meet the challenge of breaking the damage/rebuild cycle on the nation’s human, financial and natural resources.
For more information » click here

Update –
David recognized Janna Pigott  our Development Services Officer for obtaining the  Floodplain Management certification. He briefly explained the importance of her role in the community.

Previously reported – October 2024
Representative Steve Pfaff from the National Weather Service recognized the Town for being Storm Ready/Tsunami Ready. Steve stated that the three pieces of the program are partnership, planning, and preparedness. Recognition was given to all members of the Planning and Inspections Department. He presented a certificate to the Town, followed by a photo-op. Timbo made sure that we recognized staff member Janna Pigott for her efforts in getting us ready, he stated that now we are prepared.


3.   Presentation of Fiscal Year 2023 – 2024 Audit Results – Elsa Swenson, Martin Starnes and Associates – (Finance Officer McRainey)

Agenda Packet – pages 17 – 38, plus separate packet

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Presentation of Fiscal Year 2023 – 2024 Audit Results

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Martin Starnes has completed and submitted the 2023-2024 audit. The Local Government Commission has approved the submittal. Elsa Swenson is here to present the highlights of the report.

Audit Report » click here

Audit Results Presentation » click here

Financial Highlights

    • The assets and deferred outflows of resources of the Town of Holden Beach exceeded its liabilities and deferred inflows of resources at the close of the fiscal year by $42,043,999 (net position).
    • The government’s total net position increased by $4,509,963, primarily due to an increase in the governmental activities of $4,346,045 and increases in the business-type activities of $163,918.
    • As of the close of the current fiscal year, the Town of Holden Beach’s governmental funds reported combined ending fund balances of $17,759,470, an increase of $2,752,842 in comparison with the prior year. Of this amount, $5,347,024 is available for spending at the government’s discretion.
    • At the end of the current fiscal year, unassigned fund balance for the General Fund was $5,347,024,or 146%, of total General Fund expenditures for the fiscal year.

Economic Factors and Next Year’s Budgets and Rates

The following key economic indicators impact on the potential growth and prosperity of the Town:

    • Occupancy tax revenues continue to remain strong with collections exceeding $3.9 million.

Holden Beach continues to be a destination for those seeking to escape the confines of larger cities with rental property tax revenue collections continuing to spread into the traditionally off-season months.

    • Construction revenues on the island grew by almost $200k even with high interest rates people are continuing to build and make improvements to their homes.

Previously reported – October 2024
Audit Committee Report Regarding the Annual Audit – Mayor Pro Tem Myers

Audit Committee Report » click here

The audit committee met on Friday, October 11th, to review and discuss the draft audit report information with the external auditor and Town staff.

The following topics were discussed:

    • Overall change in net position, the reasons behind it, and possible future trends
    • General Fund balance, unassigned fund balance ratio, and potential future actions
    • General Fund, BPART, and paid parking revenues
    • Water & Sewer fund revenues, changes in net position, and unrestricted fund balance
    • The impact of capital charges making the Water & Sewer fund show an operating loss and triggering a required letter to the LGC

Based on the information the auditor presented, their responses to our questions, and the results of our discussions, our findings are as follows:

    • The audit reflects very strong financial results with a total net position increase of over $4.5M
    • We will receive a clean opinion from the auditor
    • There are no internal control deficiencies
    • There are no issues with the Water Resources Development Grant Program
    • The audit is on track for meeting the October 31st filing deadline with the LGC
    • Similar to last year, the BOC will need to sign a letter to the LGC explaining the appearance of an operating loss in the Water & Sewer fund

Mayor Pro Tem Myers briefly reviewed the Audit Committee report. Tom reported that we have  very strong financial results, which is really good news. The audit will be submitted as required to the Local Government Commission on time.  The auditor will be here to do a presentation at the November Regular Meeting.

Update –
Auditor’s report for fiscal year 2023 – 2024 audit was presented by Elsa the project manager. The audit was submitted to the Local Government Commission timely and approved with no changes. The auditor Martin Starnes was able to render an unmodified/clean opinion; which is the best possible opinion that you can receive.


4.   Annual Monitoring Report Results – Fran Way, Applied Technology and Management (Assistant Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – pages 39 – 53

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Presentation by Fran Way, ATM regarding our annual beach monitoring.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Our coastal engineer, Fran Way, provides a yearly presentation of the status of the beach  strand and dune system regarding erosional and accretional activity. The presentation explores data analysis of our annual beach surveys from the spring. The effort will conclude with an annual report that Is used for a baseline in storm damage events.


The town participates in annual beach monitoring to maintain a healthy beach and dune system and to keep our engineered beach status. These reports are also instrumental in serving as a baseline account of sand volume as compared to post-storm surveys. Mr. Fran Way with ATM will present data from the annual report and highlight changes since last year. His presentation slides are attached to this memo.


Monitoring Report Presentation » click here


Ongoing Beach Management Activities

    • USACE 50-year Study
    • FEMA Coordination
    • LWFIX & Bend-Winder
    • LWF Outer Channel Dredging/Navigation
    • West End Analysis (OIB Terminal Groin)
    • Permit Application for Offshore Borrow Area

ATM Logo on a white background

Applied Technology Management

ATM is a coastal engineering firm hired by the town to do the following:

    • Annual monitoring, data collection and reporting
    • Assess sand erosion
    • Evaluate nourishment
    • FEMA projects cost reimbursement support
    • Meet government regulatory permitting conditions

Annual monitoring has been occurring since 2001. We have an engineered beach – which means it has been nourished and is being monitored.

Update –
Fran Way presented the annual beach monitoring report. The slide presentation is in the meeting agenda packet. They have completed the annual survey of the beach strand. Primarily they make sure the beach is healthy. Most sections of the beach strand are stable and had accretion compared to baseline conditions comparison. Beach equilibration has occurred, projects are designed to include a volume of sand that the waves and currents will transport offshore to fill in the lower parts of the beach profile. Some of the sand lost off shore has been coming back in to the system. Ongoing beach management activity has made the beach strand wider and healthier than it was twenty years ago.

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Same as it ever was – Once again, Fran was wandering around (I can only assume that he was wandering around since there no longer was any visual) during his presentation; the audio was going in and out so you could not clearly hear everything that he said. Speakers need to talk into the microphone in order for us to hear what they are saying. Which part don’t they get?


5.  Discussion and Possible Action on the Results of the Town of Holden Beach 2024 Pavement Condition Survey – Shane Lippard, Right Angle Engineering (Public Works Director Clemmons)

Agenda Packet – page 54, plus separate packet

Pavement Condition Survey » click here

ISSUE/ ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on the Results of the Town of Holden Beach 2024 Pavement Condition Survey Update

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
This is an update to the Pavement Condition Plan that was established in 2008. Since the plan was implemented, approximately $1.5 million in improvements have been completed. It updates the priority and pricing

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Review and approve.


Analysis of the Results of the 2024 Pavement Condition Survey

 Executive Summary
This report presents the results from a Pavement Condition Survey and analyzes the maintenance needs for the Town of Holden Beach’s street system. Right Angle Engineering, Inc. conducted a visual survey of the public (non-State maintained) streets that are maintained by the Town of Holden Beach. The results from this survey were used to determine maintenance needs and estimate their costs.Recommended maintenance activities for the street system are presented in  Appendix  B. A priority listing, provided in Appendix C, is based on Pavement Condition Ratings (PCR’s). The priority listing does not account for high volume or low volume streets. Streets are categorized by the Town as either low (Class A) or high (Class B) volume streets. Certain Class A or Class B streets may have higher or lower importance for the Town based upon the number  of dwelling  units served, commercial traffic using the street, or projected land development and traffic growth. Based on field observations, it is assumed that the streets surveyed would be considered Class A streets. We do not anticipate that there are any Class B streets maintained by the Town of Holden Beach at this time.

A. Street Inventory
The Town-maintained street system consists of approximately 12.8 miles of total paved asphalt roadway. As previously mentioned, all of the subject streets are Class A (low volume) roads. Approximately 1.6% of the streets have sidewalk along one side only, while none of the streets have sidewalks on both sides. We did not observe any streets with curb and gutters. AU of the Town-maintained paved streets have an asphalt surface.

B. Pavement Condition
The two primary distress types that require maintenance are alligator cracking and patching. Over 66% of the street system exhibits some degree of alligator cracking while approximately 6% of the system requires some asphalt patching. Some areas of light  block/transverse cracking, reflective cracking, rutting, raveling, and bleeding were noted. In addition, the ride quality of some areas was observed to be slightly rough.

C. Maintenance Needs
Of the 12.8 miles of streets inspected, approximately 25% are in need of maintenance. The survey indicated a total estimated maintenance need for plant mix resurfacing of $1,021,874. This represents an average of $72,350 per mile for the entire town street system. It should be noted that this cost estimate is for pavement repair only. Additional costs can be incurred for drainage improvements, administration, utility adjustments, work zone traffic control, and other items. Please note that these costs are variable and can increase the total project cost significantly.


Summary of 2024 Pavement Condition Survey Results for the THB

A. Use of Survey Results
The Pavement Condition Survey is an objective evaluation of the amount and severity of eight types of pavement distress. The results  of the survey  should never be used arbitrarily. There is no substitute for in-the-field engineering judgment and experience in determining the types of maintenance activities needed. The street listings should be used as a guide for planning and scheduling maintenance activities. It is important to understand how the results  were  calculated before using this information.

B. Priorities
Although all recommended maintenance activities are needed right away, often there are more maintenance needs than funds available. Therefore, the types of maintenance should be prioritized. High Priority maintenance should include skin patching, short overlays, full-depth patching, crack pouring, and resurfacing of alligator cracking and rutting. Medium Priority maintenance includes resurfacing of severe block/transverse cracking, severe raveling, and severe bleeding. Low Priority maintenance should consist of resurfacing for moderate block/transverse cracking, moderate raveling, rough ride quality, and severe patching. Table 8 shown below lists these levels of priority with the anticipated cost for each level and the  cost per mile for work in that priority range.


Pavement Condition Rating / PCR Listing
The type and amount of distress that was observed on each street was used to obtain a Pavement Condition Rating (PCR). A 66 – 80 rating indicates a general condition of just fair.

The following streets had the lowest PCR:

    • Sand Dollar / 73
    • Heron / 75
    • Swordfish / 75
    • Tuna / 75
    • Lois / 77
    • Lumberton / 77
    • Charlotte / 78
    • Heron Landing / 80

Previously reported –  November 2015
Shane Lippard, Right Angle Engineering presented Streets Condition Survey report
We have a total of 12.8 paved asphalt roadways
Subject streets are Class A (low volume) roads
40% of the roads need maintenance
Total estimated costs are a whopping $1,200,000
The average cost of $93,750 per mile for the entire street system
The cost estimate is for pavement repair only, with the costs being variable
Draft report is a planning document
Surface evaluation was done rating each street and prioritizing the work that needs to be done
Recommended we address it with a ten-year game plan, budgeting accordingly, tackling it on a yearly basis
Understandably we can expect our streets to continue to degrade while costs will continue to go up

In 2015 the Board implemented a tax increase of $.010 specifically for street paving and maintenance. The penny worth of tax revenue earmarked for paving is money that is already in the budget.


Ad Valorem Tax  

Estimated 2024 tax base is $2,402,018,650
Tax rate of $.14 per $100 of assessed value

    • $2,402,018,650 X $.14 = $3,362,827
    • $3,362,827 X 99.20 = $3,335,924 (Tax collection rate of 99.20%)

A penny generates $240,202 of tax revenue

2024 – High Point Street / $115,250
2023 – Tide Ridge Drive, Pointe West Drive and Ranger Street / $126,000
2022 – Seagull Drive / $208,150
.   *
The cost was split between the Town and the properties on Seagull
2021 – BAE from Rothschild to Ferry / $123,000

Update –
A penny worth of tax revenue ($240,202 ) is earmarked specifically for street paving and maintenance and is already in the budget.


6.   Police Report – Chief Jeremy Dixon (Written Report Only)

Agenda Packet – pages 55 – 60

Police Report » click here NA


Police Patch

 

 

 

Chief Dixon, Lieutenant Dilworth, and Sgt. Milligan are all currently at the NC Justice Academy for three days of 2025 Legal and In-Service Training Updates. As Certified Law Enforcement Instructors, this material is what we bring back each year to train our officers.

October’s report shows nothing of significant concern to bring to the board’s attention.

Internally, one officer has tendered his  resignation  to seek  other opportunities.  We  now have 4 vacancies (3 patrol, I detective). We have also exhausted all efforts on background investigations and interviews for applicants and have not found a suitable candidate  or extended  an offer of employment. We currently have no active applications on which we are working.

We would like to assure the community that even though we are short-staffed, we are as dedicated as ever to being vigilant in our duties to this community and maintaining the safety and well-being of everyone.

From our family at the Holden Beach Police Department to your family –
HAPPY THANKSGIVING!


Previously reported – October 2024

We are in the shoulder season, they experienced a normal seasonal decline of activity

The Chief reminded everyone that runners and walkers should be on the sidewalk not in the bike lane

Hunting season is underway, it is prohibited within Town limits


Personnel announcement

Not only did they not fill the open detective position, but another officer has resigned

The department now has four (4) vacancies 

The police department currently has only seven (7) officers of the eleven (11) they are budgeted to have

 Having the full complement of eleven (11) police officers seems to be an elusive goal.


What he did not say –

It’s that time of year, rental season ends, and break-in season officially starts
Requested that we all serve as the eyes and ears for law enforcement.


If you know something, hear something, or see something –
call 911 and let the police deal with it.


7.   Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – pages 61 – 63

Inspections Report » click here  


ACTIVE NEW HOME PERMITS                                                               = 31
OTHER ACTIVE PERMITS                                                                         = 421
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $30,000                                                             = 40
*
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $100,000                                                           = 5
*
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS                            = 0
* AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED WAITING PICK UP                                                     = 25
TOTAL PERMITS                                                                                         = 477


PERMITS IN REVIEW                                                                                = 7
CAMA ISSUED                                                                                             = 4
ZONING ISSUED                                                                                         = 16


PERMITS SERVICED FOR INSPECTIONS FROM 10/08 – 11/07            = 100
TOTAL INSPECTIONS MADE                                                                 = 199

Update –
Timbo congratulated Janna Pigott our Development Services Officer since she has obtained her Floodplain Management certification. Timbo briefly reviewed department activity last month, the department has not been as busy. Right now, they have a steady stream of work, construction usually cranks up as the weather gets cooler.


Construction Too Box Vector ImageContractors Information Seminar
The Planning & Inspections Department, supported by the town staff, hosted
the
thirteenth  annual Contractors Information Seminar.
Contractors and electricians were able to earn two (2) hours of continuing education credits.


8.   Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 64 – 67

Finance Report » click here  


Revenues to Watch

AD VALOREM TAX
FY 24 / 619,755

FY 25 / 11,384

PARKING REVENUE
FY 24 / 393,054

FY 25 / 400,883

OCCUPANCY TAX
FY 24 / 3,089,453

FY25 / 3,154,726

Revenues are looking good through October very comparable to last year other than the Ad Valorem tax which is a result of billing later than last year.  Parking and occupancy tax revenues show a slight increase over last year.


Revenues vs. Expenditures by Fund

Three graphs were presented, with fiscal year comparisons of the following funds:
    1) General Fund
    2)
Water/Sewer Fund
    3)
BPART Fund

BPART Fund – Beach Preservation / Access & Recreation / Tourism
BPART is a Special Revenue Fund authorized by act of the General Assembly which allows the Town to collect six cents of an Accommodations Tax for the purposes of funding beach preservation and tourism related expenses.

Update –
Daniel briefly reviewed the status of each of the three (3) funds. 


9.  Town Manager Report – Town Manager Hewett

Agenda Packet – pages 68 – 69

Town Manager Report » click here 


Greensboro Street / Sewer Lift Station #2
Action item to increase state funding on November meeting agenda tonight
Engineer and Staff had meeting with contractor and DWR representative
Awaiting contractor’s final insurance documents before issuing Notice to Proceed

Previously reported – October 2024
We have approvals from both the EPA and NCDWQ
Awaiting TerraHawk contract review
David anticipates having it by the end of the week
The next step is for the Town Attorney to review the documents
The Town can then execute the contract  with the subsequent Notice to Proceed


Ocean Boulevard Bike Lane
DOT reviewing requirements for agreement needed for Town to conduct street sweeping
Quote in hand for maintenance cleaning

Previously reported – October 2024
NCDOT cost overrun
Estimate $1,722,364: actual $1,797,424
The delta is $75,060
with the Town’s share being 42%, which would be $31,525
David is coordinating with DOT to review the project and identify potential alternative funding to satisfy overrun

Maintenance –
DOT advises that state’s standard of care is not what Town will require
Staff reviewing options for service provision: in-house versus contract for sweeping
We will need an agreement with the DOT  for the Town to conduct street sweeping


Icon of a Bike on Green Background, bikeBike Lane Maintenance

Good news: We have a bike lane now

Bad news: We are not even doing routine maintenance of the bike lane

A significant number of locations of the bike lane have sand, gravel, rocks, and broken glass from recycling trucks. Therefore, it is UNSAFE especially for young and/or inexperienced bicycle riders. Not a good situation, if someone goes down they could easily slide into the traffic lane, which would have some serious negative consequences. NCDOT only provides maintenance service a few times a year. Standard protocol is for the town to take care of the bike lane with their staff. If Public Works is unable to get it done perhaps we should consider a contract with a vendor to handle routine maintenance until they are able to do it. Any lawn maintenance service with a blower should be able to take care of it in the interim. This is a safety issue that needs to be addressed, sooner rather than later.


Key Bridge Mediation Agreement

Quinton Street/ 114 OBE – Public Beach Access & Restroom Facility
All ADA requirements have been met
Certificate of Occupancy has been issued
The facility is fully operational now


Ave E – Public/Emergency Beach Access and Restroom Facility
Notice to Proceed issued with due date of February 1st

THB Newsletter (11/15/24)
Advisory
The lot at the end of Avenue E will be closed to complete ADA improvements beginning Monday until further notice. Work is estimated to last until February. Access may be impacted in that area during this time frame.

Previously reported – October 2024
Notice to Proceed issued to Babson contract for $168,365
Due date of February 1st

Previously reported – September 2024
This is the area at the far east end of the island. They have obtained the necessary permits for ADA compliant parking, public and emergency accesses, and  restroom facilities. Request for Proposal has been drafted. Anticipate construction would begin in the fall and must be completed by the March 2025 deadline.


801 OBW – Public Beach Access
Walkway construction has been completed
Handrails were installed today
Access is not open at this time

Previously reported – October 2024
Notice to Proceed issued to Jesse & Meyers contract for $48,900
Due date of November 15th

Previously reported – September 2024
They have made some design refinements for the Emergency and Public Access there to accommodate the adjacent properties. A CAMA permit has been applied for. We still need to build a walkway there.


Fire Prevention
Staff coordinated a meeting with the rental property companies. Representatives from three (3) of the major companies attended. Two (2) of the companies currently provide information regarding regulations concerning open flame devices. The third company does not allow charcoal grills and did not want to provide information on items they prohibit. The companies already have been working with their homeowners and renters to educate them on the rules and to come up with ways to encourage people from moving these devices under their homes. They were not receptive to the idea of the Town ordering magnets to help with education.

Previously reported – October 2024
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion on possible actions for non-legislative actions to inform the public of the Holden Beach General regulation 91.17 restriction concerning the placement of open flame devices

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Several residents have observed the practice of using open flame devices under houses in violation of 91.17 (attached). This usually is the result of the individual having no knowledge of the regulation’s required standoff distance. It is desirable to find an effective means of informing the public about this important safety issue., particularly because houses typically burn in 2;3 or 3’s due to proximity and environmental concerns.

§91.17 OPEN FLAME DEVICES.
Charcoal burners and other open flame devices shall not be operated on or within ten feet of combustible construction. Exception: propane fueled grills.

Discussion was about ways of informing the public concerning the placement of open flame devices. They tossed around a couple of ideas and they felt that they could communicate most effectively through the property management companies. It was decided to have the staff contact the property management companies to get their input on ways to improve communications regarding Town ordinances.

Editor’s Note –
It is my understanding that Hobbs Realty addresses this issue by recommending, if they opt for charcoal, that each rental property have park grills fixed in place away from the structure. That seems like a pretty simple solution, albeit with a minor cost for each rental property. They also notify guests in arrival emails of pertinent ordinances like this one. I’m thinking those are ideas could be a benchmark for the other rental companies.

THB Newsletter (10/24/24)
Fire Prevention
October is Fire Prevention Month, with a goal to raise fire safety awareness and help protect homes and families. According to the National Fire Protection Association, unattended cooking is the #1 cause of home fires and in America, fire departments respond to a fire every 23 seconds! We ask for your help with our efforts to protect the property and lives on Holden Beach. Remember, our Code of Ordinances prevents the use of charcoal burners and other open flame devices on or within 10 feet of any combustible construction.


Tracking Tool
Previously reported – October 2024
The BOC’s are looking for a status report on a monthly basis, for the eight (8) items listed, in order to track the progress of projects that they have prioritized.

Objective DescriptionStatus
#2ADA Self-AssessmentNov agenda
 

 

ADA bathroom (at block Q)

#6Architect/staff mtg 25 Oct Anticipate bid pkg on street before Thanksgiving
#7Fire station UpgradesCorners Ground truthed; lnsp awaiting needs id from TBFD to

dvlp potential configurations

#8Improve Audio/Video for Town Meetingsstaff benchmarked peers and different options. Need quote obtained to install new equipment and broadcast the meetings on a different platform, most likely YouTube. We are in the process of working with a vendor to move forward
#14Block Q Site PianNov agenda for concert venue
#18Update Town WebsiteWebsite was updated a few years ago after researching what other municipalities have. A suggestion made after the objectives were estab lished was to establish a “Projects” page– which

has been accomplished.

#19Pier Repair/ReplacementRFQ Eng Svs due
#26Investigate vacuum bypass systemPWD research/No budget 24/25

What he did not say –


Stormwater Project Partnership Agreement (PPA)
Previously reported – March 2024
Town staff met with USACE Program Manager in February to develop a draft PPA. Awaiting draft PPA for about a half dozen projects for  an estimated cost of two (2) million dollars. The intent is to position the Town to receive federal stormwater funding for these projects.

Coastal Resources Commission
Previously reported – October 2024
Meeting will be held on OIB in mid-November
They are tracking the Inlet Hazard Area revisions closely
Probably won’t be addressed until sometime next year

Previously reported – September 2022
Discussion of the changes Coastal Resources Commission approved last month to both the rules and Inlet Hazard Area boundaries. Commissioner Kwiatkowski was asking the staff  what will be the impact on us here at Holden Beach. Timbo informed us that the boundary and vegetation line overall impact will be minimal to us.


In Case You Missed It –


Veterans Appreciation Luncheon   
The Town held its Veterans Appreciation Luncheon on Friday, November 8th.

THB Newsletter (11/11/24)
Thank You to Our Veterans
The Town would like to take a moment to express our gratitude to all the men and women who have served in the armed forces. Veterans Day serves as a special reminder to show appreciation to the past and present members of our military. Thank you for the sacrifices you have made to protect our country and our freedom.


Snow Flake Decorations for Boulevard Light Poles

 

Public Works have put up snowflake decorations on the boulevard light poles

  • Purple streetlights are not part of the
    holiday decorations they are the LED’s failing

.
Pets on the Beach Strand
Pets – Chapter 90 / Animals / 90.20

Effective September 10th

      • Pets allowed back on the beach strand during the hours of 9:00am through 5:00pm
      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

Solid Waste Pick-up Schedule –
starting October once a week 

Recycling
starting October every other week  pick-up 


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On September 26, 2024, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to December 20, 2024. 


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


Upcoming Events –

Turkey Trot / November 28th
Tree Lighting / December 5th
Gingerbread Creation Competition / December 5th
Reindeer Dash / December 14th
Sandy Paws / December 14th
The Chapel Choir Christmas Musical Performance / December 15th


10.  Discussion and Review of Site Plan for Potential Concert Venue Location – Assistant Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – pages 7072

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Review of site plan for potential concert venue location.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The attached site plan was developed by the architect as part of a tasker that was sent to the PRAB. The BOC asked at the October meeting that the site plan come back so the board could review the location of the proposed pavilion on the plan.

Previously reported – October 2024
Discussion and Possible Action on Long-Term Summer Concert Venue – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Thomas

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discuss and possible action on long term summer concert venue

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Previous concert venue (pavilion next to sewer station #1) was condemned and removed before the 2024 concert season

2024 concerts were held at the Bridgewater Park pavilion:

    • This required closing the park on Sunday afternoons to prep the area and allow bands to set up
    • Portable toilets were rented to provide bathroom facilities (park bathrooms were locked/closed during concerts)

Review Lessons Learned – feedback from town employees and concert goers

 Discuss   2025   plan  for  concerts –

    • Bridgeview park again?
    • Temporary
    • Rented stage somewhere else? (where)
    • New pavilion? (where)

Commissioner Thomas wanted to be proactive and start the discussion of what we want to do for concerts next year. They were all over the place, it does not seem that they are all on the same page. Both am interim and permanent location for the summer concerts was discussed. The Board requested to have the site plan, without the parking, that they previously reviewed presented to them again next month. Realistically we are not going to get this resolved for the 2025 concert season. Commissioner Smith said you can’t finish till you start. At least this is a start.


Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextPlans for Block Q are all over the place, it is not a panacea. What if parking is provided elsewhere? We proposed additional parking on Jordan Boulevard way back in 2005. I am not a big fan of the original Boulevard plan (see picture below). The Town owns the property/land on both sides of the current street configuration. I’m thinking more of a promenade down the center, with parking on both sides of it as well as parking on the sides. By incorporating a  Jordan Boulevard project with the Block Q project, it would allow us to have a lot more flexibility with what can be done at Block Q, like pickleball and/or a concert venue.


Update –
Some of the Board were ready to move forward with the submitted plans. They were reminded that the Board simply asked where the concert venue could go on Block Q. Commissioners Paarfus and Thomas again suggested that they look at the whole area (Block Q, Pavilion, and Jordan Boulevard) collectively and not proceed piecemeal but rather develop a comprehensive plan. Christy asked for some clarification and direction from the Board. The Board responded that it needs to be discussed before asking staff to do anything else.

No decision was made – No action taken


11. Discussion and Possible Action on the Second DEQ Offer to Fund Greensboro Street Lift Station – Assistant Town Manager Ferguson

.   a) Resolution 24-09, DEQ Project No. SRP-W-134-0021
.   b) Ordinance 24-16, An Ordinance Amending Ordinance 24-11, The Revenues               and
Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 24-25 (Amendment No. 2)
  c) Ordinance 24-17, Capital Project Ordinance

Agenda Packet – pages 7394

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on the second DEQ Offer to Fund Greensboro Street Lift Station Document.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The funding offer was first accepted by the board in May in the amount of $1,940,000. Since that time, NCDEQ has prepared an increased offer based on their administrative requirements decreasing. The new offer in the amount of $1,970,000 will need to be accepted by resolution.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Accept funding offer and adopt resolution and  capital budget accordingly.


The BOC first accepted an offer to fund the Greensboro Street Lift Station Project in May, in the amount of $1,940,000, from the Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ). On October 23, 2024, we received new funding offer documents from DEQ. Upon inquiry, the project manager explained that SL 2024-1 reduced the Division of Water Infrastructure administrative requirement, first calculated at 3%, and our new offer to fund is $1,970,000. The BOC will need to accept the new offer to fund and the attached resolution and capital budget and direct Town Manager Hewett to execute documents.


Ordinance 24-16 » click here 

Ordinance 24-17 » click here 

Resolution 24-09 » click here

Update –
Not very often that the DEQ contacts us to offer thirty thousand dollars of additional funds. The BOC’s accepted the offer and approved everything as requested.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


12.  Discussion and Possible Action on Ordinance 24-18, An Ordinance Amending Ordinance 24-11, The Revenues and Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 24-25 (Amendment No. 3, 796 Ocean Boulevard West) – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 9596

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Approval of budget amendment to be able to use proceeds from the sale of 796 to pay off associated debt.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The town sold the property at 796 OBW through an upset bid process and the proceeds were booked to miscellaneous revenue in the Water/Sewer Fund. The debt will be paid down at the next payment date in April.

Ordinance 24-18 » click here

Previously reported – October 2024
796 OBW
Tentative closing date of October 17th

They will temporarily book proceeds from that sale to Water & Sewer miscellaneous revenue account

Follow-up in November, he will bring a budget amendment for the Board  to authorize debt prepayment

Update –
Budget amendment for the Board  to authorize debt prepayment
Simply a housekeeping item

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


13.  Discussion and Possible Action on Proposal Received for ADA Self-Evaluation and Transition Plan Request for Proposals and Alternative Option– Inspections Director Tim Evans

Agenda Packet – page 97, plus separate packet

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Alternative Action.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Action Required from Commissioners Goals and Objectives. Staff Recommends an assessment be performed by the Planning Department, and if needed then funds already budgeted can be used for any outside additional consulting deemed necessary.

ADA Self-Evaluation Report » click here

Accessibility Consulting Partners (ACP) proposal for a complete ADA Self-Evaluation Transition Plan is $98,150

The project scope is comprised of the following:

    • Initiation/Grievance Procedure
    • Facilities Survey/Inventory
    • Transition Plan/Public Outreach
    • Review of Town Policies, Programs, and Practices
    • Website Assessment

ADA Self-Evaluation
Previously reported – October 2024
ADA Self-Assessment Request For Proposals due October 15th
We received only one response and that was to the tune of $100,000

Previously reported – September 2024
The Town of Holden Beach is requesting proposals from qualified individuals and firms for consulting services related to an ADA Self-Evaluation and Transition Plan. The Town is specifically looking for firms that specialize in providing ADA consulting as a core business function.

Update –
Timbo explained that the outside vendor is really for larger municipalities. He recommended that we do it in house, the staff is more than capable of doing this and are doing many of those things already. Really it was a no-brainer, we get the assessment done and get to keep the money too. Timbo was asked by the Board to prepare a plan for the staff to do an assessment that meet DOJ requirements for small towns.

 A decision was made – Approved unanimously


14.   Review Conceptual Proposal for a Public Private Partnership for the Pier Building with Possible Action to Issue a Request For Proposals – Commissioners Smith and Dyer

Agenda Packet – pages 98117

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Review conceptual proposal for a public private partnership for the pier building with possible action to issue a request for proposals.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST: There are organizations or entities who would submit a formal proposal to demolish and rebuild the pier building via a public private partnership, but an unsolicited proposal is not allowed. Therefore, reviewing a conceptual proposal to consider issuing a request for proposals is an option to move the project forward.

Previously reported – April 2024
Holden Beach Pier Property
. a)
Holden Beach Community Alliance Presentation of Their Petition to Save the .      Pier – Commissioners Smith and Dyer
. b)
Discussion and Possible Action on Pier Property Development – Mayor Pro  .      Tem Myers and Commissioner Paarfus
. c)
Discussion and Possible Action to Request Staff to Issue a Request for                .      Proposals to Repair or Rebuild the Holden Beach Pier that will Meet North            Carolina Building Codes – Commissioners Smith and Dyer
. d)
Discussion and Possible Action to Request Staff to Issue a Request for                     Proposals to Repair or Replace the Building at the Town Property Located at    .      441 Ocean Boulevard West – Commissioners Smith and Dyer

Agenda Packet – pages 67 – 98, plus separate packet


13b)
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on Pier Property Development

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The purpose is to develop a project approach for the pier property based on the attached information

It is imperative that it be understood that  the pier is an amenity and will have to compete against critical projects infrastructure and other non-critical for funding. Examples of critical infrastructure projects include water system capacity increases, stormwater projects, tire station replacement (for 24/7 manning), road paving, beach and inlet maintenance, etc.

SUMMARY
The purpose of this document is to initiate discussion concerning development of the pier property by providing a baseline approach to that development. It is not intended to be the final project plan, but to serve as a starting point.  Development of  the pier property should encompass the entire property, not just the pier and pier building, with priority given to addressing the pier. Phases have been suggested to make the development financially manageable. A notional timeline for preliminary work has been outlined with possible funding scenarios to accomplish it. Last information concerning public private partnerships is provided along with stakeholder information.

Pier Property Development Plan » click here

Commissioner Parfus discussed a detailed plan for a project approach to develop the pier property. It appears that he really did his homework, was very prepared, knew his stuff, and offered a viable game plan to move the project forward. Motion was made to approve the development plan that he submitted for the pier property.


13d)
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Request staff to issue RFP (Request for Proposal) to repair or replace the building located at the town property located at 441 OBW HB. The building will need to meet North Carolina Building Codes Requirements

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The purpose is to have recreational space on the property that allows for retail, food vendors, restrooms/outdoor showers and an entry/ticket booth to the towns pier. A private/public partnership with town would be welcomed. The staff would direct this type of partnership.

Previously reported – March 2024
Commissioners Smith and Dyer are now proposing a public/private partnership. This step is simply a request to get proposals to see if there is any interest in privately doing this project. They say that there is, including one from  previous Commissioner Murdock. Commissioner Paarfus said that an RFP is premature, in his opinion we need to wait until its decided what we want to do there, so we know what we are asking for. Mayor Pro Tem Myers said that they have asked for and have gotten a lot of input and we should look at what the public said before we head down this path. Although a public/private partnership could be a viable option we are not at the point of putting out a formal request for services yet.

Local Government Commission Approval of Certain Public Enterprise Agreements

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Frankly, this is not a viable location for a year-round business and does not have adequate parking for a seasonal business. The parking lot there has been full throughout the fall and winter regardless of the weather. That is without either the pier being available for use or any business running out of the building. There just is not adequate parking there to support beachgoers, fisherman, and whatever else we plan to do with the building. I just don’t see how they think that it could be profitable.

 Commissioners Smith and Dyer are again proposing a public/private partnership for the building at the pier property. Motion was made directing the Town staff to contact the Local Government Commission to determine what are the requirements, and what is the approval process for a public/private partnership.

Update –

Item was removed from the agenda

This has been on the agenda twice before, it is still premature, they are waiting for the Local Government Commission response. They had the same discussion that they have had before. Not right time, would like to stick to our plan, defer until we are ready. When we reach the point of having specific plans we can explore the option then,  just not at this time.

 


15. Executive Session Pursuant to North Carolina General Statute 143-318.11(a)(3), To Consult with the Town Attorney

Update –
Shortly after coming out of Executive session a motion was made to terminate Town Manager David Hewitt’s contract. Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Thomas were charged to form a subcommittee in order to start the process of finding a new Town Manager.

A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Wait, what just happened? I’m shocked, shocked I tell you. Actually, the only shock is that it took this long to terminate David. I can’t tell you how many conversations I have had with different Commissioners over the years about them wanting to do this. Commissioner Paarfus submitted the agenda item and was the point man. Despite the appearance that this was a spur of the moment action I feel confident in saying if Commissioner Paarfus was involved that this was well planned in advance. David’s behavior must have crossed some red line. Without knowing what actually transpired during the executive session I am comfortable speculating that it is more likely than not that Commissioner Paarfus articulated their position for the justification to terminate the contract. I find it a little hard to swallow that some of the Commissioners are claiming they have no knowledge of the reason. It is never easy to terminate an employee. Applaud them for finally doing what they felt needed to be done.

Holden Beach Town Council votes to fire Town Manager
Some residents of Holden Beach are stunned that Town Council voted to fire its longtime Town Manager. Town Council had a regularly scheduled meeting tonight but went into closed session near the end. When they returned, a motion was made to “terminate Town Manager David Hewitt’s contract, effective December 4th , in accordance with Section 11a of the agreement for employment as Town Manager/ Finance Director dated March 31, 2017.” Council voted 3-2 to move forward with the motion to fire Hewitt, who has been in the position since 2008. Hewitt will be placed on administrative leave on Thursday until the termination goes into effect, and two commissioners will form a sub-committee to start the process of finding a new town manager. After the meeting, a woman could be heard telling off Council members for firing “the best manager that any town could ever have,” adding, “I don’t even know how you all can go home and sleep!” Town Council members would not comment publicly on the firing because it’s a personnel matter.
Read more » click here

Holden Beach board, in 3-2 decision, fires town manager
Holden Beach commissioners Rick Paarfus, Tracey Thomas and Mayor Pro Tem Tom Myers fired longtime town manager David Hewett at the end of Tuesday night’s November 19 town meeting. Following the regular meeting, the board went into closed session to discuss a personnel matter. Within only a few minutes they were back in open session, where Paarfus announced Hewett would be terminated. “Mr. Hewett, we’re going to terminate your contract,” Paarfus said. “I make the motion to terminate town manager David Hewett’s contract effective Dec. 4, 2024, in accordance with section 11A of the agreement for employment as town manager/finance director, dated March 31, 2017 in amendments there to. The town manager is to return all town property to town hall and remove his personal belongings from town hall by close of business November (20), 2024. The town manager shall be placed on administrative leave starting Nov. 21, 2024 through Dec. 4, 2024.” “The town attorney is directed to work with the town human resource officer to complete the separation before December 31, 2024. Commissioners Thomas and Myers are to form a subcommittee to start the process of finding a new town manager,” Paarfus said. Myers seconded Paarfus’s motion and, with Thomas, outvoted commissioners Rick Smith and Page Dyer to pass the motion 3-2. “[This is] the most unprofessional event I’ve ever been a part of,” Mayor Alan Holden said after the meeting adjourned following the vote. Holden left the building before he could be reached for further comment. Asked for comment on the reasoning for Hewett’s termination, Paarfus and Thomas claimed they cannot speak on personnel matters. “It’s a personnel situation. I’m not going to comment on it,” Paarfus said. “We legally can’t comment on it,” Thomas said. Myers immediately left the building once the meeting was adjourned, so he could not be reached for comment. Dyer said the three commissioners did not provide any explanation or rationale for terminating Hewett’s contract during the closed session. “It’s absolutely ridiculous. I don’t know what else I can say. It’s absolutely ridiculous,” Dyer said. “I can’t talk about closed session. I have no idea what their reasoning is. All I can say is I’m absolutely flabbergasted and disappointed.” Commissioner Rick Smith said Tuesday night’s closed session was the first time Hewett’s termination was considered. “The part I don’t understand is we went into executive session a while back to discuss personnel issues and, I can’t divulge exactly what was said, but it was to try to give him some set goals and things that we wanted done, and he tried to do that tonight with his report. I just don’t see how they think anybody else can come in to this small community and fit in and know the things that need to be done. It’s just devastating,” Smith said. “I think that this was probably the worst thing that could ever happen to Holden Beach. David Hewett has spent countless hours with government officials getting us the things that we need to keep this beach going. I don’t think the people that terminated him tonight have any idea of the things that he’s done for Holden Beach over the years. I’m really saddened, just about saddened to tears. “But I surely hope that the voters and the people of Holden Beach realize that it was not the consensus of the entire board of commissioners,” Smith said. Hewett, who had been employed with the town since 2008, declined to comment following the meeting.
Read more » click here

Brunswick beach town suddenly fires its town manager. Here’s what we know.
A Brunswick beach town has decided to terminate its long-time town manager and finance director. Holden Beach commissioners voted during a meeting Tuesday night to fire Town Manager and Finance Director David Hewett. Here’s what we know.

What happened?
The board conducted business as usual during its regular meeting on Tuesday until one final motion. Following a closed session to discuss personnel, Commissioner Rick Paarfus motioned to fire Hewett. “Mr. Hewett, we’re going to terminate your contract,” Paarfus said as he faced Hewett. Hewett’s termination is effective Dec. 4. However, the board decided to place Hewett on administrative leave starting Nov. 21 until Dec. 4. Hewett was directed to gather his personal belongings and return personal property by end of day Nov. 20. Commissioners did not discuss the termination because it is a personnel matter, Commissioner Tracey Thomas said. Commissioners Paarfus, Thomas and Mayor Pro-Tem Tom Myers voted in favor of Hewett’s termination while Commissioners Page Dyer and Rick Smith voted in opposition. The board turned to the town attorney for guidance on rules for discussing the matter but, Dyer said, the attorney “had no idea.” Hewett, who has been with the town since 2008, left without a word after the motion to fire him succeeded. Mayor Alan Holden called the situation “unprofessional” before banging the gavel to abruptly end the meeting without calling a vote to adjourn. StarNews reached out to all board members for comment but have not received responses from Myers, Smith, Thomas and Paarfus as of noon Wednesday.

Some Board members say it’s a ‘sad day’ for the town
“I had no idea that the three new commissioners had planned and were going to follow through with this,” Holden said. “David Hewett’s service to Holden Beach was professional, loyal and very productive. This is a sad day for this town.” Dyer echoed Holden’s gloomy view for the town and that her, the mayor and Smith were blindsided. The way Hewett was fired was unfair, Dyer said. “No, I have no reason why he was fired,” she said. “The man does his job; he’s done everything we asked him to do. … I’m completely lost.” Asked if the closed session discussion about Hewett changed her mind on Hewett as a person or town manager, she said no. “They have decimated our staff. … He’s been the best town manager,” Dyer said.

What now?
Commissioners Thomas and Myers are to form a subcommittee to start the process of finding a new town manager.
Read more » click here

Holden Beach fires town manager
The Town of Holden Beach voted to fire its town manager Tuesday, Nov. 19. At its meeting, available online here, the board of commissioners voted 3-2 to terminate Town Manager David Hewett. Right before the vote, Commissioner Rick Parfus said: Mr. Hewett, we are going to terminate your contract. I make the motion to terminate Town Manager David Hewett’s contract effective December 4, 2024, in accordance with section 11A of the agreement for employment as town manager/finance director, dated March 31, 2017, in amendments thereto. The town manager is to return all town property to town hall and remove his personal belongings from town hall by close of business November 20, 2024. The town manager shall be placed on administrative leave starting November 21, 2024, through December 4, 2024. The town attorney is directed to work with the town human resource officer to complete this separation before December 31, 2024. Commissioners [Tracey] Thomas and [Tom] Myers are to form a subcommittee to start the process of finding a new town manager. In a statement, Holden Beach Mayor J. Alan Holden says he and the two commissioners who voted against terminating Hewett were surprised by the motion. “My personal opinion is it is a sad day for the town of Holden Beach to have lost such a talented town manager,” said Holden. Holden said no reason was given for Hewett’s firing and the three council members that voted to fire him were recently elected. “David Hewett has served the town professionally, honorably, and effectively about as much as someone can do by getting grants and organizing town functions. He has served us for 16 years and through those years Holden Beach was recognized nationally as the number one family beach in America. The growth and services of the town have been more than satisfactory during his employment. The millions of dollars that he and his staff have brought to the town by way of grants and other sources have been astonishing,” said Holden.
Read more » click here


General Comments –


 BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, December 17th


 It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following nine (9) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • Accommodation/Occupancy Tax Compliance
        • Audio/Video Broadcast
        • Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue
        • Dog Park
        • Fire Station Project
        • Pavilion Replacement
        • Pier Properties Project
        • Rights-of-Way
        • USACE/Coastal Storm Risk Management Study

Upon further review we have decided to revise the Loose Ends list based on the BOC’s prioritized objectives. Frankly, it did not seem that some of the items were going to see the light of day ever again.

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.


.

Lost in the Sauce –

.

 


2023 –

Audio/Video Broadcast
Previously reported – November 2023
The Town has been live streaming their Board of Commissioners meeting on Facebook and later posting the audio to YouTube. I believe that more people participate in virtual meetings than those that physically attend the meetings. It still is difficult to listen to the meetings on Facebook since the audio is so poor, it’s really hard to hear what they are saying. Virtual meeting protocols prescribe them to talk into the microphone, have speakers say their name before commenting, and to take roll call votes, among other suggestions. We should be able to get audio right on the Facebook livestream. It is unacceptable that the audio is so poor. The Town needs to do whatever it takes to get this corrected.

Previously reported – March 2024
The motion was made to direct the Town Staff the task to review and assess what other towns are doing and make recommendations for audio/video improvement. In other words, benchmark what other towns are doing and determine what are the costs associated with providing this service. Commissioner Paarfus specifically requested various price point options.


Accommodation/Occupancy Tax Compliance
Previously reported – November 2023
How this beach town is cracking down on short-term rental properties
Officials in one Brunswick County beach town are looking to keep a closer eye on short-term rental properties. After discovering many short-term rentals in Sunset Beach were underreporting or not reporting proper accommodations tax to the town, town officials have signed a $45,000 yearlong contract with GovOS to help better monitor such properties in the town. GovOS is a software platform that works with state and local governments to streamline various processes involving property, licensing and taxing. GovOS promised its short-term rental software would help increase short-term compliance in the town. According to Sunset Beach staff, research on this subject in the town began over two years ago. GovOS estimated the town has 637 short-term rental properties. Of those, the company estimated that some 200 are fully in compliance with the town’s accommodation tax ordinance. Accommodations tax is a tax on short-term rental properties – properties that are rented through platforms such as AirBnB or VRBO. In Sunset Beach, accommodations taxes are levied at a rate of 6% of the gross rental income, which includes a 3% tourism-related expenditure tax, a 2% beach nourishment and protection tax, and a 1% county tourism and travel tax. According to Sunset Beach, the property owner or agent are required to pay the full 6% tax to the town with a tax report form monthly based on income from the previous month. Even if no rental receipts are applicable for that month, property owners or agents must file reports month. The software will allow the town to identify properties currently being used for short-term rentals – a feat town staff has struggled with in the wake of the explosion of short-term rental platforms such as AirBnB and VRBO. Once the properties are identified, the software will report the short-term rental properties to the town along with a variety of information on the properties and their tax reporting history. The more properties that properly comply, the more accommodations tax revenue the town will receive. According to the town’s budget for the 2023-24 fiscal year, the town anticipates collecting some $775,000 in accommodations taxes, a figure that could be nearly doubled if this software is successful. The Sunset Beach Town Council heard a presentation from GovOS in September before awarding the contract in October, at the request of town staff.
Read more » click here




Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be prepared – have a plan!


Hurricane season isn’t over yet.
Here’s why North Carolina residents need to stay vigilant.
Despite tropical storm-induced flooding in the mountains and along the coast, experts say NC isn’t out of the woods yet as hurricane season drags on
First Tropical Storm Debby, a slow-moving storm that trudged up the East Coast in early August before making a second landfall along the central South Carolina coast, drenched the Cape Fear region with more than 15 inches of rain in places. A little more than a month later, an unnamed storm that wasn’t deemed a big enough threat to close many schools swamped parts of southern New Hanover County and much of Brunswick County with another massive deluge. The nearly 20 inches of rain in some areas caused extensive flash flooding, collapsed roads, and destroyed several bridges. Then Tropical Storm Helene blew into the state three weeks ago, pummeling Asheville and the North Carolina mountains. The record-setting rainfall, more than 18 inches in some places, washed out roads and bridges, knocked out power to nearly 2 million people in the Carolinas with 14,000 N.C. customers still without power as of Wednesday, and killed at least 95 people in the state with dozens still unaccounted for. North Carolina has been hammered on both ends of the state by tropical weather systems this year, making 2024 one of the worst hurricane seasons the state has seen in a long time. And while it might be mid-October and temperatures are already beginning to fall, experts warn that the Tar Heel State needs to stay on alert for another possible visit from Mother Nature. Several factors are contributing to officials’ concerns, but chief among them is the impact climate change is having on temperatures and weather patterns. “So, no, we are definitely not out of the woods for this season,” said Dr. Michael Mann, a meteorologist and scientist at the University of Pennsylvania, in an email.

Does North Carolina get late-season hurricanes?
On Oct. 15, 1954, Hurricane Hazel made landfall near the North Carolina/South Carolina state line. The storm remains the only Category 4 hurricane to ever hit the Carolinas. After wiping clean some of the Brunswick County barrier islands with storm surge that exceeded 18 feet in places, the monster storm barreled inland at speeds of more than 50 mph. That allowed Hazel to bring hurricane-force winds well inland, to places like Fayetteville, Raleigh and Goldsboro. While Hazel might be a bit of an outlier, it isn’t the only storm that has impacted North Carolina late in hurricane season. Others include 2012’s Hurricane Sandy, which brought substantial overwash to the Outer Banks and nearly a foot of snow to the N.C. mountains in late October, and 2018’s Tropical Storm Michael that left more than 400,000 without power and flooded many coastal communities. Hurricane Matthew also hit the state in October 2016, flooding nearly 100,000 structures across much of Eastern North Carolina and causing billions in damages. Remnants of tropical systems that form and then fall apart farther south also can wander north and impact parts of the state, especially coastal areas as they ride the Gulf Stream north.

How is the rest of the 2024 hurricane season shaping up?
As of Wednesday, the National Hurricane Center was tracking two tropical disturbances in the Atlantic basin, with the one in the mid-South Atlantic on track to hit the northern Caribbean and then potentially Florida. If it strengthens enough, it would become Tropical Storm Nadine. They are unlikely to be the last systems of the season to attract the attention of meteorologists. Before hurricane season officially began June 1, officials were expressing concern over how bad it might be. With climate change warming the oceans and air temperatures seemingly hitting new highs every month, they said it really was only a question of just how brutal the season would be. But for most of the summer, aside from Beryl, which was a rare major June hurricane, the reality on the ground seemed to confound the predictions, with Saharan dust blowing off Africa helping limit storm formation for much of June, July and into August. Then Debby, Ernesto, Francine and Helene came barreling ashore not to mention the no-name storm that pummeled Southeastern North Carolina. Mann said conditions remain ripe for more storm activity. He said sea surface temperatures remain very warm, largely a result of heat-trapping gasses pumped into the atmosphere tied to human activity. Warmer ocean water helps fuel storms, allowing them to intensify more quickly and grow bigger and stronger. They also can hold their strength longer and travel farther inland, and hotter ocean temperatures allow them to travel farther north, striking areas that aren’t used to seeing raging hurricanes on the horizon. Mann said we’re also still transitioning toward a La Niña climate pattern. That will mean decreased wind shear in the tropical Atlantic and a more favorable environment for tropical cyclones. “That combination of factors tends to lead to very late seasons, Mann said. “2005 is the definitive example, where we saw named storms into the new year.” The record-setting 2005 hurricane season included 28 named storms and 15 hurricanes. Four of those reached Category 5 strength, and seven of the storms formed in October, another three in November. Although hurricane season is supposed to end Nov. 30, the 2005 season continued until Jan. 6 and was so busy the National Hurricane Center had to use the Greek alphabet to name some of the storms. Infamous storms from that season included Hurricanes’ Katrina, Rita and Wilma. Another storm, Hurricane Ophelia, raked much of the N.C. coast, causing significant coastal flooding and erosion.
Read more » click here

As hurricane seasons worsen, taxpayers subsidize people to live in risky areas
Helene and Milton spotlight a federal flood insurance program drowning in debt.
Hurricane Helene likely caused more than $30 billion worth of damage. Less than two weeks later, Hurricane Milton inflicted almost $50 billion more. With six weeks left in this hurricane season, the Small Business Administration’s disaster loan program is already out of money. And more tropical storms are swirling over the Atlantic. Who pays for all of this? Because private home insurers generally find this sector of the business unprofitable, the federal National Flood Insurance Program shoulders the burden of providing homeowners inundation coverage — and it has problems. The NFIP is managed by the Federal Emergency Management Agency — the same body fighting misinformation and dodging vigilantes as it tries to distribute much-needed aid to the victims of Helene and Milton. The program provides nearly $1.3 trillion in coverage to more than 5 million policyholders. It’s funded by the premiums collected from policyholders but borrows from the U.S. treasury when claims it’s obligated to pay outpace revenue, as is often the case. Congress canceled $16 billion in NFIP debt in 2017; since then, the program has borrowed billions more from taxpayers. If Helene and Milton epitomized how destructive hurricanes are becoming in a warming world, the NFIP’s financial woes will only worsen. And yet Congress has made no fundamental reforms to the program since its inception nearly six decades ago. That cannot continue. Congress created the NFIP when private insurers retreated from the flood insurance market after the first storm to cause $1 billion in losses: Hurricane Betsy in 1965. The government stepped in with two conditions, which were intended to avoid “moral hazard,” the phenomenon whereby insuring against a particular risk encourages more people to take it. It required communities to adopt land-use policies that discouraged development in flood-prone areas, and it mandated that homeowners pay “actuarially sound” premiums. Moral hazard took hold anyway, as developers and other real estate interests gamed the system to suppress premiums and permit building in low-lying areas and beachfronts exposed to storms. The upshot is that FEMA flood hazard maps that determine coverage today rely on outdated information so inaccurate that more than 40 percent of NFIP claims made from 2017 to 2019 were for properties outside official flood hazard zones or in areas the agency had not mapped at all. Heavily lobbied by the interested industries, Congress has taken little action to rectify these long-standing issues, which have been festering for decades. Since the end of fiscal 2017, it has enacted 31 short-term NFIP reauthorizations, including the most recent extension through Dec. 20. The one attempt at genuine reform in recent history — the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 — would have ended subsidized rates for second homes and properties that repeatedly flooded. After Hurricane Sandy, however, coastal-state representatives reversed even these modest improvements. Despite congressional inaction, FEMA took one step in the right direction on its own by implementing its Risk Rating 2.0 pricing methodology. The agency now uses data from private insurers to charge policyholders rates based on variables that more accurately gauge flood risk. But to be solvent and continue providing coverage to homeowners, the NFIP needs larger-scale reforms that require legislative action. Ideally, modern data collection and risk mapping should enable private insurers to resume issuing flood insurance rather than leave the business entirely to the government. In the likely event that doesn’t happen, Congress should at least reinstate the 2012 law’s bans on subsidized premiums for second homes and properties that have been rebuilt multiple times. As climate change raises risks to more areas, investing in updated flood maps would also bring a more fitting geographic region under the NFIP’s purview. That, in turn, would enable stronger enforcement of building standards and tougher flood-risk building requirements. And even if private industry didn’t offer policies directly to consumers, more accurate pricing would help the NFIP appeal to private insurers, which might then share some of the risk by offering “reinsurance” — essentially, insurance protecting insurers, in this case NFIP, from high costs. Still, premiums greatly lag behind risk assessments. Congress should enable FEMA to build on the Risk Rating 2.0 pricing model, adjusting rates to reflect actual risk. Yes, more accurate pricing might raise some homeowners’ premiums. But this necessary step will help the program become fiscally stable and provide coverage in the coming years. It’s simply unfair to ask the entire population to provide deep subsidies for properties that, by definition, only a portion of Americans can occupy and enjoy.
Read more » click here


I hope your Thanksgiving is filled with family and friends

and all of the memories that make you thankful!

memories that make you thankful!November 28, 2024


Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.                                          • Gather and disseminate information
.                               • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.                               • Act as a watchdog
.                               • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

11 – News & Views

Lou’s Views
News & Views / November Edition


Calendar of Events –


NA


TDA - logoDiscover a wide range of things to do in the Brunswick Islands for an experience that goes beyond the beach.
For more information » click here.


Calendar of Events Island –


Turkey Trot


Turkey Trot
The Town of Holden Beach will hold its tenth annual Turkey Trot on Thanksgiving morning, November 28th at 8:00 am All individuals interested in participating should call 910.842.6488 to register. Please bring a canned food item to donate to the local food pantry.


Xmas Party Lighting at the night

Tree Lighting
Come one, Come all!
The Town of Holden Beach will hold its fifteenth annual Tree Lighting annual tree lighting ceremony on Thursday, December 5th at 6 pm, entertainment starts at 5:15 pm.


 


Gingerbread Creation Contest

The Town of Holden Beach will sponsor a gingerbread creation competition to be judged as part of our annual tree lighting event on December 5th. There will be two categories, one for businesses and one for individuals.

 


Reindeer Dash and Santa Saunter
Oh, what fun it is to… work off some Christmas cookies. The Town of Holden Beach will host a fun run/walk on Saturday, December 14th at 8:00am, starting at Town Hall. For those who wish to run the event, channel your inner reindeer and dress in your best reindeer attire (homemade is excellent). For those that want to move more like the jolly guy himself, dress in your best Santa attire and saunter through the course. The approximately 2-mile route will be starting your Saturday off with a little fitness and lots of fun!


Sandy Paws

Sandy Paws Dog Parade
Join us on Saturday, December 14th at 10:00 am outside the Town Hall Public Assembly for our tenth annual Sandy Paws Dog Parade. We will do a short walk around the block and back to the picnic shelter where you can have you dog’s picture taken with Santa. There is no fee but we will be accepting donations of pet supplies for the animal shelter.  


Xmas Seen Light

The Chapel Choir Christmas Musical Performance
The Holden Beach Choir is preparing for its fourth annual Christmas concert with a live orchestra. On Sunday December 15th at 7:00pm, the choir will present the musical The Journey of Hope, accompanied by the Chamber Orchestra.


Parks & Recreation / Programs & Events
For more information » click here


Reminders –


Icon of Email News, text on White BackgroundNews from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications, and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information »
click here



Paid Parking
Paid parking will be enforced in all Holden Beach designated parking areas. It will be enforced from 9:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. daily, with free parking before and after that time. All parking will use license plates for verification. 

Visit https://hbtownhall.com/paid-parking for more information and to view a table with authorized parking areas. 


Pets on the Beach Strand

 

Pets on the Beach Strand
Pets – Chapter 90 / Animals / 90.20

Effective September 10th

 

      • Pets allowed back on the beach strand during the hours of 9:00am through 5:00pm
      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

Solid Waste Pick-Up Schedule
GFL Environmental change in service, October through May trash pickup will be once a week. This year September 28th will be the  the last Saturday trash pick-up until June. Trash collection will go back to Tuesdays only.

Please note:
. • Trash carts must be at the street by 6:00 a.m. on the pickup day
. • BAG the trash before putting it in the cart
. • Carts will be rolled back to the front of the house


GFL Refuse Collection Policy
GFL has recently notified all Brunswick County residents that they will no longer accept extra bags of refuse outside of the collection cart. This is not a new policy but is stricter enforcement of an existing policy. While in the past GFL drivers would at times make exceptions and take additional bags of refuse, the tremendous growth in housing within Brunswick County makes this practice cost prohibitive and causes drivers to fall behind schedule.


Solid Waste Pick-up Schedule –

starting October once a week 

Recycling

starting October every other week  pick-up 


Yard Waste Service, second and Fourth Fridays, April and MayYard Waste Service
Yard debris is collected on the second (2nd) and fourth (4th) Fridays during the months of October, November, and December. Yard debris needs to be secured in a biodegradable bag (not plastic) or bundled in a maximum length not to exceed five (5) feet and fifty (50) pounds in weight. Each residence is allowed a total of ten (10) items, which can include a combination of bundles of brush and limbs meeting the required length and weight and/ or biodegradable bags. Picks-ups are not provided for vacant lots or construction sites. 


Curbside Recycling – 2024Curbside Recycling
GFL Environmental is now offering curbside recycling for Town properties that desire to participate in the service. The service cost per cart is $106.88 annually paid in advance to the Town of Holden Beach. The service consists of a ninety-six (96) gallon cart that is emptied every other week during the months of October – May and weekly during the months of June – September. 
Curbside Recycling Application » click here
Curbside Recycling Calendar » click here


GFL trash can at a beautiful green land


Trash Can Requirements – Rental Properties
GFL Environmental – trash can requirements
Ordinance 07-13, Section 50.08

Rental properties have specific number of trash cans based on number of bedrooms.

* One extra trash can per every 2 bedrooms
.
.

 § 50.08 RENTAL HOMES.
(A) Rental homes, as defined in Chapter 157, that are rented as part of the summer rental season, are subject to high numbers of guests, resulting in abnormally large volumes of trash. This type of occupancy use presents a significantly higher impact than homes not used for summer rentals. In interest of public health and sanitation and environmental concerns, all rental home shall have a minimum of one trash can per two bedrooms. Homes with an odd number of bedrooms shall round up (for examples one to two bedrooms – one trash can; three to four bedrooms – two trash cans; five – six bedrooms – three trash cans, and the like).


Building Numbers
Ocean front homes are required to have house numbers visible from the beach strand.
Please call Planning and Inspections Department at 910.842.6080 with any questions.

§157.087 BUILDING NUMBERS.

(A) The correct street number shall be clearly visible from the street on all buildings. Numbers shall be block letters, not script, and of a color clearly in contrast with that of the building and shall be a minimum of six inches in height.

(B) Beach front buildings will also have clearly visible house numbers from the strand side meeting the above criteria on size, contrast, etc. Placement shall be on vertical column supporting deck(s) or deck roof on the primary structure. For buildings with a setback of over 300 feet from the first dune line, a vertical post shall be erected aside the walkway with house numbers affixed. In all cases the numbers must be clearly visible from the strand. Other placements may be acceptable with approval of the Building Inspector.


Upon Further Review –


Topsail Island towns team to eradicate harmful beach vitex
Topsail Island towns are banding together to dramatically reduce the presence of an invasive plant that chokes out native vegetation on oceanfront dunes. Beach vitex, a thick, woody vine that sheds its leaves seasonally, is growing on more than 170 properties spanning the three towns on the 26-mile-long barrier island. Those properties were identified in what has been described as a cursory, “windshield” survey conducted to give officials an idea of where and how much of the plant is on the island’s oceanfront dunes. “We know there’s more out there,” said Topsail Beach Assistant Town Manager Christina Burke. The survey provided enough information for that town, North Topsail Beach and Surf City to jointly apply for a North Carolina Coastal Storm Damage Mitigation Fund grant. In May, the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality’s Division of Water Resources awarded those towns a collective $690,060.50, enough to cover half of the total projected cost of the first two years of what will be a four-year project. According to the interlocal agreement, the towns “will continue to work together to secure additional funding to carry the project out to completion.” Each town will be responsible for matching its portion of the grant. North Topsail Beach last week joined Surf City in adopting an interlocal agreement that sets the terms for the aptly named Topsail Island Vitex Eradication Project. Topsail Beach commissioners are expected to consider the agreement at their meeting Wednesday evening. If the board greenlights the agreement, a resolution to accept the grant funding will be put to a vote most likely next month, Burke said. The idea is to put out a request for proposal, or a formal document asking for contractor bids, by either December or January. Topsail Beach agreed to be the fiscal agent to administer the grant funds, which are the culmination of a partnership initiated by the Topsail Island Shoreline Protection Commission. The commission functions as a collaboration to preserve the beaches and surrounding waterways of the barrier island and is made up of elected officials and local government appointees from each town and Onslow and Pender counties. Commission members began a couple of years ago discussing the need for an island-wide project to tackle eradicating the invasive plant that has wound its way over and along oceanfront dunes in the Carolinas after being introduced to the Southeastern United States in the mid-1980s. But what was originally planted for ornamental purposes and sand dune stabilization escaped cultivation, crowding out sea oats, American beachgrass, seaside panicum and other native plants, ultimately threatening endangered loggerhead sea turtle nesting habitat, federally threatened seabeach amaranth and other rare plants and animals. The state initiated efforts in 2005 to document locations of beach vitex and control its spread by creating the NC Beach Vitex Task Force in February of that year. “Knowing it’s an invasive species and threatening to the dune system and the ecological system that we have here, the turtles, we decided to do something about it,” Burke said. Based on the survey, Topsail Beach has the most properties – 93 – where beach vitex is present. Surf City has 45. A total of 35 properties were noted to have the plant in North Topsail Beach. “That is just so incomplete still,” Burke said. Eradicating beach vitex can be a rather painstaking process, one that requires a scratch-and-dab method where the bark of a vine must be scratched off before an herbicide can be applied. Glyphosate, a systemic herbicide that blocks an enzyme essential for plant growth, is a chemical commonly used in killing beach vitex. Beach vitex usually requires a couple of treatment applications, after which the plant must be monitored to ensure it is dying back. Treatment must occur only in summer. “You have to kill it first and then you have to cut it out,” Burke explained. Precautions must be taken when removing dead beach vitex to ensure seeds do not fall from the vines onto the ground and recultivate. Treating the 93 properties in Topsail Beach alone is expected to cost an estimated $584,000. The Topsail Island Shoreline Protection Commission will provide up-to-date information on its website as the project moves forward and continue efforts to educate property owners about the pesky plant. Property owners will receive a waiver to sign off on that will the contractor to access individual lots to begin treatment, Burke said. “They see all this lush vegetation and they’re like, oh my gosh, look at my dune system, it’s great, it’s so healthy. I think with the education of vitex and how dangerous it is to the dune system, people are going to me more apt to allow us to come in,” she said. “We have people who call us that say, please put me on that list, I have vitex and I want to be part of this project so I think the attitude has changed with the education of vitex.”
Read more » click here

Beach Vitex Invades the Carolina Coast
Beach Vitex (Vitex rotundifolia) is a deciduous, woody vine that was introduced to the southeastern U.S. in the mid-80’s as an ornamental landscape plant as well as for sand dune stabilization. Along the coast of North and South Carolina, beach Vitex has escaped cultivation and covered oceanfront dunes. Beach Vitex crowds out native dune plants such as sea oats and threatens endangered loggerhead sea turtle nesting habitat.

Beach Vitex Task Force is committed to controlling the spread of the invasive plant. They are leading an interagency effort to address the issue; the threat to native dune plants and animals issue. Although not yet officially classified as an invasive species, Beach Vitex is causing major concern. If you see this plant anywhere in your beach community, you need to identify it and report it to the task force for removal.  Scientists and volunteers are working hard to record and monitor the location of the plant in order to determine how widespread the problem is and how fast Beach Vitex is spreading. 

December 2015
Beach Vitex Task Force was on the island in November removing this invasive plant from the dunes.

BEACH VEGETATION / Holden Beach Code of Ordinances
§92.40 PURPOSE
The plant know as Beach Vitex (Vitex Rotundifolia), is hereby found and is declared to be a public nuisance due to the significant negative impacts this plant will have upon the public beaches and sand dunes, loggerhead sea turtles and native vegetation such as Sea Oats, Bitter Panicum, Seashore Elder and American Beachgrass.

§92.41 NOTICE TO ABATE NUISANCE
In cooperation with the following organizations, said list not being exhaustive, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, NC Cooperative Extension, South Carolina Beach Vitex Taskforce, North Carolina Beach Vitex Taskforce, NC State University, a program(s) will be developed to eradicate Beach Vitex from municipal limits.


Wildlife officials push back on straw bales for sand fencing
Thorough research needs to be done on how wheat straw bales might affect oceanfront habitat before the state allows them to be used as an alternative to sand fencing, a state wildlife official said. The North Carolina State Wildlife Resources Commission has repeatedly stated its concerns in recent years about straw bales being used as a tool to protect and build up oceanfront dunes, Maria Dunn said in a recent meeting of the state Coastal Resources Commission. Dunn, who is with Wildlife Resources Commission’s Habitat Conservation Program, said that the agency understands the desire to try and maintain shorelines, but pointed out what she said are “significant differences” between traditional sand fencing and bales. “We have not objected to traditional use of sand-fencing material as long as installation was done in a manner to effectively collect wind-blown sand and not impede or block areas of the shore for public use and wildlife habitat,” Dunn said at the coastal commission’s Nov. 13 meeting. “Appropriate installation includes the location along the appropriate area of the beach profile, orientation and alignment of fencing, distance between fencing, and length of fencing down the beach profile.” The proposed rule change the coastal commission approved in April establishes specific guidelines for where and how bales may be placed on a beachfront. But the potential impacts to shoreline habitat and the animals, including endangered species and plants, that rely on that sandy habitat, remain grossly understudied, Dunn said. “It was asked if research was available on how bales impact wildlife resources on habitats on ocean shorelines,” she said. “But since they are not permitted on any other Atlantic shoreline’s state shore there is no research or data available to share with you.” The rule amendment was introduced as a way to help save permittees from waiting for sand fencing to become available during times when it is in high demand. But unlike traditional sand fencing, straw bales could potentially introduce invasive and nonnative ocean shoreline plant species to shores, influence sand temperatures and, when initially installed, take up 48 times the area that traditional sand fencing uses, Dunn said. Under the proposed rule amendment, bales cannot be placed in sections more than 10 feet long, 2 feet wide and 3 feet high and ties or binding must be removed from the bales. A permittee must repair or remove damaged, nonfunctioning, or bales sections or stakes moved from the alignment in which they were authorized. Only local governments, state and federal agencies and large, oceanfront homeowners associations would be permitted to use bales. A state Division of Coastal Management official told the Coastal Resources Commission in August that the division does not expect a significant uptick in the use of straw bales because they tend to cost more than traditional sand fencing, which would need to be replaced more frequently than fencing, and the verdict is still out on how efficiently bales trap sand. Ocean Isle Beach became the first in the state to test straw bales on a portion of its ocean shore in 2023. Ocean Isle Beach Mayor Debbie Smith told Coastal Review in late August that the bales worked well, were cheaper than sand fencing and easily accessible during a time when the town could not get sand fencing because of high demand. Dunn said that the town’s pilot program was monitored by little more than photographic documentation and some surface temperature readings. There was no designed, controlled experiment comparing different bale installments to traditional sand fencing to see which application best collected windblown said, she said. “We would recommend that such an experiment is designed with input from state and federal agencies to determine the best type of sand management tools to collect sand for dune structure while minimizing impacts to wildlife resources,” Dunn said. Smith said in a telephone interview Tuesday afternoon that she never saw a Wildlife Resources Commission representative visit the island to check sand temperatures at turtle nests or conduct other monitoring. “On any decision we have to make we can always say ‘what if,’” Smith said. “She has no evidence of some of those what-ifs. I don’t think anybody wants to do any environmental damage.” The town is working on a dune project that will begin sometime this winter. Since the proposed rule amendments have not been made formative, the town has opted to use traditional sand fencing “to move our project along and get it permitted,” Smith said. Sand temperatures play a significant role in determining the sex of sea turtles in a nest. Dunn said that a half-degree variation can change how many males or females are within a nest and possibly whether a nest remains viable. Temperatures were not taken at sea turtle nest cavity depths in Ocean Isle Beach, she said. “We don’t want to artificially create more females,” said Deb Allen, Ocean Isle Beach Sea Turtle Protection Organization coordinator. “We need a balance of males to females.” Allen pointed to studies that show when nests incubate at higher temperatures it can affect the physical and cognitive abilities of hatchlings, slowing them in their ability to make it from the shore to the ocean. “We want them to come out of that nest and we want them to crawl to that ocean as fast as possible,” she said. The coastal commission in August unanimously approved the fiscal impact analysis of the proposed rule. The fiscal analysis measures how a rule may affect a government’s revenue and expenditures to help prepare for or prevent budget shortfalls. The North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality, or DEQ, and Office of State Budget and Management also approved the fiscal analysis. A public hearing on the proposed amended rule was held Oct. 30 in Morehead City. The public comment period on the rule ends December 2. The division has not yet received comments from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, according to its public information officer, Christy Simmons. The wildlife service did not respond to a request for comment in time for publication. Division officials anticipate that the amended rule will become effective April 1, 2025.
Read more » click here
 


Covid –



New Covid Vaccines Are Coming. Here’s What to Know.
We asked experts about the right time to get a shot, and how long protection will last.
The Food and Drug Administration approved updated Covid-19 vaccines on Thursday, paving the way for the shots to soon land in pharmacies, doctors’ offices and health centers. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has said it will recommend that adults and children six months and older get updated vaccines. Here’s what to know.

How are the new shots different?
The F.D.A. approved one vaccine from Pfizer and one from Moderna. Representatives from the drug companies said that their shots were ready to ship immediately after approval. Both vaccines target KP.2, a strain of the coronavirus that started to spread widely this spring. The variants that are most prevalent in the United States right now are very similar to KP.2, and so the vaccines should protect against them. “When the match is very good, as we anticipate it would be with the current circulating strains, you get actual protection from infection for several months,” said Dr. Paul Sax, the clinical director of the division of infectious diseases at Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston. The vaccine that rolled out last fall, by contrast, was geared at an older variant that has since petered out. The biotechnology company Novavax is waiting for the F.D.A. to authorize its retooled vaccine, which will target JN.1, a variant that is also close to the strains circulating widely now.

What if I just got a vaccine?
If you received a dose of the older vaccine this summer, you may not be able to get an updated vaccine immediately — the shots need to be spread out. People who are at high risk of developing severe disease should talk with a health care provider about the ideal interval between vaccines, said Fikadu Tafesse, a virologist at Oregon Health & Science University.

What if I just had Covid?
If you’re one of the many Americans who was infected during the summer, you may want to wait a few months to get a new shot. Rushing out to get one right after you were ill won’t give you much of an added benefit, because you already have strong protection,” said Aubree Gordon, an infectious disease epidemiologist at the University of Michigan. The C.D.C. has previously said that people can wait three months after a Covid infection to get a vaccine.

How fast does protection kick in?
It takes around a week or two after getting vaccinated for antibodies to rev up and defend against the virus. Antibodies peak about a month after vaccination, Dr. Gordon said. Once you are vaccinated, you have a lower risk of infection for at least several weeks, said Dr. Peter Chin-Hong, an infectious disease specialist at the University of California, San Francisco. “It might even be longer than that,” he said, because the vaccines are so closely matched to the dominant variants that are currently circulating. And the vaccines will provide protection against the worst outcomes from Covid — developing severe disease, getting hospitalized and dying — for months.

When should I get vaccinated?
People who are at highest risk for severe disease, including those who are 65 and older, people who are immunocompromised and those with underlying medical conditions, should get the updated vaccines as soon as they are available, Dr. Sax said. “There’s a lot circulating in the community now — that would help protect them,” he said. People who are not at high risk may want to wait until October, Dr. Chin-Hong said, both to gain protection heading into the winter and holiday gatherings, and so that they can get flu shots at the same time. “Convenience trumps everything,” he said.

Can I get it for free?
Many private insurance plans, along with Medicare and Medicaid, cover the cost of Covid shots. And children can receive free vaccines through a federal program. The C.D.C.’s Bridge Access Program, which has provided about 1.5 million free Covid shots to uninsured and underinsured people, will not be renewed for this year. But Dr. Demetre Daskalakis, director of the C.D.C.’s National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases, said that the agency had found $62 million in unused vaccine contract funding that would be sent to state and local immunization programs to help cover the cost of shots.
Read more » click here


Corrections & Amplifications –


Zillow will now show climate risk data on home listings
The information is meant to help home buyers assess potential damage from extreme weather.
Potential home buyers are increasingly weighing the environmental threats their homes could face as the effects of climate change intensify across the United States. Eighty percent of buyers now consider climate risks when shopping for a home, according to a 2023 Zillow survey. To help homeowners navigate that uncertainty, Zillow is adding a climate risk threat score to every for-sale listing on its platform. Data from First Street Foundation, a nonprofit that assesses climate risk, will provide home buyers with scores that measure each property’s susceptibility to flood, wildfire, wind, heat and air quality risks. This information will be available on the Zillow app for iOS and website by the end of this year, while Android users will be able to access the data in early 2025, the company said in a release last month. Home buyers will be able to view this data on Zillow in two ways, either by looking at information within individual listings or by checking an interactive, color-coded map. The scores will display each home’s current climate risk, as well as the risk estimates for 15 and 30 years in the future — the most common terms for fixed-rate mortgages. Zillow also plans to offer tailored insurance recommendations to users alongside the risk information. First Street’s climate risk scores are established through models that measure the likelihood of a climate disaster in a given area and then the potential severity of the event, according to Matthew Eby, the company’s founder and chief executive. The company updates its models each year based on the natural disasters that have unfolded, Eby said. “This level of transparency is allowing people to choose the level of risk that they find comforting and then make an informed decision,” Eby said. “Will this change the buying experience? Absolutely.” The Zillow upgrade comes at an uncertain time for home buyers as climate change becomes more extreme. Some of the largest U.S. insurance companies have ended certain disaster protection coverage and raised premiums in response to climate risks, The Washington Post has reported. And more home listings today are affected by major climate risks compared to just five years ago, according to a report from Zillow published last month. Across all new home listings in August 2024, nearly 17 percent were at major risk of wildfire, while nearly 13 percent came with a major risk of flooding, the company said. This information could be especially valuable given that many states don’t require home sellers to disclose past flood or fire damage to potential buyers, even though more than 300,000 Americans moved to disaster-prone counties last year, The Post previously reported. A 2022 Post analysis of extreme flooding events across the country found that the Federal Emergency Management Agency’s flood maps fail to fully inform Americans of their flood risks. In a 2022 study published by real estate company Redfin, home buyers who had access to property listings that included flood risk information were less likely to view or bid on high-risk homes. That finding indicated a massive information gap for buyers regarding a home’s climate risk, according to some experts. “The information it provides is beneficial because otherwise, there’s just nothing out there for a home buyer or a renter to learn about the risk that they’re facing,” said Joel Scata, a senior environmental health attorney with the Natural Resources Defense Council. “Even if there’s debate over the methods used or the processes used, it’s better than nothing.” It’s difficult to determine the reliability of many climate risk models because the vast majority are not publicly accessible, said Benjamin Keys, a professor of real estate and finance at the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School who has studied the effects of climate-change-fueled disasters on insurance markets. But since the amount of climate-threat information buyers typically have has been “astonishingly low” for years, any improvement would aid transparency in the industry, he added. Climate risk modeling experts are still developing the best possible way to measure the probability of flooding, fires and other natural disasters in any given area, notes Jesse Keenan, a professor of sustainable real estate and urban planning at Tulane University. The data provided from consumer-facing models can be “uneven” depending on where a person is house-hunting, because some risks have been studied more extensively in certain regions than others, he said. “They’re not great,” Keenan said. “Some places they work well, and there’s a lot of places where the uncertainty is greater than the value.” Still, most prospective home buyers will weigh climate risks early in the hunt, and data on these risks can help flag issues they should investigate further, Keenan emphasized. For example, if a score indicates that a house is at a high risk of flooding, home buyers should talk to neighbors about their experiences or show up to the property on a rainy day. The tool should signal the start of the information-gathering process about a home’s climate risk, rather than the end, Keys added.
Read more » click here


Flood history questions added to real estate disclosure form
Sometimes it’s a puzzle why people don’t ask more questions, such as, “Has the river that’s down your road ever flooded your house, the house I’m thinking of buying?” The maxim “buyer beware” is wise advice no matter where a house is situated, but it’s good to have rules in place to cover homebuyers’ backs for the things they overlook or wrongly assume. As of July 1, prospective real estate buyers in North Carolina must now be provided the required North Carolina Real Estate Commission residential disclosure form by the seller that for the first time includes questions related to a property’s flood risk. The change in the form was requested in a petition for rulemaking filed by the Southern Environmental Law Center in December 2022 on behalf of the Natural Resources Defense Council, or NRDC, the North Carolina Justice Center, MDC Inc., the North Carolina Disaster Recovery and Resiliency School, Robeson County Church and Community Center, and NC Field. “Most of those are small, local nonprofits that respond to disasters,” Brooks Rainey Pearson, senior attorney with the law center, told Coastal Review in an interview, referring to petitioners. “So, we really wanted to give a voice to the people on the ground who deal with the fallout from flooding.” Pearson said that the Real Estate Commission had quickly granted the petition at the time and agreed to add the questions proposed by petitioners. It was then delayed by mutual agreement, she said, to adjust the law to allow the commission to merely make changes in the form. That would avoid having to go through a lengthy rulemaking process. “It was a longer journey than it should have been, but not because of any pushback,” she said. “I think everyone understands that homebuyers deserve to know if the property has flooded before.” Questions about flooding that have been added to the disclosure statement include the following: Is the property located in a federal or other designated flood hazard zone? Has the property experienced damage due to flooding, water seepage or pooled water attributable to a natural event such as heavy rainfall, coastal storm surge, tidal inundation, or river overflow? Is there a current flood insurance policy covering the property? Is there a flood or Federal Emergency Management Agency elevation certificate for the property? Has (the property owner) ever filed a claim for flood damage to the property with any insurance provider, including the National Flood Insurance Program? The form also notes that the requirement to obtain flood insurance passes down to all future owners for those properties that have received disaster assistance. Joel Scata, senior attorney with the NRDC, a national environmental nonprofit organization that is one of the petitioners, said that in the past, the only flood information that had to be disclosed to homebuyers in North Carolina was whether the property was in a floodplain. “Now with the changes, a buyer is going to have access to much more detailed information,” he told Coastal Review. According to state law, residential property owners are required to complete the disclosure statement and provide it to a buyer before an offer is made to purchase the property. New construction or never-occupied properties are exempted. Every question must be answered with “Y,” “N,” “NR” or “NA” for “Yes,” “No,” “No Representation,” and “Not Applicable,” respectively. Despite stern language in the form about requirements, there is enough gray area to give pause to anyone with insight into human failings. “An owner is not required to disclose any of the material facts that have a NR option, even if they have knowledge of them,” the statement says. Also: “If an owner selects NR, it could mean that the owner (1) has knowledge of an issue and chooses not to disclose it; or (2) simply does not know.” The form does warn that failure to disclose hidden defects “may” result in civil liability. It also assures that if an owner selects “No,” it means that the owner is not aware of any problem. But if “the owner knows there is a problem or that the owner’s answer is not correct, the owner may be liable for making an intentional misstatement.” If an owner selects NA, it means the property does not contain that particular item or feature. Scata said that he believes that whatever remedies are available for enforcement are strictly civil, and do not include criminal charges in the case of fraud or misrepresentation. “A buyer could file a civil suit, claim that the seller intentionally misled the buyer, make a fraud claim,” he said. But damages and other penalties would depend on the impact of what wasn’t disclosed, he added. A buyer should take any “NR” answer as a cue to ask the owner about what they don’t want to disclose, Scata said, adding “it’s a good indication that something is wrong with the property.” That choice could not be removed from the form unless it was done through a change in the legislation, he said. “The buyer always has the right to go back and explicitly ask the seller the question,” he said. And don’t just push the question with the buyer, he said, but also go talk to neighbors about the situation with flooding episodes in the neighborhood. Also, real estate brokers by law have a duty to disclose what they know, or reasonably should know, regardless of the seller’s response. “So, if a seller says something like ‘No, there’s never been (flooding) on the property,’” Scata said, “but the Realtor knows that’s not true, there’s a duty on them to disclose. And they can be liable if they are complicit in that fraud.” In that instance of potential fraud by a broker, the buyer can file a complaint with the Real Estate Commission. According to an NRDC press release, homes in North Carolina with prior flood losses would be expected to average an annual loss of $1,211, compared to $61 for the average home. In 2021, there were 13,237 homes purchased that were estimated to have been previously flooded. The expected annual flood damage totals for those homes were estimated at about $16 million. With climate change causing more intense rain and stronger storms, flooding is only going to become more of an issue, Pearson said. “Before when you only had to disclose if the house was in a floodplain, well, that’s no longer a good indicator of whether your house might flood,” she said. “The best indicator of whether your house might flood is whether it’s flooded before. And so, we think, just for the sake of transparency, people deserve to know that. But they also deserve to know that because — I believe it’s called behavioral economics — when people have more information, they’ll make different and better decisions.”
Read more » click here


Odds & Ends –


Brunswick County to explore creating a stormwater utility
Brunswick County commissioners will not pause new development. Instead, board members agreed during their Monday night meeting to further explore the possibility of creating a stormwater utility as a way to address mounting concerns about the county’s ongoing building boom. “The stormwater utility would help solve the problem of increased growth, polluted stormwater, and improve the drainage capabilities of the county that are susceptible to flooding,” Commissioner Pat Sykes said. “Within this we should be able to designate certain areas as special protection areas. These areas would determine, should they be low, medium or high density.” This utility is created to collect fees from property owners, which are then used to maintain and improve drainage systems. Sykes eventually seconded a motion made by Chairman Randy Thompson to direct county staff to move forward with coming up with a plan to establish a temporary moratorium on new commercial, multifamily and single-family home construction. Thompson suggested a moratorium would span 120 days. Commissioners voted down the motion 3-2. “I’m sorry, but I’m not in favor of a moratorium,” Commissioner Marty Cooke said. “I don’t see legally we can do it.” Thompson reiterated concerns he raised at the board’s Sept. 23 meeting as reasons for implementing a building pause, one he and supporters of a moratorium say is needed to give the county time to examine its water and wastewater service capacity, current fire service adequacy, impacts of pending construction, floodwater management, and update its unified development ordinance, or UDO. “I honestly believe that all these things need to be addressed,” he said Monday night. “They need to be addressed quickly, but it takes time to address them properly and so that is why I am still firmly in the belief that we need to do a moratorium.” Others agreed, arguing that the county can make the case a building moratorium is needed to address imminent public health and safety concerns. Gene Vasile, president of the Alliance of Brunswick County Property Owners Association, said Thompson’s comments at the Sept. 23 meeting summarized the most serious consequences of “excessive development.” “Ask yourself, how can developments the size of small towns be approved in areas that are served by volunteer fire departments?” Vasile said. “The consequences of rapid development without advanced planning for its ramifications are serious and irresponsible. In the interest of public health, safety and good order, a moratorium on the approval of certain new development is essential.” Shallotte Mayor Walter Eccard shared those sentiments, saying he believed county commissioners have the authority to declare a moratorium “for the purpose of addressing public safety and adequacy of infrastructure.” Eccard, who said he was speaking as a resident of the county, referenced widespread damage in the county caused by flooding from the unnamed storm that dumped more than 15 inches of rain onto the area last month. “The impact of recent uncontrolled growth and its related clear-cutting raised, at a minimum, serious questions with respect to the adequacy of the county’s rules for stormwater control, flood mitigation and other matters,” he said. “As you know the recent storm resulted in local flooding, road closures, bridges destroyed, limitations of emergency vehicle access and inadequate evacuation routes. These present serious public health and safety concerns.” Major new developments, Eccard said, have been approved without a review of whether existing fire and emergency services could adequately serve them. “It’s clear to many of us that this is a recipe leading to catastrophe,” he said. Rather than call for a building moratorium, St. James Mayor Jean Toner asked commissioners immediately approve text amendments to the county’s UDO that address trees and green space, transportation overlay zoning and transportation impact analysis. Toner said rampant clear-cutting, high-density housing and inadequate requirements for developers to create open space, “have created a situation where development is neither well-managed nor responsible.” “Since 2020 the county has approved 37,500 new housing units,” she said. “UDO text amendments are necessary to mitigate the problems that result from these changes. Revisions to mitigate flooding associated with stormwater runoff are overdue. How much more flooding, damaging homes, businesses and roads and bridges, must we experience before change is made?” Rather than establish a building moratorium, County Manager Steve Stone recommended to commissioners amend the county’s stormwater ordinance and enhance the flood prevention ordinance. Specifically, Stone suggests developers be required to include stormwater designs for a 100-year storm event rainfall. Currently, the ordinance requires plans for a 25-year event. “It’s technically feasible to implement this change within 120 days of beginning the process,” he said, referring to a stormwater ordinance amendment.
Read more » click here


Republicans in North Carolina pass sweeping changes to consolidate power
The last-minute inclusions in a lame-duck bill will strip the incoming Democratic governor and attorney general of significant authority before the GOP loses its legislative supermajority.
Republicans in North Carolina rushed a bill through the legislature this week to boost their power before they lose their supermajority, approving a measure to give their party more control over elections, eliminate the jobs of judges who have ruled against them and limit the authority of the incoming Democratic governor and attorney general. Republicans hold three-fifths majorities in the legislature and have used that power to override vetoes by Gov. Roy Cooper (D). In January, they’ll lose the ability to easily roll back vetoes by incoming Gov. Josh Stein (D) because they’ll no longer hold such a large majority in the North Carolina House. The GOP response has been to flex their power now, while they still have it. They loaded up a $227 million Hurricane Helene relief package with an array of provisions that weaken the hand of Stein and other Democrats in the battleground state. Hours after unveiling the proposals, the state House passed the bill Tuesday night, and the state Senate approved it Wednesday. The lame-duck bill will shift the ability to appoint members of the state and county elections boards from the governor to the state auditor. That will mean Republicans instead of Democrats will control those boards, which oversee ballot tallies, set voting rules and decide how many early-voting locations to open. “It’s really one of the more blatant partisan power grabs for authority over elections that we’ve seen in recent years,” said Megan Bellamy, vice president for law and policy for the nonprofit Voting Rights Lab. “And the fact that it’s packaged into a bill that’s meant to provide much-needed hurricane relief and support there is beyond the pale.” State Rep. Destin Hall, whom Republicans have chosen to serve as speaker starting in January, downplayed the sweep of the changes in an exchange with reporters after the measure passed his chamber. “I don’t know that there were any real shockers in there, and they’re things that we’ve talked about and debated before the storm,” he said. The bill tightens the time frame — from nine days to three — for voters who don’t have a photo ID with them at the polls to ensure their votes count. Voters who don’t have their ID with them or have other issues that prevent them from casting ordinary ballots can cast provisional ballots that are counted if they later clear up any problems. Under the bill, they will need to act much faster in future elections. Provisional ballots have proved crucial in this month’s race for state Supreme Court, where the Democratic incumbent leads a Republican challenger by several hundred votes. Another provision would require officials to review and tally absentee ballots that arrive on Election Day that night. That would add many hours of responsibilities to already overworked election officials, said Gerry Cohen, a Democrat on the Wake County Board of Elections. “I think it would result in election directors resigning,” he said. “Who would want to administer a process if there’s some legal liability where it’s impossible to actually carry out the law? Impossible.” Under another section of the bill, the governor must fill any vacancies on the state’s top courts with appointees recommended by the political party of the departing judge. That will prevent Stein from appointing Democrats to fill future openings on the state Supreme Court, where Republicans hold a majority. In addition, the bill will eliminate the jobs of two judges who have ruled against lawmakers. Democrats called the bill’s Hurricane Helene relief efforts hollow because it sets aside $227 million but does not allocate how it will be spent. Cooper said the legislation “prioritizes more power grabs” over hurricane relief, and Stein said Republicans were “exacting political retribution.” Three House Republicans from hurricane-ravaged western North Carolina voted against the bill, boosting the hopes of Democrats that they might side with Cooper if he vetoes the bill as expected. But Hall, the incoming speaker, contended that the three Republicans would join the majority in an override vote, according to the News & Observer. Republicans’ last-minute move to hamper the power of Democrats echo their efforts in 2016 to limit the authority of Cooper in the weeks between his election as governor and his inauguration. Two years later, Republicans in Wisconsin’s legislature took the same step before Democrats were sworn in as governor and attorney general. The latest North Carolina bill will also give lawmakers the authority to block the governor’s choice to lead the state highway patrol. And it will curb the power of incoming Attorney General Jeff Jackson (D) by barring him from arguing in court to invalidate state laws — such as the lame-duck measure itself. The measure seeks to hobble Stein and Jackson just two weeks after they won their elections. Stein won his race by nearly 15 percentage points, and Jackson won his by nearly three percentage points. Democrats called it ridiculous to put the state auditor — an official who reviews state finances — in charge of appointing election officials. This month, attorney Dave Boliek was elected auditor, making him the first Republican to hold the job in 16 years. Republicans in North Carolina have failed in repeated efforts over the past eight years to take control of the state elections board. Their attempt started with a provision in the lame-duck legislation that stripped power from Cooper just before he took office. A court blocked the change to the state elections board included in that legislation, and the North Carolina Supreme Court later struck down a modified version of the GOP plan. In 2018, GOP lawmakers asked voters to amend the state constitution to reshape the elections board. Voters rejected the idea. Most recently, Republican lawmakers passed a measure in 2023 to change the makeup of the board. That bill, too, was blocked by the courts. An appeal is ongoing.
Read more » click here

North Carolina Republicans Push to Seize Power From Top Democrats
The state’s Republican-controlled legislature passed a sweeping bill that would erode the power of the Democratic governor and attorney general and hand the G.O.P. more control over elections.
The Republican-controlled legislature in North Carolina passed a bill on Wednesday that would strip key powers from the incoming Democratic governor and attorney general in addition to giving the G.O.P. more control over elections and judicial appointments. The changes, included in a 131-page bill that was designed to deliver much-needed disaster relief for areas of the state devastated by Hurricane Helene, come as Republicans are likely to lose their supermajority in the legislature after defeats in this month’s elections. Josh Stein, a Democrat, will be the next governor, succeeding Roy Cooper, another Democrat. The bill would significantly restructure the state election board, the top authority over voting in North Carolina, wresting appointment power away from the governor’s office and handing it to the state auditor, who will be a Republican next year. The change would be likely to put the board, which currently has three Democrats and two Republicans, under G.O.P. control. The legislation would also significantly restrict the governor’s ability to fill vacancies on state courts, including the Supreme Court, by limiting the options to candidates offered by the political party of the judge leaving the seat. And it would curtail the ability of the attorney general — currently Mr. Stein, and next year Jeff Jackson, another Democrat — to challenge laws passed by the legislature. Beyond those proposals, the bill would make major changes to state election procedures. It would significantly shorten the time voters have after Election Day to address problems with their mail and absentee ballots — a process known as curing — and would require local election officials to finish counting provisional ballots within three days of the election. The State Senate’s passage of the bill on Wednesday sends it to Mr. Cooper, who has 10 days to sign or veto the legislation before it becomes law automatically. North Carolina does not allow its governors to veto parts of a bill, so he would have to reject the entire measure, including the hurricane relief provisions. Adding to the drama, Mr. Cooper was in Washington on Wednesday, seeking more federal hurricane relief — which under North Carolina law meant that Lt. Gov. Mark Robinson, the controversy-prone Republican who lost the governor’s race to Mr. Stein, was serving as the acting governor. But Mr. Cooper’s office said it did not expect the bill to reach the lieutenant governor on Wednesday. The Republican supermajority in the legislature means that the party could override a veto by Mr. Cooper if its lawmakers all vote together. But they could face some intraparty headwinds: On Tuesday night, three House Republicans from the western counties hit hardest by the hurricane voted against the bill, only 13 pages of which ultimately included storm relief measures. One of those Republicans, State Representative Mike Clampitt, said in a brief interview on Wednesday that he had been deeply disappointed and surprised by the bill, particularly because it did not provide sufficient money for disaster aid. “There was stuff that should be in next year’s budget that was in there,” he said. “That shouldn’t have been in there.” Asked if he would vote to override a potential veto from Mr. Cooper, Mr. Clampitt said: “I’ll have to cross that bridge when I get to it. We’re not there yet.” The gallery in the State Senate was packed on Wednesday as the chamber debated the bill. Onlookers hissed and flashed a thumbs-down as State Senator Ralph Hise, a Republican, discussed the bill’s details, and cheered Democratic lawmakers who stood in opposition. Mr. Robinson, agitated at the applause for the Democrats, ordered the gallery to be cleared less than 20 minutes into the debate, saying they were “immature people.” “You are overturning the will of the people!” one person yelled. “You’re a fascist,” another screamed as the crowd exited the building to chants of “Shame! Shame!” Mr. Hise, rising in defense of the bill, ignored the criticisms of provisions that would erode the authority of the governor and others, and instead defended the bill as a necessary first step in recovery from the hurricane. “This is not a quick recovery for western North Carolina; this will be a yearslong process,” he said, adding that he still could not drink the water in his home. He criticized those making “a whole bunch of crazy claims that were not doing anything for the people of western North Carolina.” Earlier in the debate, Mr. Hise said the reason for shortening the timeline for counting provisional ballots was to achieve a “timelier resolution of election outcomes.” Provisional ballots have tended to favor Democrats in recent elections, including in North Carolina’s State Supreme Court race this year. The Democratic incumbent, Allison Riggs, led the race by about 600 votes after provisional ballots and outstanding absentee ballots were counted; it is now heading to a recount. The first state senator to rise in opposition to the bill was Julie Mayfield, a Democrat who represents western North Carolina. “This bill does not meet the spirit of the moment, and I will not be able to vote for it,” she said. “It would have been easy to break out the Helene relief portions from this bill from the rest of a bill that takes purely partisan aim at some of the foundational pillars of our democracy,” she said. Phil Berger, the top Republican in the State Senate, told reporters after the vote on Wednesday that Republicans’ passage of the jumbo bill was “all within the rules,” adding that they sought to restructure the election board to “have balance.” Asked if they had chosen to give appointment power to the auditor’s office because a Republican would hold it next year, Mr. Berger said, “No, it’s because we felt that the auditor’s office was a place that would work.” Republicans have had a stranglehold on the North Carolina legislature since 2011, and they have pursued similar power grabs in recent years. After Mr. Cooper was elected in 2016, the legislature sought to limit the number of state employees the governor could hire, shift some of his responsibilities to the lieutenant governor and require Senate confirmation for cabinet positions. Republicans in Wisconsin and Michigan borrowed from that playbook in 2018, when they sought to strip powers from incoming Democratic governors. In Wisconsin, parts of the push were successful, but Michigan’s departing Republican governor vetoed the effort there. During the 2021 redistricting process, the North Carolina legislature drew a congressional map with 11 of the state’s 14 House seats favoring Republicans — a striking advantage in a state that is almost evenly divided politically. Despite its long history of partisan fights, North Carolina had recently come together in response to Hurricane Helene, which ravaged western areas of the state. Asheville, a fast-growing city tucked in the Blue Ridge Mountains, was hit by unrelenting flooding, which left tens of thousands of residents without drinkable water or power for weeks. Mr. Stein, the incoming governor, criticized the legislature for tethering hurricane relief to the measures targeting Democratic power. “Many people and communities are hurting and need our help,” Mr. Stein wrote on social media on Tuesday. “But instead of stepping up, the Republicans in the General Assembly are grabbing power and exacting political retribution.” Mr. Jackson, the next attorney general, said in an interview on Wednesday that the bill “should be focused on Helene response to help people — it really shouldn’t be used to sneak through major policy changes,” including some that would “undermine the independence of the attorney general.” Karen Brinson Bell, the executive director of the State Board of Elections, said in a statement that the board had not been consulted about the legislation. She added that the bill “may make it impossible for the county boards of elections to adequately ensure every eligible ballot cast is counted, especially in high turnout elections.” This is not the first time Republicans have tried to give their party control of the state election board. Last year, G.O.P. lawmakers passed a bill to allow the legislature to make appointments to the board. Mr. Cooper challenged the law, arguing that it was an unconstitutional violation of the separation of powers. A three-judge state panel agreed with him, and the effort was in legal purgatory during the 2024 general election. By shifting authority over the election board to the state auditor, the legislature appears to be working around the legal concerns about separation of powers, because the auditor is part of the executive branch. The effort to tighten election laws in North Carolina also follows a yearslong push by Republicans in battleground states to exert more influence over how elections are run. After the 2020 election and ahead of the 2022 midterms, right-wing activists backed by the election-denial movement organized a coalition of candidates to run for secretary of state, the top role overseeing elections in most battleground states other than North Carolina and Wisconsin. But those candidates were defeated in every competitive state in 2022. Dave Boliek, the incoming Republican auditor, ran a campaign promising to rein in spending, especially at the state’s division of motor vehicles. He often pledged to “audit” the board of elections but offered little detail. In August, he earned the endorsement of Donald J. Trump, who called out Mr. Boliek by name during a speech about the economy, recalling that the candidate for auditor had told him, “I’m only in politics for you, sir.” “Where is Dave?” Mr. Trump said from the stage, scanning the audience. Spotting Mr. Boliek, he asked, “Do you mean that?” Mr. Boliek shouted back, “I mean it!” “If you mean that, I’m for you all the way,” Mr. Trump replied. “He has my endorsement. Thank you, Dave.”
Read more » click here


This and That –


A black and white picture of the HB bridgeWhat’s behind the name of this seaside town in Brunswick County?
How did a seaside community in Brunswick County, located midway between Wilmington and Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, get its name? The island of Holden Beach is named after Benjamin Holden, who bought four mainland tracts and the island between his plantation and the ocean in 1756. The island extended from Lockwood’s Folly Inlet west six miles to Bacon Inlet. Holden and his sons used the island for fishing and cattle grazing. John Holden, Benjamin’s grandson in 1924, began a commercial fishery on the island. Holden also started planning a vacation destination, which is called the Holden Beach Resort. It was the first subdivision of oceanfront property in Brunswick County. The town of Holden Beach was incorporated on Feb. 14, 1969. A new high-rise concrete bridge was dedicated on May 13, 1986, allowing better access to the more than 1,900 homes on the island. The Holden Beach Fishing Pier has been closed to the public since 2022, but steps are being taken to either reopen or revamp the structure.
Read more » click here


Fear the deer: Crash data illuminates America’s deadliest animal
Behold the deer, the deadliest beast in North America. Deer are responsible for the deaths of about 440 of the estimated 458 Americans killed in physical confrontations with wildlife in an average year, according to Utah State University biologist Mike Conover, employing some educated guesswork in the latest edition of “Human-Wildlife Interactions.” Those deer-inflicted fatalities are not, so far as we know, caused by deer-on-human predation. They’re the unfortunate result of more than 2 million people a year plowing into deer with their sedans and SUVs, usually on a two-lane road, often at high speed. You might wonder: Where and when am I most likely to hit a deer? And how can I avoid it? To shed light on this herbivorous hazard, we turned, of course, to data. Specifically, we analyzed more than 1 million animal-vehicle collisions compiled by Calumn Cunningham, Laura Prugh and their colleagues at the University of Washington for a recent paper published in Current Biology. They estimate deer were involved in more than 90 percent of the collisions, which occurred in 23 states between 1994 and 2021. With a few exceptions, the data show deer are at their most dangerous in November. Indeed, the deer threat peaks just before Thanksgiving — typically Nov. 7 through 14 — when you’re about three times more likely to hit a deer than at any other time of year. Experienced deer hunters can probably guess why driving in November can turn into Russian roulette on certain highways and byways: In much of the country, that’s rutting season. And during the rut, deer focus on procreation, not self-preservation. Marianne Gauldin of the Alabama Wildlife and Freshwater Fisheries Division compares rutting bucks to teenage boys. “They are hyper-focused on the opportunity to breed, and they therefore lose some of their wits,” Gauldin said. “They are full tilt looking for does, chasing does and running after does for the opportunity to breed. And they are doing this with tunnel vision … literally running across the road.” Does share similar distractions. They’re either in estrus — hormonally receptive to sex and looking to breed — or fleeing hot-and-bothered bucks until their cycles catch up. Collisions occur more often in states with the most white-tailed deer — which experts say tend to have a shorter, sharper rut than the western mule deer — and in states with long stretches of busy rural roads. Separate insurance claim data from State Farm, which is widely cited in academic research, shows a driver out minding her own business on the wending, bending roads of West Virginia had a 1 in 35 chance of hitting an animal between June 2021 and June 2022, making the Mountain State easily the most dangerous in terms of deer-car collisions. Montana and Michigan were next. D.C. drivers, by contrast, had only a 1 in 907 chance of stopping a buck while driving down Pennsylvania Avenue, or anywhere else. Fun fact: Deer are responsible for at least 69 percent of animal-related accident claims, according to State Farm. Another 12 percent of claims involve unidentified animals, many of which could be deer that bounded off before the driver got a good look at them or were mangled beyond recognition in the crash. The third-most-dangerous animals on the road are undifferentiated rodents, which are cited in 5 percent of all animal-related accident claims. However, State Farm spokesperson Dave Phillips noted that many of the drivers never make contact with said rodent: The vast majority of those accidents occur when motorists swerve to avoid a suicidal squirrel or moseying marmot. Our more calendar-conscious readers will note that peak deer-crash season coincides with another big moment in November: the first week of daylight saving time, which begins the first Sunday of the month. And the University of Washington team has found that the two events are not unrelated. To understand why, we need to spelunk deeper into their data, which breaks new ground by including the exact location, date and hour of all these deer disasters. When we glance at a chart of accidents that includes time of day and time of year, one fact strikes us right between the headlights: Evening, the twilight of each day — especially in November! — is the hour of the Götterdeermmerung. Conveniently for us, the University of Washington scholars used accident coordinates and some basic weather math to calculate exactly when the sun would have risen or set at each location. It turns out that deer danger skyrockets about 30 minutes after sunset and remains extraordinarily elevated for almost half an hour. Those with deer-behavior expertise say drivers should be on high alert as darkness falls in autumn — especially when careening through the deer’s favorite transitional habitats, the forest-edge ecosystem created by roads and other developments. But they urge us to take a lesson from the thousands of people who land in hospitals and body shops each year after attempting to avoid a turtle or chipmunk: If you do see a deer, don’t swerve. “Slow down as much as you can, obviously, coming up to it,” said Karlin Gill of the National Deer Association, a hunting and conservation organization. “But if it’s unavoidable and you’re going to hit the deer, don’t try and swerve out of the way. That can cause an even worse car wreck, and you still might hit the deer regardless.” Deer crashes also rise in the morning, about 30 minutes before sunrise, but the number is significantly lower than after sunset. To understand why, we need to dig deeper into both deer and human activity patterns. Biologist after biologist told us deer are crepuscular, meaning they’re most active at dawn and dusk. When Texas A&M University wildlife scientist Stephen Webb and his colleagues fitted GPS trackers onto white-tailed deer in Oklahoma, they found deer movement peaks at both sunrise and sunset. “Deer, unlike humans, don’t lay down for eight hours at night and then get up and move throughout the day,” said Gill , who, as a hunter, closely examines deer behavior. “They actually go through a cycle where they’ll lay down, bed, get up, eat, lay down, bed, get up, eat, and they’ll do this throughout a 24-hour period.” But if deer are equally active at dawn and dusk, why are they so much more likely to be hit in the evening? To untangle that one, we need to examine another somewhat crepuscular species: the American commuter. Our commutes also peak in the morning and evening, but we’re much more likely to be driving at dusk than we are at dawn, and we stay on the roads even as darkness falls, and the deer start moving — often squarely into our headlights. It’s a matter of visibility. Deer are just as active two hours before dusk as they are two hours after, yet we’re about 14 times more likely to hit a deer after sundown than we are before. And, as Cunningham notes, right at the peak of the whitetail rut, we throw another variable into the stew: We end daylight saving time. Suddenly, as far as the deer are concerned, our 6 p.m. commute happens an hour later. Millions of drivers find themselves contending with lower visibility just as sex hormones flood the local deer population. “It’s like one of the grandest-scale natural experiments that we can come up with, where humans impose these very arbitrary and abrupt changes on the wildlife,” Cunningham told us from his native Tasmania (he’s at the University of Washington as a Fulbright fellow). People living on the far eastern side of a time zone are about 1.35 times as likely to hit a deer as folks on the far western edge, since folks in the east are more likely to be driving home in the dark. Similarly, folks in Northern states, where days are short and darkness rules the winter, are 1.86 times more likely to hit a deer than their friends in America’s sunny South. Taking these effects into account, the University of Washington team estimates that “falling back” causes a 16 percent jump in deer carnage in the weeks after the shift. It’s possible that adopting permanent daylight saving time would thus save the lives of more than 36,000 deer and 33 humans each year. On the down side, chronobiologist Eva Winnebeck of the University of Surrey argues that any gains might be offset by an increase in deaths spurred by the chronic drowsiness that would inevitably set in if our solar-powered circadian rhythms were forced to endure a never-ending disconnect between the sun and clocks set permanently to daylight saving time. Here at the Department of Data, we’ve found a strong connection between happiness and the great outdoors. So, we’re partial to any move that would give us more daylight hours to get out after work and fish, run or dominate the competitive wood-chopping circuit, circadian rhythms be darned.
Read more » click here

Watch out for deer
NCDOT warns motorists across North Carolina to stay alert for deer now that fall has arrived. Every year during late autumn, auto and body shops across the region brace for a bumper crop of business, comprised of an influx of cars with damage from collisions with deer. Beginning in October, roads across the state become hazardous as North Carolina’s deer population fans out, lurking on highway shoulders in search of food and potential mates. It’s the deadliest time of the year for deer, which also pose a particular danger to motorists. Nearly half of vehicle accidents involving white-tail deer occur from October to December. Deer accidents typically begin rising in October, peak in November and begin dropping off after December, according to the Insurance Institute for Highway Safety. Deer are crepuscular mammals, meaning they’re most active at dawn and dusk – which, following the onset of daylight savings time, places them near roads and byways precisely when large numbers of residents are commuting to and from work.

NCDOT has some helpful tips for motorists in regard to deer-vehicle crashes:

    • Although it does not decrease the risk of being in a crash, wearing a seat belt gives you a better chance of avoiding or minimizing injuries if you hit a deer or other animal.
    • Always maintain a safe amount of distance between your vehicle and others, especially at night. If the vehicle ahead of you hits a deer, you could also become involved in a crash.
    • Slowdown in areas posted with deer crossing signs and in heavily wooded areas, especially during the late afternoon and evening.
    • Most deer-vehicle crashes occur where deer are more likely to travel, near bridges or overpasses, railroad tracks, streams, and ditches. Be vigilant when passing through potentially risky landscapes.
    • Drive with high beams on when possible and watch for eyes reflecting in the headlights.
    • Deer often travel in groups, so if you see one deer near a road, be alert that others may be around.
    • If you see deer near a road, slow down and blow your horn with one long blast.
    • Do not swerve to avoid a collision with deer. This could cause you to lose control of your vehicle, increasing the risk of it flipping over, veering into oncoming traffic, or overcorrecting and running off the road and causing a more serious crash.

Officials say the most crashes occur between 6 p.m. and midnight, accounting for about 45% of the overall total. With the end of daylight savings time at 2 a.m. Sunday, Nov. 1, the time shift increases the chance of deer being by roadways when drivers are traveling in the dark, especially for their evening commute. If your vehicle does strike a deer, officials say do not touch the animal. A frightened and wounded deer can be dangerous or further injure itself. Get your vehicle off the road if possible and call 911.
Read more » click here


Factoid That May Interest Only Me –


Gators’ more frequent appearances make splash along coast
Did you hear the one about the alligator? An alligator walks into … a road, a pool, a miniature golf course, onto a beach, underneath a car, up to the front door of a storefront, by a back entrance of a police station. Stop me if you read about this while perusing the headlines of your local newspaper, heard about it on the 6 o’clock news, or saw it plastered across social media platforms this past summer. Alligators have made quite the splash (pun intended) in recent months here in southeastern North Carolina, where seemingly numerous public appearances by these living dinosaurs have produced dramatic headlines and videos shared not only across the state, but the country. But these typically reclusive reptiles aren’t looking for all the attention they’ve been getting, experts say. They just want to be left alone. The problem is, they’re being squeezed out of seclusion as housing developments and retail centers continue to crop up along the coast. “The ever-growing population along the coast of North Carolina is the biggest threat to wildlife in general,” said John Harrelson, a wildlife biologist with the North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission. “Habitat loss is the biggest threat to wildlife in general, not just alligators, and when people move in and we build communities in places that haven’t historically had people, then that leads to lots of interactions.” And the more interactions that occur, the more comfortable alligators become around people. Harrelson puts alligators into one of two categories: country alligators and city alligators. Country alligators inhabit areas up the Northeast Cape Fear River. He said that those alligators generally try their best to steer clear of humans, he said. But city alligators get used to seeing people and, just like squirrels, birds, deer, and other animals, they become habituated, “realizing that people, for the most part, don’t mean them any harm and that there’s nothing to be worried about,” Harrelson said. Think of it like a cost-benefit analysis where an alligator weighs the risk of being around people and decides whether the reward is worth the risk. “And often times the reward is great enough,” Harrelson said. While development strips away their natural habitat, it tends to provide pockets of prime real estate for alligators in the form of retention ponds. Harrelson works in the commission’s District 4, which includes Brunswick County, and is home to a reported 30 scenic golf courses (think about all of the water hazards — well, not a hazard from a gator’s point of view — on just one of those courses). Brunswick, Columbus, Craven, New Hanover, Onslow, and Pender counties are home to the largest populations of American alligators in North Carolina and their turf runs from the state’s coastal plains to Texas. With its barrier island beaches, proximity to Wilmington and Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, and its numerous golf courses, Brunswick County has become a draw for retirees who, for many, move in from areas where there are no alligators. Pair that with the influx of tourists who flock to the county each summer – Oak Island’s population more than quintuples between May and August – and odds are high people are going to encounter alligators. Boiling Spring Lakes Police Capt. Windy Hager knows that when tourism season picks up, so too do the number of calls going into the Brunswick County town’s law enforcement center about alligator sightings. “When it’s warmer (alligators) become more active and, when you’ve got people who are not familiar with alligators they get a little excited about, ‘Oh, there’s one in the lake!’ Well, yes, that’s where they live and that’s what we have to tell them a lot of times,” Hager said. Hager has lived in the area more than 10 years. She’s accustomed to seeing alligators pretty regularly in their own habitat. But one had to be removed from a swimming pool a couple of weeks ago and the unnamed storm that pummeled Brunswick County with catastrophic rainfall Sept. 16 means there’s a lot of water in places that were previously dry. “I know that there’s two (alligators) in what used to be somebody’s front yard right now in the city because their front yard is flooded,” Hager said. “But they’re just doing their thing and the people who live there are giving them their space. The people are not messing with them and the alligators aren’t messing with the people so they’re sharing space right now.” Two days before he spoke in a telephone interview with Coastal Review, Sunset Beach Police Animal Control Officer Bill Arp had removed a small alligator hanging out underneath a car. “They’ll wind up in people’s garages and on people’s porches, underneath decks, under cars. We find them all over the place,” he said. “Unfortunately, because of such huge development down here, their habitat is starting to shrink and that’s what’s happening. People are calling us and wondering, ‘Why’s it under my car? Why are they on my porch? Why are they in my garage?’ Well, that’s why because the development is robbing them of their other habitat.” Alligator Do’s and Don’ts If an alligator settles in an area near you, wildlife and law enforcement officials have tips on how to safely cohabitate. “A lot of people think, even with birds and deer, it’s nice to feed them,” Arp said. “But alligators, you don’t. Everybody knows an alligator is an apex predator. They’re nice to watch. They’re nice to take pictures of, but to feed them, that’s not a good idea.” Remember what Harrelson said earlier in the story about city alligators? “Individual people feeding alligators is the worst thing you can do,” he said. “Alligators are wild animals and they’ve got to work for their food. An easy meal means, ‘hey I don’t have to continue to fail and fail and make all these attempts when I’m not successful. I can just wait for this person to walk over and, if I approach them, they’re going to give me chicken or bread or marshmallows, a fish scrap or whatever else they’ve got.’ We deal with this all the time, particularly with folks who aren’t locals.” It is illegal to feed alligators. It is also illegal to kill them. American alligators are protected by the Endangered Species Act as threatened. In North Carolina, a permit is required to hunt alligators. The monthlong season is limited to population control at the request of municipalities in Brunswick, Carteret, Columbus, Craven, Hyde, Jones, New Hanover, Onslow, Pamlico, and Pender counties, according to the WRC website. “The Commission does not plan to issue permits to take American alligators, outside of municipality requested population reduction hunts, until further research is conducted to determine the conditions under which alligator populations would be sustained while allowing limited harvest,” the site states. Harrelson said that alligators are relocated only as a last resort because they, like other wildlife, have a propensity to travel long distances to return to where they were captured. “This is something that we face ongoing and, as biologists, something that we have to figure out how to address going forward because our agency isn’t going to pick up and move animals,” Harrelson said. “We want to let wildlife be wildlife for as long as we can and maintain the ecosystems that are out there.” As people build, alligators move. Males can occupy areas greater than 2 miles so, when they move, they’re crossing roads, ditches, and yards. An alligator may be removed from a property when it is considered a nuisance – at least 4 feet long and poses a threat to people, pets, or property. To report a potential nuisance alligator, call the N.C. Wildlife Helpline at 866-318-2401. Experts say simply spraying an alligator with a water hose usually prompts the animal to move away. If you’re taking a walk and spot an alligator in or near your path, give the alligator a wide berth and go around it. Never walk up to one or try to touch one. “When an alligator is on a sidewalk or up on a roadway, he’s not hunting, he’s not searching out food. If we give them an opportunity to make that move on their own, most of the time, they will,” Harrelson said. “Our biggest thing, of course, is to keep people safe and then let the animals be animals. That’s what we’re always striving toward.”
Read more » click here


Black bears are common along the NC coast.
Here’s why and what to know about their habits.
More bears live in the state’s coastal plain than in North Carolina’s mountains. They also are generally larger. And yes, they do hibernate
When people think of bears in North Carolina, most thoughts probably drift to the mountains in the higher elevations of the state and places like Great Smoky Mountain National Park. But black bears the only bear species found in the Tar Heel State are found across North Carolina, and their population is actually larger in the state’s coastal plain than in the mountains. Potentially even more surprising to some is that many bears at the coast, especially females, hibernate like their brethren where frost and snow is a lot more common.

Bears at the coast?
Yes, there are bears lots of them near North Carolina’s beaches and in its coastal forests and swamps. The ability of the bear to bounce back in the state is one of North Carolina’s great wildlife success stories. Unregulated hunting and loss of habitat led to bears being driven into the most isolated pockets of swamp forests and mountain areas for most of the last century. But starting in the 1970s with the establishment of bear sanctuaries, strict management strategies, and educating the public about the state’s omnivorous residents, bear numbers have surged back. Today, more than 20,000 bears are estimated to roam North Carolina, and more than half are in the eastern part of the state. Coastal North Carolina is also home to some of the largest black bears in the world, thanks to an ample food supply of farmers’ crops, a relatively mild climate, and many large, protected areas like state game lands and federal wildlife refuges that offer the bears valuable habitat. According to the wildlife commission, the largest bear ever killed in North Carolina was an 880-pound male taken in Craven County in 1998. The state’s propensity for lots of bears also attracts hunters and fuels economies in many rural areas, with more than 4,000 animals taken during the 2022 bear season up 11% over 2021 figures. Of those, more than 2,500 bears were taken along the coast. Around the Wilmington area, hunters harvested 34 bears in Brunswick County, 92 in Pender County, and seven in New Hanover County. The popularity, size, and sheer number of bears in Eastern North Carolina also has spawned its own festival, the National Black Bear Festival, which takes place every June in Plymouth, Washington County.

What is hibernation?
In its very basic form, animals enter hibernation as a way to reduce their metabolism in response to a decrease in food supply and sometimes falling temperatures. When bears, in this case, enter hibernation, their internal body clocks slow down. That leads to lower heart rates, reduced breathing, and lower oxygen consumption. The animal’s temperature also drops. According to biologists, this can be by as much as 15 degrees for bears. To prepare for hibernation, bears step up their eating, putting on up to 3 pounds a day in the fall and sometimes into winter. That can mean foraging for a meal for up to 20 hours a day, and they are typically most active at dawn and dusk.

Why do N.C. coastal bears hibernate?
While black bears in colder, northern climates can hibernate for six months or longer, it is generally for shorter periods in North Carolina. But they do hibernate even along the N.C. coast, especially female bears. Males may den for short periods but may also exhibit lethargic behavior during the winter if they stay awake. “Bears studied in eastern North Carolina by radio-telemetry entered dens as early as November and as late as January. These same bears exited dens as early as February and as late as April,” states information on the wildlife commission’s website. “This results in the possibility of bear sightings and roadkills in all months and the misconception that coastal bears do not hibernate. Only human disturbance interrupts these periods of hibernation in North Carolina’s bears.” Females will give birth during their hibernation, only waking up and emerging with her cubs in the spring when they are able to walk and feed on solid food.

Where do they hibernate?
With few rock formations to den in or under in Eastern N.C., coastal bears will often hibernate in thick vegetation on the ground. They also have been found to use tree cavities and burrow under fallen trees and logs. Bears finding accommodations under abandoned or seldom used human structures, like porches and barns, also has been observed.

What about the impact of climate change on N.C. bears?
Scientists are clear that North Carolina is facing a warming climate in the coming years. The only real question is by how much temperatures will increase. As warmer weather becomes the norm, North Carolina’s coastal black bear might start to mimic behavior patterns of bears in other Southern states that already deal with a hotter, year-round climate. That could mean shorter, or no, hibernation for male bears, increased pressure on winter food supplies, and a greater chance of human-bear conflicts as both species share the same space for longer periods of time. But black bears also have proven time and again to be very adaptable to changing conditions, including human encroachment on their habitats. That ability has seen them spread to all of North Carolina’s 100 counties, with number increasing even as the state’s population also continues to rise quickly.
Read more » click here

Bears are smart animals
Time to be smarter than the bear. Elimination of regular and easy food sources is the best deterrent and will cause him/her to move out of our location faster than any other reason. If the bear discovers the pattern of garbage cans going out in the evening, he/she will look for the cans each evening. Consider putting garbage cans out in the morning hours just before the truck arrives so that the bear does not discover cans full of food each week. Please reconsider feeding any other animals during warmer months with an outdoor supply of food because the bear will find it and eat what you put out, thus strengthening his/her reason to remain here. Bird feeders may also be destroyed for the bear to secure the stored grains.

Consistent patterns in OR will help to move the bear to new territory. If some food sources remain available, he/she will find them and remain here. Keep the food sources out of his/her reach. Please consider staying with this habit until the acorns begin to drop in the fall. We have few oak trees within OR, so that source of food is limited. The bear will seek an area with a greater source of food prior to winter.

Bears roam approximately ten miles in all directions to obtain food or shelter. If sources outside of the OR provide him/her with regular food, and our area provides the best shelter, he/ she will remain until late fall once again. Be aware of choices and be aware of walking in forested areas with dogs, etc. Black bears will avoid humans and dogs, but if you accidentally run into one at close proximity, do the following:

If you and he /she are walking toward each other, change your direction and do not run. Constantly check over the shoulder to see if the bear is following you or continuing in another direction.

    • If you happen to get REALLY close to a bear, you can make yourself look as large as possible and yell loudly. A black bear will usually change direction.
    • If there is a bear cub with a mother bear, stay as far away as possible. She will protect the cub at all costs, and you can be in great danger.
    • Review the pamphlet put out by the NC Department of Wildlife:
      https://www.ncwildlife.org/media/1458/download?attachment

 Stay aware, stay smart, and stay safe.


Hot Button Issues

Subjects that are important to people and about which they have strong opinions



Climate

For more information » click here
.

 


There’s something happening here
What it is ain’t exactly clear


2024 Temperatures Are on Track for a Record High, Researchers Find
The new report also says that global warming has hit a threshold, at least temporarily, that countries had pledged to avoid.
This year will almost certainly be the hottest year on record, beating the high set in 2023, researchers announced on Wednesday. The assessment, by the Copernicus Climate Change Service, the European Union agency that monitors global warming, also forecast that 2024 would be the first calendar year in which global temperatures consistently rose 1.5 degrees Celsius above preindustrial levels. That’s the temperature threshold that countries agreed, in the Paris Agreement, that the planet should avoid crossing. Beyond that amount of warming, scientists say, the Earth will face irreversible damage. Greenhouse gas emissions from the burning of fossil fuels are dangerously heating up the planet, imperiling biodiversity, increasing sea level rise and drought and making extreme weather events more common and more destructive. “These type of events will get worse and they will get more frequent,” said Samantha Burgess, deputy director of Copernicus. Recent storms like Hurricanes Helene and Milton and the flooding in Spain demonstrate just how devastating weather intensified by warming can be. Still, it’s important to note that a single year above 1.5 degrees Celsius does not mean the Paris Agreement target has been missed. Under the terms of the pact, for that to happen, temperatures would have to stay at or above 1.5 degrees over a 20-year period. Each year has natural variability, so one year that’s warmer or cooler is not as important as the general trend of warming. It’s that signal, the steady crawl of record hot year after record hot year, that has alarmed experts. “It’s not good news, but it doesn’t mean we’ve broken the agreement,” Dr. Burgess said. If the trend continues for the next decade and greenhouses gas concentrations in the atmosphere remain at similar levels, that trajectory is more likely to be irreversible, she said. The Copernicus report comes the week before COP29, the annual United Nations climate talks at which countries come together to try to address climate change. This year, the meeting will be held in Baku, Azerbaijan, starting on Monday. A report issued by the United Nations last month found that the world’s current climate plans are inadequate, only providing a 2.6 percent reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 compared to 2019 levels. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change has said that reduction needs to be an order of magnitude larger: at least a 43 percent reduction by 2030 and 60 percent by 2035. Even if the world stopped burning fossil fuels tomorrow, there would still be a lag in the reduction of global temperatures. That’s because it would take a while for the oceans and the land to absorb the carbon dioxide that’s already in the atmosphere. The Mediterranean would continue to warm. Droughts would drag on for many seasons. “The reality is, every fraction of a degree matters,” Dr. Burgess said. “The sooner globally we cut emissions, the sooner our climate will stabilize.” If President-elect Donald J. Trump withdraws the United States from the Paris accord, as he has promised and as he did during his first administration, it would be “very bad news,” according to Diana Urge-Vorsatz, a professor at Central European University and vice chairwoman of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, the U.N. body that provides governments with scientific information to develop climate policies. But she noted that during Mr. Trump’s last administration, cities, states and companies worked to overcome shortfalls by taking over climate leadership. “Let’s hope again,” Dr. Urge-Vorsatz said, “that other actors will step up and perhaps even take stronger action.”
Read more » click here
 

Science panel applies 2022 sea level report projections to NC
The science panel that advises the state Coastal Resources Commission is showing with a new report how the findings of a 2022 federal-level report projecting that sea levels will rise by more than a foot by 2050 apply to North Carolina. Released in mid-October, the “North Carolina 2024 Sea Level Rise Science Update” is the product of the science panel following the commission’s 2022 charge to present any new or significant data and research on sea level rise projections. The commission was put in place in 1974 when the North Carolina General Assembly adopted the Coastal Area Management Act, or CAMA. The 13-member commission designates areas of environmental concern, adopts rules and policies for coastal development within those areas, and certifies local land use plans. The state Department of Environmental Quality’s Division of Coastal Management staff enforces the commission’s rules. The U.S. Sea Level Rise and Coastal Flood Hazard Scenarios and Tools Interagency Task Force wrote “Global and Regional Sea Level Rise Scenarios for the United States,” that was published in February 2022 by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Among the task force members are scientists from NOAA, NASA, the U.S. Geological Survey, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Army Corps of Engineers, Department of Defense and Environmental Protection Agency. “In recent years, confidence regarding the expected amount of sea level rise by 2050 has increased,” the science panel recaps from the 2022 technical report in its October 2024 update. Regardless of how much warming occurs by 2100, trajectories evaluated by the 2022 sea level rise technical report indicate sea level rise of 1 foot to 1.4 feet by 2050, relative to sea level in 2000. “The actual amount will depend on future greenhouse gas emissions, and how much ice is lost from the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets,” the science panel continues in its update. “Projections for sea level rise beyond 2050 are less certain because they depend even more strongly on future greenhouse gas emissions and rate of ice loss from Greenland and Antarctica. However, rates of sea level rise are expected to further increase toward the latter half of this century.” On the science panel, Dr. Reide Corbett is the dean and executive director of the Integrated Coastal Programs at the Coastal Studies Institute on the East Carolina University Outer Banks Campus. He told Coastal Review that sea level rise projections continue to improve as new data becomes available and as the scientific community gains a better understanding of global processes changing sea level on different spatial and temporal scales. The state’s science panel used the best available and most recent data to provide this 2024 Sea Level Rise Update, Corbett continued, adding that “It is critical that our communities are working with the most informed projections as they develop actionable plans for building more resilience across our coast.” The strongest and most significant message Corbett said he sees coming from the 2024 update and other recent reports is that North Carolina must plan for at least a 1 foot rise in sea level by 2050. There is little deviation in this value whether projecting from tide gauges or using numerical models, Corbett added “This is a reality that we need to start planning for today,” he said. “A 1 foot rise in sea level will significantly increase the number of days coastal North Carolina will experience high tide flooding. Communities need to start building these challenges into their land use plans, stormwater plans, and communicating the risks to residents.” Division of Coastal Management Director Tancred Miller explained to Coastal Review that the science panel is defining sea level rise as an increase in the average height of the sea with respect to a specific reference. Relative sea level is the combination of three primary factors: the global sea level, vertical land movement and oceanographic effects. These parameters are usually discussed in terms of their rates of temporal change, commonly expressed in millimeters per year, he said. “Along the North Carolina coast, sea level is rising and the rate of rise varies depending on the location. There are two primary reasons for this variation along different parts of our coast: vertical land motion and the effects of ocean dynamics,” Miller continued. He explained that this recent update emphasizes that tide gauge observations and modeling for all scenarios are nearly the same out to 2050, “indicating we are solidly on track for at least one foot of sea level rise by 2050.” Miller noted that 2050 is just 25 years from now. “To prepare for this, requires community involvement, planning, mitigation, and adaptation to start now,” Miller said. To help better plan for sea level rise, the Coastal Resources Commission charged its science panel in 2022 with providing periodic updates to support what it called “informed planning and decision making.” The charge includes a request for the science panel to review every year any “new and significant scientific literature and studies that address the range of implications of sea level rise at the State, sub-regional, and local scales.” If there’s enough new information to warrant an update, the panel is to present these findings to the commission. Miller said for the science panel to follow through with the directive, the team of scientists held a series of meetings earlier this year to share and discuss any recent data related to sea level rise. “Given that the painstaking work of preparing sea level rise projections based on the latest science has already been carried out” by the task force, the science panel recaps the key messages detailed in the 2022 technical report. The science panel also gives a brief summary of the regional sea level rise projections most relevant to North Carolina and provides updated sea level rise projections and assessment of high-tide flooding frequencies for Duck, Beaufort and Wilmington, all based on data from the 2022 technical report. The science panel sent out a draft of the sea level rise science update for comment this spring. The document underwent a handful of changes based on public feedback, including the addition of a paragraph listing some of the key impacts of sea level rise, and adding the names of the different scenarios in the 2022 technical report — low, intermediate-low, intermediate, intermediate-high, and high — and referred to these throughout for clarity. “The five sea level rise scenarios span the range of sea level rise that can be expected under the emissions and warming scenarios considered in the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Sixth Assessment Report,” or IPCC, the science panel states in its update. The IPCC was created by the United Nations to assess climate change-related science. “We also added text to explain how these scenarios relate to the emissions pathways and warming scenarios used in the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change report,” the new update continues. And provided more detail on the longer-term scenarios out to 2100. The science panel did note in its update that, although summarizing the latest science on how these impacts will affect the state “is well beyond the scope of the Sea Level Rise Update Charge to the Science Panel, we refer interested parties to the coastal aspects of the 2020 Climate Risk Assessment and Resilience Plan, and associated or similar documents (and updates), for a more comprehensive discussion of sea level rise impacts, based on the latest science, to facilitate effective adaptation and mitigation planning.” The first report the science panel, along with six additional contributors, issued was in March 2010 titled “North Carolina Sea Level Rise Assessment Report,” at the direction of the commission. The science panel recommended the report be reassessed every five years. In April 2012, the panel issued a follow-up addendum to the report in response to questions from the commission. That report was met with pushback from certain groups, resulting in a June 2012 law that put restrictions on how the sea level data was collated and used by state agencies and local governments. The panel released an update in 2015 of the 2010 report. “The next update was scheduled for 2020. However, due to the COVID pandemic, the 2020 update was postponed. In 2022, the CRC issued a revised charge to the science panel,” Miller said. The division continues to accept public comments on the newly released update. Send comments to [email protected]. List “2024 Sea Level Rise Science Update” in the subject line. “Comments regarding the final report simply serve as an opportunity for citizens to provide thoughts on the finished work and will be provided to the panel for review,” Miller said.
Read more » click here



Flood Insurance Program

For more information » click here

 


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On September 26, 2024, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to December 20, 2024.

Congress must now reauthorize the NFIP
by no later than 11:59 pm on December 20, 2024.



GenX

For more information » click here

 



Homeowners Insurance

For more information » click here

 


As a hearing looms, here’s where talks over a massive 99% coastal insurance rate hike stand
Insurers want to raise homeowners insurance premiums by 42% statewide and an eyewatering 99% in beach and coastal areas around Wilmington. State regulators have said no, triggering an Oct. 7 hearing
Negotiations between state regulators and insurance companies over a potentially massive rate increases for North Carolina homeowners are going down to the wire. In January the N.C. Rate Bureau, a 14-member board that represents the industry, submitted a proposal to raise homeowner insurance premiums by 42% statewide and an eyewatering 99% in beach and coastal areas around Wilmington. The proposal, after a public hearing, was swiftly and vocally rejected by N.C. Insurance Commissioner Mike Causey. “I heard from more people on this rate filing than any other while I’ve been commissioner,” Causey, who has been in office since 2017, said on Thursday, adding his agency received more than 25,000 comments almost all of which were against it. “And I agreed with them.” The commissioner’s action triggered a judicial hearing, which is scheduled for Oct. 7.

As that hearing grows closer, here’s where things stand.

Why do the insurance companies want such a big rate increase?
In short, because they aren’t making money and are worried about the future. The N.C. Rate Bureau cited two main factors for the surprisingly large rate increase proposal. First, is the rising cost of pretty much everything, including labor and potential repairs, driven by inflation and the lingering impacts of labor and material shortages tied to the COVID-19 pandemic. The other is climate change, which is causing more frequent and widespread property destruction, particularly tied to bigger and stronger hurricanes, as the warming climate fuels more severe weather events. Damages in North Carolina tied to 2018’s Hurricane Florence, for example, were estimated to top $22 billion, with much of that hitting inland areas. Other factors that are playing a role in the proposed substantial increase include the moratorium that was put into place during the pandemic on any rate increases and the cost of reinsurance basically insurance for the insurance companies themselves in case a large-scale disaster stretches their financial ability to respond. “It will be four years in November since we last requested a homeowners rate increase, and even the approved change was only a small percentage of what was requested,” said Jarred Chappell, chief operating officers with the rate bureau, in an email. “That has been the case over multiple rate filings, which has contributed to the ongoing rate need.”

Why can’t the insurance companies just raise rates?
North Carolina operates a regulated insurance market. That means that companies have to receive approval from state regulators to raise most rates, including those for homeowner and auto insurance. While some in the industry have said that limits competition in a somewhat closed market and doesn’t make North Carolina an attractive market for insurance companies, Causey disagrees. He said the current system, which attempts to balance the needs of consumers and industry, offers some security for both sides and somewhat ring fences North Carolina from seeing the problems other coastal states, like Florida and Louisiana, are experiencing. In those states, many insurance companies are pulling out in the wake of repeated natural disasters and an inability to charge rates they believe reflect their liability and ability to turn a profit. That, in turn, is forcing the state to create government-run insurance companies of last resort for folks who otherwise can’t get coverage, which generally offer higher premiums and less coverage to balance their books.

Do proposed rate increases always end up in a hearing?
Generally, no, because that costs both the state and industry time and money that they’d rather not spend. Causey, a Republican who is running for re-election this November against Democrat Natasha Marcus, said in most rate disputes his department and the rate bureau have been able to negotiate before a hearing date and reach a mutually acceptable agreement. “We have done that very successfully in the past and get settlements that are mostly favorable to consumers,” he said. That hasn’t happened in this case. We are at an impasse,” Causey said. “We’re going to court.” 

What happens at the Oct. 7 hearing?
State law gives the insurance commissioner 45 days to issue an order once a hearing concludes, and the insurance industry always has the option of taking the issue to the courts if they reject the commissioner’s findings. Causey said he understands that the industry needs a rate increase, not having seen one since the start of the decade. “And like consumers and every industry, they’re getting hit by inflation,” he said. “It’s no different than any other industry or business.” But Causey said an average statewide increase of more than 40%, and double that at the coast, just isn’t fair to North Carolina consumers. “North Carolina consumers deserve a more thorough review of this proposal,” Causey said in a statement in February announcing his rejection of the proposed rate hike. “I intend to make sure they get that review.” But whatever happens with this rate hike, that’s not likely to be the end of the financial pain for coastal homeowners. Causey said this request is mostly tied to the industry’s costs and payouts associated with the spate of natural disasters, including 2018’s Hurricane Florence, North Carolina saw several years ago. He added that his office is still dealing with claims tied to Florence, having recently paid one out to the University of North Carolina Wilmington (UNCW) tied to that devastating storm. “It takes years from the time a storm hits for the rates to catch up,” Causey said. That means damage from this month’s unnamed storm, which dropped historic amounts of rain on parts of the Cape Fear region, and losses associated with Tropical Storm Debby and any from Hurricane Helene aren’t taken into account with this rate filing. “If we could get Mother Nature to cooperate, we wouldn’t have many of these problems,” he said of the natural disasters, many tied to climate change, which have hit the state in recent years. “But that’s just not the case.”
Read more » click here

After Floods, Soaring Insurance Rates Become a Hot Election Issue
Few states elect their insurance commissioners. But in North Carolina, a proposed 42 percent rate hike and Hurricane Helene have raised the stakes in the upcoming election.
When Marjorie Burnside moved to the North Carolina coast several years ago after retiring as a New York City police officer, she did not know much about the candidates running for the obscure statewide offices that oversee agriculture, labor, and insurance. So, Ms. Burnside, a lifelong Republican, voted along party lines. She now considers many of her area’s elected Republicans responsible for rubber-stamping too many development projects. And she is furious that they have failed to tame home insurance premiums, which have soared by 75 percent. That was why she accepted an invitation to a friend’s recent beach house party for State Senator Natasha Marcus, a Democrat who is challenging the state’s Republican insurance commissioner. “She just gave me lots to think about,” Ms. Burnside, 59, said after listening to Ms. Marcus’s warnings about loopholes that hurt policyholders and rates in coastal areas that are likely to see a significant rise. “More people, more claims, more raises — it’s all connected.” Eleven states elect their insurance commissioners, an obscure but powerful job that affects virtually every resident through regulations and the ability to challenge or reject rate hikes on home, car and other policies. The contest has typically been treated as a down-ballot afterthought involving little-known candidates, with hundreds of thousands of voters leaving their ballots blank. But as housing and insurance costs have skyrocketed, particularly in areas experiencing whiplash from climate change and extreme weather, these races are becoming proxies for public frustration over pocketbook anxieties. “Voters are starting to experience climate change as an economic threat, and are realizing that insurance commissioners are now climate policymakers,” said Jordan Haedtler, a climate finance strategist for Climate Cabinet, which supports candidates in competitive races nationally. Insurance angst has already factored into local elections this year: In Honolulu, State Representative Scott Saiki, Hawaii’s House Speaker since 2017, lost his Democratic primary amid criticism that he had failed to rein in condo insurance rates. In Orlando, a Democrat won a special election for a state House seat by highlighting property insurance, flipping a district that Gov. Ron DeSantis of Florida easily won in 2022. Now comes the biggest statewide test, where recent polls in North Carolina — the most competitive of the four states voting for insurance commissioner in November — predict a tossup between Ms. Marcus and the two-term incumbent, Mike Causey. The timing also could not be more relevant, given the devastation wrought by Hurricane Helene in western North Carolina and Tropical Storm Debby. Claims totaling billions of dollars are likely to be filed. “In general, it feels as though the incumbent has a bit of a challenge or a hurdle to get over in that rates have steadily gone up, and right, wrong or indifferent, a consumer can point to an incumbent and say you’re not doing enough to fix that,” said Landon T. Bentham, director of sales and marketing for Callahan & Rice, a longtime independent insurance agency in Fayetteville, N.C. North Carolina has long been regarded as one of the more stable states for insurance, for both policyholders and carriers. Auto insurance rates are among the nation’s lowest. The state’s nonprofit insurer of last resort — a tax-exempt association of insurance companies that are required by law to insure properties and spread the risk — had enough cash to pay $1.5 billion in wind and hail claims after Hurricane Florence ravaged the state in 2018. But in 2023, Nationwide decided not to renew 10,000 homeowners’ insurance policies in eastern North Carolina, citing climate and other reasons. Overall, the average home insurance premium in the United States climbed by 33 percent from 2020 to 2023, far exceeding inflation, according to a new study, and some insurers are no longer writing policies in Florida, California and Louisiana. So far, at least, “no big insurer has left the state,” said Donald T. Hornstein, a law professor at the University of North Carolina School of Law, who has lectured on coastal insurance concerns. But while insurers have seen profits in 10 out of the last 11 years in North Carolina, they lost money in 18 other states in 2023, up from eight in 2013, according to an analysis by The New York Times. Against that backdrop, the North Carolina Rate Bureau, a nonprofit consortium of insurers empowered by the State Legislature to calculate adjustments in premiums, requested a 42 percent increase in January — including 99 percent in some coastal areas — citing inflation and increased costs for materials and labor. Since then, 40,000 emails, phone calls and letters have inundated the Department of Insurance, which, as the state’s regulator, must approve any increases. Mr. Causey, a former health insurance executive, has preferred to negotiate the policies affecting the state’s housing stock. In May, he negotiated an 8 percent increase in the rate that applies primarily to rental properties, down from an original request of more than 50 percent. In 2020, the last time homeowners’ insurance rates were increased, a 24.5 percent request was whittled down to 7.9 percent. But Mr. Causey rejected this year’s proposal to increase homeowners’ insurance rates by 42 percent, setting the stage for his first public judicial hearing on rate hikes on Oct. 7. “I very much understand where the people are coming from because we’re all paying higher insurance rates, and inflation is the driving factor that’s hurting all Americans,” Mr. Causey, 74, said in an interview a few weeks before the hearing. But Ms. Marcus has been on the attack, accusing Mr. Causey of approving too many rate increases without holding public hearings. She talks about a little-understood Consent to Rate law — which was amended by the Legislature in 2018, with Mr. Causey’s input — being used increasingly by insurers in North Carolina to charge homeowners more than the rates approved by the state. While Mr. Causey has often worked closely with his fellow Republicans who have long dominated the Legislature, he sided with Gov. Roy Cooper, a Democrat, on energy efficiency and resiliency in homes, and opposed a bill backed by Republicans to prohibit any updates to building codes until 2031. In the wake of Helene, Mr. Causey has renewed his calls for a statewide expansion of the last-resort insurer for vulnerable coastal properties. Ms. Marcus says that the state needs to invest more in hardening homes, and that flood maps are woefully outdated. Much of Helene’s damage was caused by flooding, and few people in western North Carolina had taken out federal flood insurance, which is not within the purview of the state insurance commissioner. Still, the storm was clearly on the candidates’ minds on Monday, when Mr. Causey and Ms. Marcus held separate news conferences before the rate increase hearing. The proposed rate hikes, which were requested at the beginning of the year, were much lower in western North Carolina than along the coast. So, when asked whether Helene would be a factor in future insurance-rate increases, Mr. Causey said, “It very well could be.” But he also cautioned that it was too early to know. “We’re just now seeing impacts from Hurricane Florence, and that was back in 2018, so we have to wait and see how it shakes out,” he said. Part of an insurance commissioner’s job is to visit storm-hit areas and set up victim assistance centers to help residents with insurance claims and other needs. A few weeks before Helene, Mr. Causey visited North Carolina’s southeastern coast — on the opposite end of the state from where Helene hit — after a storm unexpectedly dumped as much as 18 inches of rain there. In the fast-growing but risk-prone counties of Brunswick, New Hanover and Pender on the southeastern coast, homeowners now pay an average of roughly $3,100 a year on insurance, or up to 67 percent more than other counties in risk-prone areas. Paul Cafasso, a retired I.T. executive from the Danbury, Conn., area, is part of a wave of retirees from the Northeast who have moved to a sprawling development in Brunswick County, where the number of people aged 65 or over more than doubled between 2010 and 2020. A political independent, Mr. Cafasso, 81, said his community’s condo association had seen its insurance costs double in the last two years, forcing the association to switch to another carrier. So, he intended to research each candidate’s plans. “On a bell curve, we’re on the upward part of the bell curve — who knows where it’s going to end?” he said. During a tour of his farm, Jimmy Tate, a former Pender County commissioner and community college president, said more people, crushed by escalating premiums, are agonizing over whether even to take out insurance. A former Democrat who is now a Republican, Mr. Tate, 46, wants the two candidates to hold corporate interests accountable, and to visit rural and underserved communities.
“If they really want to care, they can come on my farm and I can hold a meeting in my event barn center,” he said. “I can guarantee them I can pack the room with farmers, all over this region, who want to hear what they have to say about their rate increases.” Known for uncorking fiery speeches on the Senate floor, Ms. Marcus, 55, was gerrymandered out of her district by Republicans, who hold the supermajority. She opted to run for commissioner rather than move to another area to run again. In an interview, she said her experience as a lawyer would enable her to adopt a more adversarial posture when dealing with the insurance establishment. “I’m a former litigation attorney — very comfortable in a court-like setting, eager to do that kind of cross-examination,” she said. Refusing to take campaign contributions from the insurance industry, in contrast to Mr. Causey, Ms. Marcus has raised more than $427,000, nearly double her opponent’s haul. Mr. Causey has been a visible presence all over the storm-ravaged state, warning about the future. At a meeting with insurance agents in the Outer Banks, where homes have been collapsing into the ocean as a result of rising sea levels, Mr. Causey voiced his frustration with the state’s building codes. “In 2017, we were the fifth best in the nation in building codes,” he said. “We’ve dropped to number eight. We’re going the wrong way.”
Read more » click here


NC coastal insurance rates are going up, but by how much is still to be determined
Insurance companies want to raise homeowner insurance rates by 42% statewide and nearly double them around Wilmington’s coastal areas. The state is challenging the proposal.
While several major questions about the country’s future were decided on Election Day, many residents in the Wilmington area are waiting for another big decision to come down. But how much North Carolina’s homeowner insurance rates might go up, especially at the coast, is still to be determined more than 10 months after a proposal by state insurers that could see some premiums double in price. A hearing to review a request by the N.C. Rate Bureau, a 14-member board that represents the industry, to raise homeowner insurance premiums by 42% statewide and an eyewatering 99% in beach and coastal areas around Wilmington, started in early October. The hearing was triggered after N.C. Insurance Commissioner Mike Causey rejected the initial proposal, calling it too much. State law gives Causey 45 days to issue an order once a hearing concludes, and the insurance industry always has the option of taking the issue to the courts if they reject the commissioner’s findings. But the hearing has yet to wrap up, and the court is on hiatus this week. With the hearing likely to wrap up around mid-November, several officials said it could be next month potentially just before the new year before Causey makes a decision, with any changes to rates likely not effective until mid-2025. That’s because of the complexity of the case, but also because this is an election year, and Causey was up for re-election in a heated campaign against Democrat Natasha Marcus, who has blamed Causey for giving in too easily to the industry when it comes to raising insurance rates. North Carolina is a regulated insurance market, meaning companies have to receive approval from state regulators to raise most rates, including those for homeowner and auto insurance. Causey has said he has fought hard since taking charge of the state insurance office in 2017 to keep rates down. But having not had a rate increase in more than four years, and a pandemic and several natural disasters in between driving up repair costs and prompting large insurance payouts, even Causey admits the industry deserves the chance to raise rates. But the rub is by how much, with officials worryingly noting that the current rate request doesn’t include the damages from this year’s Hurricane Debby, an unnamed storm that slammed the Wilmington area in mid-September, and the devastating floods from Tropical Storm Helene in Western N.C.

No settlement this time around
In many past rate disputes, the insurance department and industry have been able to negotiate a settlement before the issue reached the courts. In the 2020 homeowners filing, for example, the rate bureau requested an average 24.5% increase but settled with the state on 8%. That the parties haven’t been able to reach a deal this time around shows just how much is at stake this time around. For N.C. homeowners, it is a pocketbook issue. But for Causey and the state as a whole, it’s about maintaining a healthy and attractive market for insurance companies to ply their trade. Push too hard, and North Carolina could find itself in a similar position to Florida and Louisiana, where repeated hurricane hits and an inability to charge premiums to cover their exposure have seen many insurance companies flee those states or go bankrupt. That has prompted both states to set up government-run programs as “insurers of last resort” for homeowners who don’t have any other options. But that, in turn, has put all of the state’s taxpayers on the hook if a major natural disaster strikes. A major factor driving the insurance industry’s desire to significantly increase rates which is quickly becoming a national and global issue is the increased size and frequency of natural disasters in recent years, which almost everyone is tying to climate change. Insurance companies themselves aren’t immune to the increased costs associated with ever-more frequent and expensive natural disasters, which include hurricanes, floods, wildfires, heatwaves and droughts, with the cost of reinsurance effectively insurance for insurance companies increasing dramatically in recent years, doubling in some cases. Munich Re, one of the world’s largest reinsurers, has said “the insurance industry is directly affected by the consequences of climate change.” “In recent years, tropical storms (called hurricanes, typhoons or cyclones depending on the region where they occur) have been accompanied by increasingly extreme precipitation,” the German-based company states in a report discussing climate change and its consequences. “There are also indications that the proportion of especially severe storms is rising.”

New Hanover County tops the NC risk list
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) also has sounded the alarm about the rising risk to many areas posed by the increased risk of natural disasters as the world warms and weather patterns become more unpredictable. The agency has created a National Risk Index to help residents and businesses determine a community’s risk factors. It also allows parties to compare and contrast risks between communities. Not surprisingly, the index shows the most risk-prone areas of North Carolina are at the coast. Unfortunately for Wilmington, FEMA says New Hanover County is the riskiest county of all in North Carolina. The county was rated “very high” for the risk of ice storms and lightning strikes, and “relatively low” for earthquakes. But it was the threat of hurricanes that pushed New Hanover’s risk score up, with the county rated as “very high” for threats from tropical storms. The FEMA risk index states that New Hanover has about a 40% chance of dealing with a hurricane in any given year, with an average annual loss of nearly $267 million. On the plus side, the index says New Hanover, Brunswick and Pender counties are safe from avalanches, a cold wave, landslides, volcanic activity, and tsunamis.
Read more » click here
 



Hurricane Season

For more information » click here

 


 Hurricane season runs from June 1 through November 30.

Hurricane season isn’t over yet.
Here’s why North Carolina residents need to stay vigilant.
Despite tropical storm-induced flooding in the mountains and along the coast, experts say NC isn’t out of the woods yet as hurricane season drags on
First Tropical Storm Debby, a slow-moving storm that trudged up the East Coast in early August before making a second landfall along the central South Carolina coast, drenched the Cape Fear region with more than 15 inches of rain in places. A little more than a month later, an unnamed storm that wasn’t deemed a big enough threat to close many schools swamped parts of southern New Hanover County and much of Brunswick County with another massive deluge. The nearly 20 inches of rain in some areas caused extensive flash flooding, collapsed roads, and destroyed several bridges. Then Tropical Storm Helene blew into the state three weeks ago, pummeling Asheville and the North Carolina mountains. The record-setting rainfall, more than 18 inches in some places, washed out roads and bridges, knocked out power to nearly 2 million people in the Carolinas with 14,000 N.C. customers still without power as of Wednesday, and killed at least 95 people in the state with dozens still unaccounted for. North Carolina has been hammered on both ends of the state by tropical weather systems this year, making 2024 one of the worst hurricane seasons the state has seen in a long time. And while it might be mid-October and temperatures are already beginning to fall, experts warn that the Tar Heel State needs to stay on alert for another possible visit from Mother Nature. Several factors are contributing to officials’ concerns, but chief among them is the impact climate change is having on temperatures and weather patterns. “So, no, we are definitely not out of the woods for this season,” said Dr. Michael Mann, a meteorologist and scientist at the University of Pennsylvania, in an email.

Does North Carolina get late-season hurricanes?
On Oct. 15, 1954, Hurricane Hazel made landfall near the North Carolina/South Carolina state line. The storm remains the only Category 4 hurricane to ever hit the Carolinas. After wiping clean some of the Brunswick County barrier islands with storm surge that exceeded 18 feet in places, the monster storm barreled inland at speeds of more than 50 mph. That allowed Hazel to bring hurricane-force winds well inland, to places like Fayetteville, Raleigh and Goldsboro. While Hazel might be a bit of an outlier, it isn’t the only storm that has impacted North Carolina late in hurricane season. Others include 2012’s Hurricane Sandy, which brought substantial overwash to the Outer Banks and nearly a foot of snow to the N.C. mountains in late October, and 2018’s Tropical Storm Michael that left more than 400,000 without power and flooded many coastal communities. Hurricane Matthew also hit the state in October 2016, flooding nearly 100,000 structures across much of Eastern North Carolina and causing billions in damages. Remnants of tropical systems that form and then fall apart farther south also can wander north and impact parts of the state, especially coastal areas as they ride the Gulf Stream north.

How is the rest of the 2024 hurricane season shaping up?
As of Wednesday, the National Hurricane Center was tracking two tropical disturbances in the Atlantic basin, with the one in the mid-South Atlantic on track to hit the northern Caribbean and then potentially Florida. If it strengthens enough, it would become Tropical Storm Nadine. They are unlikely to be the last systems of the season to attract the attention of meteorologists. Before hurricane season officially began June 1, officials were expressing concern over how bad it might be. With climate change warming the oceans and air temperatures seemingly hitting new highs every month, they said it really was only a question of just how brutal the season would be. But for most of the summer, aside from Beryl, which was a rare major June hurricane, the reality on the ground seemed to confound the predictions, with Saharan dust blowing off Africa helping limit storm formation for much of June, July and into August. Then Debby, Ernesto, Francine and Helene came barreling ashore not to mention the no-name storm that pummeled Southeastern North Carolina. Mann said conditions remain ripe for more storm activity. He said sea surface temperatures remain very warm, largely a result of heat-trapping gasses pumped into the atmosphere tied to human activity. Warmer ocean water helps fuel storms, allowing them to intensify more quickly and grow bigger and stronger. They also can hold their strength longer and travel farther inland, and hotter ocean temperatures allow them to travel farther north, striking areas that aren’t used to seeing raging hurricanes on the horizon. Mann said we’re also still transitioning toward a La Niña climate pattern. That will mean decreased wind shear in the tropical Atlantic and a more favorable environment for tropical cyclones. “That combination of factors tends to lead to very late seasons, Mann said. “2005 is the definitive example, where we saw named storms into the new year.” The record-setting 2005 hurricane season included 28 named storms and 15 hurricanes. Four of those reached Category 5 strength, and seven of the storms formed in October, another three in November. Although hurricane season is supposed to end Nov. 30, the 2005 season continued until Jan. 6 and was so busy the National Hurricane Center had to use the Greek alphabet to name some of the storms. Infamous storms from that season included Hurricanes’ Katrina, Rita and Wilma. Another storm, Hurricane Ophelia, raked much of the N.C. coast, causing significant coastal flooding and erosion.
Read more » click here



Inlet Hazard Areas

For more information » click here

 


 .
Lockwood Folly Inlet

For more information » click here.

 



Seismic Testing / Offshore Drilling

For more information » click here. 

 



Offshore Wind Farms

For more information » click here

 


11 things to know about offshore wind farms in North Carolina and the United States
There are currently three offshore wind farms proposed for the N.C. coast, including two off Brunswick County.
After a few industry hiccups, the proverbial winds seems to be blowing back in the right direction for offshore wind projects that the Biden administration and many states, including North Carolina, are relying on to help them tackle carbon emissions from their power sectors.

Among the offshore wind projects on the drawing board are three wind farms off the coast of North Carolina, including a pair roughly 20 miles south of Bald Head Island in Brunswick County.

Here are 11 facts and tidbits to know about the Brunswick projects and offshore wind farms in general.

      • In 2022, TotalEnergies Renewables USA and a Duke Energy subsidiary paid the federal government a combined $315 million to lease nearly 140 miles of ocean off Brunswick County for a pair of huge wind farms. The projects are currently in the very early stages of planning and survey work.
      • If the Brunswick wind farms are fully developed, which would occur sometime in the early 2030s, the projects could produce nearly 2.4 GW of power, enough to supply 750,000 homes.
      • In 2021, Gov. Roy Cooper signed an executive order that doubled down on the state’s commitment to offshore wind power, with goals of 2.8 GW off the N.C. coast by 2030 and 8 GW by 2040 enough to power roughly 2.3 million homes.
      • The latest version of Duke Energy’s Carolinas Resource Plans, which includes carbon-reduction proposals for both North and South Carolina, includes plans to add 2.4 GW of offshore wind to its grid by 2035. The N.C. Utilities Commission is currently reviewing Duke’s proposed plan, with a decision expected by the end of the year.
      • According to the National Renewable Energy Lab (NREL), Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia have 82% of the East Coast offshore wind resource in shallow water and 45% of the total East Coast offshore wind resource.
      • Currently the largest offshore wind farm under construction in the U.S. is being built by Dominion Energy 27 miles off the coast of Virginia. The project, which should be finished in about two years, is expected to generate 2.6 GW from 176 turbines.
      • Offshore wind turbines are getting taller and taller. According to the U.S. Department of Energy, the average height of the hub where the large, spinning blades are attached to the monopole was about 330 feet in 2016. That is expected to increase to 500 feet, the height of the Washington Monument, by 2035. Add the height of the blades at their apex, and that increases to more than 800 feet.
      • North Carolina is eager to capitalize on the economic opportunities offered by the growing offshore wind market. Efforts include the formation of the N.C. Taskforce for Offshore Wind Economic Resource Strategies (NC TOWERS).
      • A 12-turbine wind farm off the Hamptons on New York’s Long Island became the first U.S. offshore wind project to provide power onshore when it was connected to the grid in December 2023.
      • Despite significant federal incentives and strong political support, offshore wind has had a rough few years. Issues that have arisen include post-pandemic inflation spikes, rising interest rates, supply chain bottlenecks, and worries from coastal residents that huge turbines would ruin their “viewscapes.” Some Republicans and environmentalists also have raised concerns about the wind farms’ impacts on marine life, particularly whales.
      • Compared to other countries around the world, the U.S. is a laggard in harnessing the energy potential of offshore winds. The top five countries, in descending order, generating electricity from offshore wind farms are China, the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, and Denmark.

Read more » click here


Update provided on offshore wind off Brunswick County coast
During the Oct. 23 Brunswick County Shoreline Protection Consortium meeting, representatives from one of the offshore wind lease holders for the Carolina Long Bay Wind Energy Area, located off the Brunswick County coast, provided an update on the project, while local officials and stakeholders pushed back on the plans. TotalEnergies, a French multinational energy and petroleum company, and Cinergy Corporation, a direct non-regulated Duke Energy subsidiary, won the May 2022 auction for lease of the 86 square nautical mile Carolina Long Bay Wind Energy Area (WEA), with TotalEnergies leasing 54,937 acres and Cinergy Corporation leasing 55,154 acres. If developed, the WEA could generate at least 1.3 gigawatts of offshore wind energy, enough to power nearly 500,000 homes. The Carolina Long Bay area encompasses much of the Brunswick County coast and extends into South Carolina past Myrtle Beach. The wind turbines will be located at least 22 miles from Bald Head Island’s shores and eight miles west of Frying Pan Tower, representatives confirmed during last month’s meeting. The turbines would be less visible as one moves further south down the county’s coast. The Brunswick County Board of Commissioners in 2021 adopted a resolution opposing offshore wind turbines sited fewer than 24 nautical miles from the shoreline. Several Brunswick County municipalities have adopted similar resolutions.
During the Oct. 23 meeting, Representative Frank Iler asked if the turbines would be visible from shore. In response, Susan Munroe, TotalEnergies community engagement manager, said the turbines would be “minimally visible.” “The closer we get to development, we’re going to do some visualizations,” she said. “It’s going to be minimally visible depending on the time of day, depending on where you are.” Albie Solana, TotalEnergies’ fisheries liaison, noted the moisture in the air during the summertime in Brunswick County will further reduce visibility. Regarding a timeline for development and construction of offshore wind turbines there is still a “long, long, long way to go,” according to Munroe. Munroe explained that the North Carolina Utilities Commission (NCUC) will release its next order of the state’s carbon plan, originally adopted in 2022. The plan is a result of the ratification of House Bill 951 in 2021, which requires the NC Utilities Commission (NCUC) to take “all reasonable steps” to achieve 70% carbon emissions reductions from 2005 levels by 2030 and achieve carbon neutrality by 2050. “The [NC] Utilities Commission will release their next order of the carbon plan December of 2024,” she said, “and for us, for the project what that means is that they will provide some sort of direction.” Although TotalEnegeries or Duke Energy are not currently privy to what the updated order will call for, Munroe said the next major action on the Carolina Long Bay project would be installation of data collection buoys in the lease area. The Carolina Long Bay WEA was surveyed in 2023 to find “suitable” locations for the deployment of three data-collection buoys, The Brunswick Beacon reported. If approval for the buoys is granted, two will be used to collect meteorological data and one will be used to collect environmental data, namely for wildlife monitoring. Data will be collected over a one- to two-year period. Following the TotalEnergies presentation, local leaders pushed back on the plans for offshore wind development off the county’s coast, asking about the benefits the project will bring to Brunswick County, the municipalities and citizens versus the impacts. Brunswick County Commissioner Marty Cooke said the Carolina Lay Bay project is “being forced down our throats” by the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), North Carolina Governor Roy Cooper and the former Obama Administration, noting the county is not in favor of offshore wind development off its shores. “We don’t want these things anywhere near us, and if you’re going to have a 300-foot tall tower out there that’s 22 miles out or whatever, we’re going to see them,” Cooke said. Oak Island Mayor Elizabeth White pressed TotalEnergies representatives on how towns and citizens within the turbines’ viewshed will benefit from the project. “The benefits, I’m not hearing them being articulated — it’s all very vague at this point. … It’s hard to support something when we don’t know what it is we’re supporting other than visually offshore, but I can’t go back to my community and as the mayor say, ‘This is how our community will benefit from this project.’ We’ll pay the price for years,” White said. North Carolina For-Hire Captain Association Officer Cane Faircloth echoed Cooke’s sentiment, noting the organization, based on its independent research, feels the offshore wind industry is not being truthful and transparent about the effects of offshore wind projects. Munroe, in response to these comments, said they hear the various concerns “loud and clear” and will work to address them as the project moves forward. “We are so early in the process and I’m grateful for that,” she said. “We have a lot to learn. We have a lot of time to listen to concerns and learn.”
Read more » click here


Things I Think I Think –


A Man Dining and Talking to Waiter with a Portrait on WallEating out is one of the great little joys of life.

Restaurant Review:
The Dinner Club visits a new restaurant once a month. Ratings reflect the reviewer’s reaction to food, ambience and service, with price taken into consideration.
///// October 2024
Name:              SmacNally’s
Cuisine:           Seafood
Location:        1045B-Var Road, Supply NC
Contact:          910.842.9999 / https://www.facebook.com/people/Smacnallys-in-Holden-Beach/61559411716890/

Food:                Average / Very Good / Excellent / Exceptional
Service:           Efficient / Proficient / Professional / Expert
Ambience:      Drab / Plain / Distinct / Elegant
Cost: $17         Inexpensive <=20 / Moderate <=26 / Expensive <=35 / Exorbitant <=60
Rating:            Two Stars
The owners of SmacNally’s Waterfront Bar & Grill in Ocracoke have expanded and taken over the space at what was once known as Betty’s Waterfront Restaurant before reopening in 2020 as LouLou’s Waterfront Restaurant. They plan on implementing the same  dock-to-kitchen model as much as possible, while also working with local markets for the freshest seafood possible. Relaxed indoor and outdoor waterfront dining on the Intracoastal Waterway with really nice views. Dinner only for the time being, and they have live music on some nights. Apparently they are experiencing some operational startup challenges. Their kitchen crew struggled with orders on a weeknight in October. I would not be in any hurry to try it until they can overcome those challenges.


Dining Guide – Local * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)

Dining Guide – North * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)

Dining Guide – South * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)

Restaurant Reviews – North * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)

Restaurant Reviews – South * Lou’s Views (lousviews.com)


Book Review:
Read several books from The New York Times best sellers fiction list monthly
Selection represents this month’s pick of the litter


WE SOLVE MURDERS by Richard Osman
Osman author of the best-selling Thursday Murder Club  mysteries launches a new series and  introduces us to another lovable group of unwitting investigators. Amy is a private security officer, her father-in-law Steve is a retired police office, they have a special relationship. When a dead body and a bag of money turn up on a remote island, Amy  reaches out to her retired father-in-law to help investigate and then embark on a globetrotting quest. The odd duo join forces to  turn mystery-solving into a new family business.


That’s it for this newsletter

See you next month


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.                                         • Gather and disseminate information
.                                    • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.                                    • Act as a watchdog
.                                    • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

10 – Town Meeting

Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments


BOC’s Special Meeting 10/03/24

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet II » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


1. Discussion and Possible Action on Proposed Changes to the Pier Request for Qualifications – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Paarfus

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Direct Town staff to develop an RFP to accomplish tasks 1 and 2 of the recently adopted Pier Property Development Plan. The RFP should also accomplish task 4 as it applies to the pier only. Once developed, it should be presented to the Board for approval prior to issuance.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The RFP should provide preliminary design information and budgetary (class 3) cost estimates for the four (4) phases to repair the pier and the two (2) phases to replace the pier as outlined in the plan. Life cycle Operating and Maintenance costs for both pier repair and pier replacement are to be developed as well.

Pier Property Development Plan » click here

Previously reported – May 2024

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Direct Town Staff to develop an RFP to accomplish tasks 1 and 2 of the recently adopted Pier Property Development Plan. The RFP should also accomplish task 4 as it applies to the pier only. Once developed, it should be presented to the Board for approval prior to issuance.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The RFP should provide preliminary design information and budgetary (class 3) cost estimates for the four (4) phases to repair the pier and the two (2) phases to replace the pier as outlined in the plan. Life cycle Operating and Maintenance costs for both pier repair and pier replacement are to be developed as well.

Task 1 –
Initiate preliminary design work for repair of the current pier from the deck (in phases similar to that outlined above), to include cost estimates for each phase and a draft Maintenance and Repair Plan with yearly cost estimates.

Task 2 –
Initiate preliminary design and cost estimates for a new wooden pier (in phases as outlined above), to include cost estimates for each phase and a draft Maintenance and Repair Plan with yearly cost estimates.        

Task 3 –
Initiate preliminary land site wide conceptual design(s) that comply with PARTF requirements to include initial cost estimates for construction, operation, and maintenance.

Task 4 –
Conduct a financial/business case analysis should be performed to determine potential revenue that can offset the development costs. This should include some type of market analysis of any potential commercial/retail facilities that may be on the site.

The Board expressed their desire to move this project forward. The motion was made to have Town staff develop a Request for Proposals to accomplish tasks in the recently adopted Pier Property Development Plan. They requested that the RFP be presented to the Board for approval prior to it being distributed.

A request for proposal (RFP) is a solicitation, often made through a bidding process, by an agency or company interested in procurement of a commodity, service, or valuable asset, to potential suppliers to submit business proposals

Previously reported – August 2024
The original tasker was just for the pier not the entire pier property, The Board had asked for a Request for Proposal (RFP) but David informed them they will need to do a Request for Qualifications (RFQ) instead.

The RFP of professional services  is prohibited by the Mini-Brooks Act (G.S. 143-64.31). Staff is working through a Statement of Work (SOW) which is the development of the projects requirements. Professionals responding to the RFP will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. A question was raised regarding a public/private partnership option, they were informed that they will need to decide to repair or replace the pier before they can move forward with exploring that option.

Update –
Commissioner Paarfus objected to some of the verbiage and had a number of recommendations that he wants to discuss with the other Commissioners. He directed the  Town Clerk to poll the Board for their availability and to hold a Special Meeting before October 7th to discuss an Engineering, Design and Financial Services Request for Qualifications. They would like to have consensus on the RFQ so that it could be voted on at the next BOC’s Regular meeting in October.

Previously reported – September 2024

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Board Review, Approve and Direct Issuance of Engineering, Design and Financial Services Request for Qualifications

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Attached Request for Qualifications (RFQ) has been drafted in accordance with formal Board tasker of 21 May 2024 and subsequently modified by consensus at the August 2024 regular Board meeting to develop for Board review prior to issuance of a RFQ necessary to select firm(s) to provide preliminary design and budgetary information in accordance with the Pier Development Plan approved by the Board of Commissioners 30 April 2024.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Board receive/review and issue RFQ necessary to select firm(s) to provide preliminary design and budgetary information subject to follow on negotiated services agreement per the Mini-Brooks Act.


The Town of Holden Beach (“Town”) is seeking qualified providers of Engineering, Design and Financial services to develop Level 3 estimates that will enable the Town to make repair or rebuild decisions regarding its Pier Complex located at 441 Ocean Boulevard West, Holden Beach NC.

Commissioner Paarfus objected to some of the verbiage and had a number of recommendations that he wants to discuss with the other Commissioners. He directed the  Town Clerk to poll the Board for their availability and to hold a special meeting before October 7th to discuss an Engineering, Design and Financial Services Request for Qualifications. They would like to have a consensus on the RFQ so that it could be voted on at the next BOC’s Regular meeting in October.

Update –
The reason for this meeting was for the BOC’s to look at the pier RFQ, agree to the proposed changes and then move the pier project forward. The motion made was to incorporate the changes as discussed and get this RFQ issued.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

THB Newsletter (10/13/24)
Town of Holden Beach Request for Qualifications
Pier Complex, 441 Ocean Boulevard West

The Town of Holden Beach is seeking qualified providers of Engineering, Design and Financial services to develop Class 3 estimates that will enable the Town to make repair or rebuild decisions regarding its Pier Complex located at 441 Ocean Boulevard West, Holden Beach NC. To qualify, interested firms should have multi-faceted experience working with marine/waterfront public facility projects. Firms interested in submitting a Statement of Qualifications may review the Request for Qualifications package found on our website at https://hbtownhall.com/.

All interested firms that have questions must direct them to the Town Clerk Heather Finnell via email no later than 11 November 2024. Any addendums will be released with answers to submitted questions with posting on the Town’s website at https://www.hbtownhall.com.

Interested firms must electronically submit their qualifications package as a PDF document by no later than 25 November, 2024 at 5:00 p.m. to Heather Finnell, Town Clerk; [email protected]. Paper copies are not required. If a hard copy is submitted, eight (8) copies shall be delivered to the Holden Beach Town Hall located at 110 Rothschild Street, Holden Beach NC 28462 prior to the submission deadline. Whether digital or hard copy, the subject line should contain the firm’s name and “Statement of Qualifications for Development of Preliminary Designs and Cost Estimates for 441 Ocean Boulevard West”


What to know as plans to restore this BC fishing pier inch forward
Evening walks on the pier and afternoon fishing trips are classic parts of any beach trip. This year, however, marks the second summer in a row that Holden Beach visitors and residents have missed out on those memories. The Holden Beach Fishing Pier has been closed to the public since 2022, after the town purchased the pier and pier house property for around $3.3 million – without plans in place for its future. The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners got to work assessing the pier’s existing structural issues and forming a conceptual plan to renovate the property. After approving a final site plan for the property in February 2023, new board members were elected in November 2023. In December, the board was set to act on bids received for the renovation project. Instead, the board paused the project to allow the new board members to get caught up on its status and scope.

Here’s where things stand now.

Project slowly moving forward again
Earlier this year, a public input session was held to allow the public to review plans for the pier and offer their thoughts. Following that meeting, the town’s board of commissioners is inching forward with the project once again. In April, the board approved a pier property development plan to serve as a “baseline approach” and “starting point” for the development. That plan notes the repairs to the existing structure will likely need to occur in phases as funding is available. The plan suggests those phases would be to stabilize the existing structure, complete safety repairs, complete remaining repairs and extend the pier, in that order. The adopted plan also notes that, due to cost, the pier would likely be replaced with a new wood pier, rather than a concrete pier. “Although a concrete pier is preferred, it may not be financially supportable for a small tax base like Holden Beach,” the document states. Additionally, the plan notes that funding for a pier replacement would likely require financing through a loan or bond.

What’s next?
In May, the board voted to direct staff to develop a request for proposals (RFP) to move forward with accomplishing the first few tasks outlined in the pier property development plan: Preliminary design and receiving cost estimates for the repair or replacement of the pier.
Read more » click here 


With a ‘baseline’ approach, a Brunswick town takes next step to reopen its pier
Long walks on the Holden Beach Fishing Pier and making new memories could be on the horizon for residents and visitors after two years of waiting and questioning the pier’s future. Holden Beach officials are inching toward a plan for the pier, whether it’s replacing or refurbishing the nearly 70-year-old structure. The town of Holden Beach will be seeking qualifications from firms to develop preliminary designs and cost estimates to both repair and replace the town’s beloved fishing pier at 441 Ocean Blvd. West. “The pier is 65 years old and is in need of significant repair or replacement,” the request for qualifications (RFQ) states. Commissioners and residents have questioned the pier’s future since 2022, after the town purchased the pier and pier house property for around $3.3 million. The pier and pier house have since been closed to the public. The board this year has mulled over what to do – repair or rebuild.

Here’s a recap and update on what’s been happening.

Residents miss the pier being open
After the closure of the structure, the town has tried to move forward with structure designs but have often fallen short. Earlier this year the town gathered public input on a conceptual plan and commissioners have continued to hear residents pleas to work together and develop an action plan to open the pier as soon as possible.

Town moves onward
On Oct. 3, commissioners took a step closer to finding out what is best by approving RFQ be issued for engineering, design and financial services. The RFQ provides expectations of the project and allows firms to submit information about their team, experience and ability to do the project. Town Manager David Hewett said publishing an RFQ does not put the town in a contractual obligation. “We’re just fishing, we’re not committing,” Commissioner Rick Paarfus said.

Future plans and expectations
Commissioners in late April accepted Paarfus’ “baseline” approach pier project plan. It has been said several times that the plan is a starting point to set the town on track with a vision for the pier property. The chosen firm, if one is selected, is to accomplish the first few tasks outlined in the pier project development plan. This includes two preliminary designs: repairing the pier and building a new, wooden pier. Repairing the pier, per the plan, will require stabilizing the existing structure and completing safety repairs. Both designs are to be phased and encompass plans to extend the pier from 750 feet to 1,000 feet in length and draft a maintenance and repair plan with annual lifecycle cost estimates. More information on the plan and the pier can be found on the town of Holden Beach’s website.
Read more » click here


BOC’s Regular Meeting 10/15/24

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here


1.   Conflict of Interest Check

2024 Rules of Procedure for the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners
(e) Conflict Check. Immediately after the approval of the agenda, the Presiding Officer shall poll each member to disclose any potential conflicts of interest. In the event that a potential conflict is disclosed, the members will vote on a motion to allow or excuse that member with respect to the agenda item. If excused, the member may not participate in any discussion, debate, or vote with respect to the agenda item.

The Board was polled by Heather our Town Clerk. All of them declared that there was no conflict of interest with any agenda item at this meeting. 


2.   Recognition from the National Weather Service that the Town is Storm Ready/Tsunami Ready – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – page 9

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Recognition that the Town is now Storm Ready/Tsunami Ready

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Recognition from National Weather Service that the Town is now Storm Ready/Tsunami Ready

StormReady is an NWS program that started in 1999 to help communities with the communication and safety skills needed to save lives and property during severe weather. 

The NWS Wilmington, NC Forecast Office works with local government/military officials and other community groups across southeast NC and northeast SC to help them better prepare for severe weather through education and awareness. If you’re interested in applying for the program, click here. However, even if you don’t qualify for the program you can still become a StormReady Supporter.

 Tsunami Ready is a similar program that helps coastal communities minimize the risk specifically posed by tsunamis. If you’re interested in applying for this program, click here. You can also consider becoming a TsunamiReady Supporter.

Update –
Representative Steve Pfaff from the National Weather Service recognized the Town for being Storm Ready/Tsunami Ready. Steve stated that the three pieces of the program are partnership, planning, and preparedness. Recognition was given to all members of the Planning and Inspections Department. He presented a certificate to the Town, followed by a photo-op. Timbo made sure that we recognized staff member Janna Pigott for her efforts in getting us ready, he stated that now we are prepared. In addition, this helps us meet the goals of the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP) Community Rating System (CRS). As a result, flood insurance premium rates are discounted to reflect the reduced flood risk resulting from the community actions.


3.   Discussion and Possible Action on the Results of the Town of Holden Beach 2024 Pavement Condition Survey – Shane Lippard, Right Angle Engineering (Public Works Director Clemmons)

Agenda Packet – page 10, plus separate packet

Pavement Condition Survey » click here

ISSUE/ ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on the Results of the Town of Holden Beach 2024 Pavement Condition Survey Update

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
This is an update to the Pavement Condition Plan that was established in 2008. Since the plan was implemented, approximately $1.5 million in improvements have been completed. It updates the priority and pricing

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Review and approve.


Analysis of the Results of the 2024 Pavement Condition Survey

 Executive Summary
This report presents the results from a Pavement Condition Survey and analyzes the maintenance needs for the Town of Holden Beach’s street system. Right Angle Engineering, Inc. conducted a visual survey of the public (non-State maintained) streets that are maintained by the Town of Holden Beach. The results from this survey were used to determine maintenance needs and estimate their costs.Recommended maintenance activities for the street system are presented in  Appendix  B. A priority listing, provided in Appendix C, is based on Pavement Condition Ratings (PCR’s). The priority listing does not account for high volume or low volume streets. Streets are categorized by the Town as either low (Class A) or high (Class B) volume streets. Certain Class A or Class B streets may have higher or lower importance for the Town based upon the number  of dwelling  units served, commercial traffic using the street, or projected land development and traffic growth. Based on field observations, it is assumed that the streets surveyed would be considered Class A streets. We do not anticipate that there are any Class B streets maintained by the Town of Holden Beach at this time.

A. Street Inventory
The Town-maintained street system consists of approximately 12.8 miles of total paved asphalt roadway. As previously mentioned, all of the subject streets are Class A (low volume) roads. Approximately 1.6% of the streets have sidewalk along one side only, while none of the streets have sidewalks on both sides. We did not observe any streets with curb and gutters. AU of the Town-maintained paved streets have an asphalt surface.

B. Pavement Condition
The two primary distress types that require maintenance are alligator cracking and patching. Over 66% of the street system exhibits some degree of alligator cracking while approximately 6% of the system requires some asphalt patching. Some areas of light  block/transverse cracking, reflective cracking, rutting, raveling, and bleeding were noted. In addition, the ride quality of some areas was observed to be slightly rough.

C. Maintenance Needs
Of the 12.8 miles of streets inspected, approximately 25% are in need of maintenance. The survey indicated a total estimated maintenance need for plant mix resurfacing of $1,021,874. This represents an average of $72,350 per mile for the entire town street system. It should be noted that this cost estimate is for pavement repair only. Additional costs can be incurred for drainage improvements, administration, utility adjustments, work zone traffic control, and other items. Please note that these costs are variable and can increase the total project cost significantly.


Summary of 2024 Pavement Condition Survey Results for the THB

A. Use of Survey Results
The Pavement Condition Survey is an objective evaluation of the amount and severity of eight types of pavement distress. The results  of the survey  should never be used arbitrarily. There is no substitute for in-the-field engineering judgment and experience in determining the types of maintenance activities needed. The street listings should be used as a guide for planning and scheduling maintenance activities. It is important to understand how the results  were  calculated before using this information.

B. Priorities
Although all recommended maintenance activities are needed right away, often there are more maintenance needs than funds available. Therefore, the types of maintenance should be prioritized. High Priority maintenance should include skin patching, short overlays, full-depth patching, crack pouring, and resurfacing of alligator cracking and rutting. Medium Priority maintenance includes resurfacing of severe block/transverse cracking, severe raveling, and severe bleeding. Low Priority maintenance should consist of resurfacing for moderate block/transverse cracking, moderate raveling, rough ride quality, and severe patching. Table 8 shown below lists these levels of priority with the anticipated cost for each level and the  cost per mile for work in that priority range.


Previously reported –  November 2015
Shane Lippard, Right Angle Engineering presented Streets Condition Survey report
We have a total of 12.8 paved asphalt roadways
Subject streets are Class A (low volume) roads
40% of the roads need maintenance
Total estimated costs are a whopping $1,200,000
The average cost of $93,750 per mile for the entire street system
The cost estimate is for pavement repair only, with the costs being variable
Draft report is a planning document
Surface evaluation was done rating each street and prioritizing the work that needs to be done
Recommended we address it with a ten-year game plan, budgeting accordingly, tackling it on a yearly basis
Understandably we can expect our streets to continue to degrade while costs will continue to go up

In 2015 the Board implemented a tax increase of $.010 specifically for street paving and maintenance. The penny worth of tax revenue earmarked for paving is money that is already in the budget.

Update –

Item was removed from the agenda

Leonardo Di Caprio Holding a Glass, See You Next Month Text


4.  Presentation on Water and Sewer System Asset Management Plan – Green Engineering (Public Works Director Clemmons)

Agenda Packet – page 11 – 33, plus separate packets

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Presentation on Water and Sewer System Asset Management Plan

 BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Green Engineering has completed the Water and Sewer System Asset Management Plan and is here to present the results

Asset Management Plan » click here

Asset Inventory Maps » click here

Previously reported – May 2024

ISSUE/ ACTION REQUESTED:
Presentation on Water and Sewer System Asset Management Plan

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Green Engineering has completed the Water and Sewer System Asset Management Plan and is here to present the results.

Executive Summary
This Asset Management Plan is developed for the Holden Beach Water System and provides the overall inventory of the assets in the system, the condition of infrastructure of the system, a look at future development through the Capital Improvements Plan (CIP), and a detailed description of the Operations and Maintenance of the existing infrastructure. The goal is to have a well-maintained and reliable water system for all customers now and in the future.

The plan has the following breakouts and direction:

    • Increase the knowledge and overall understanding of the system by the Town and its users, including field staff who maintain the system daily.
    • Provide overall asset listing for major items within the water system.
    • Communicate and show how the assets were rated and the conditions of the assets.
    • Proactively plan for replacement and upgrades to equipment before the end of infrastructure life cycles.
    • Provide a management roadmap and direction for the Town’s employees and Council to plan for needed financial investment and rates for the service.

Update –
Representative Barry Parks from Green Engineering reviewed the process, reasons for the plan, assets, condition of the system, and recommendation for future development. The presentation is included in the meeting agenda packet. He encouraged the Town to develop a staff succession plan. From my perspective, the takeaway here is that the Water and Sewer System are in very good shape at this time.


5.   Police Report – Chief Jeremy Dixon

Agenda Packet – pages 34 – 39

Police Report » click here 


Police Patch

Jeremy reviewed the actions that were taken by them last month
We are in the shoulder season
They experienced a normal seasonal decline of activity
.

He reviewed the status of the current hiring process to fill the three (3) vacant positions in the department

The Chief reminded everyone that runners and walkers should be on the sidewalk not in the bike lane

Public Service Announcement 
Hunting season runs from October till the end of January
Jeremy stated that hunting is prohibited within Town limits
Please notify the Police Department if you hear shots being fired

§130.01 DISCHARGE OF FIREARMS PROHIBITED; EXCEPTIONS.

   It shall be unlawful for a person to shoot or project any stone, rock, shot, or other hard substance by means of a slingshot, bean shooter, air rifle, popgun, bow, or other similar contrivance, or to fire any pistol, gun, or other firearms within the town except on archery ranges, firing ranges, or in legally-established shooting galleries or ranges, or in the discharge of duty by law enforcement officers, provided that the use of firearms in the destruction of rodents, pigeons, squirrels, or similar animals or birds or reptiles that are considered to be a menace to public health or property may be permitted by special permission of the Chief of Police.

§130.02 HUNTING PROHIBITED.

   It shall be unlawful for any person or group of persons to do any hunting of wildlife with dogs or without dogs within the town limits.


Personnel announcement:

Not only did they not fill the open detective position, but an officer has also resigned

The department now has three (3) vacancies 

The police department currently has only eight (8) officers of the eleven (11) they are budgeted to have. 

Having the full complement of eleven (11) police officers seems to be an elusive goal.


What he did not say –

Festival by the Sea is scheduled for October 26th– 27th, expect traffic and plan accordingly

Seasonal change – Pets allowed back on the beach strand effective September 10th

      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

If you know something, hear something, or see something –
call 911 and let the police deal with it.


6.   Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – pages 40 – 45

Inspections Report » click here


ACTIVE NEW HOME PERMITS                                                               = 28
OTHER ACTIVE PERMITS                                                                         = 412
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $30,000                                                             = 40
*
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $100,000                                                           = 5
*
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS                            = 0
* AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED WAITING PICK UP                                                     = 23
TOTAL PERMITS                                                                                         = 463


PERMITS IN REVIEW                                                                                = 5
CAMA ISSUED                                                                                             = 1
ZONING ISSUED                                                                                         = 10


PERMITS SERVICED FOR INSPECTIONS FROM 09/07 – 10/07            = 101
TOTAL INSPECTIONS MADE                                                                 = 203

Update –
Timbo briefly reviewed department activity last month, and the department has not been as busy. Right now, they have a steady stream of work, new construction usually cranks up sometime later in the month. He also reviewed the status of projects in the ADA Key Bridge Mediation Agreement and the additional tasks that we initiated above what was required. He anticipates that everything will be completed before the March  deadline.


Construction Too Box Vector ImageContractors Information Seminar
The Planning & Inspections Department, supported by the town staff, will be hosting the thirteenth  annual Contractors Information Seminar.


7.   Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 46 – 49

Finance Report » click here 

Finance Report Charts » click here


Revenues to Watch

AD VALOREM TAX
FY 24 / 5,913.67
FY 25 / 8,358.03

PARKING REVENUE
FY 24 / 332,458.63
FY 25 / 352,077.93

OCCUPANCY TAX
FY 24 / 2,723,316.81
FY25  / 2,858,478.78

Revenues are looking good through September very comparable to last year.
Ad valorem consist of prior year taxes at this time.
Parking and occupancy tax revenues show a slight increase over last year.


Revenues vs. Expenditures by Fund

Three graphs were presented, with fiscal year comparisons of the following funds:
    1) General Fund
    2)
Water/Sewer Fund
    3)
BPART Fund

BPART Fund – Beach Preservation / Access & Recreation / Tourism
BPART is a Special Revenue Fund authorized by act of the General Assembly which allows the Town to collect six cents of an Accommodations Tax for the purposes of funding beach preservation and tourism related expenses.

Update –
Daniel briefly reviewed the status of each of the three (3) funds. Working with the Audit Committee he modified the reports to make them more informative.


8.  Town Manager Report – Town Manager Hewett

Agenda Packet – pages 50 – 51

Town Manager Report » click here


Greensboro Street / Sewer Lift Station #2
We have approvals from both the EPA and NCDWQ
Awaiting TerraHawk contract review
David anticipates having it by the end of the week
The next step is for the Town Attorney to review the documents
The Town can then execute the contract  with the subsequent Notice to Proceed


796 OBW
Tentative closing date of October 17th. They will temporarily book proceeds from that sale to Water & Sewer miscellaneous revenue account. Follow-up in November, he will bring a budget amendment for the Board  to authorize debt prepayment with a budget amendment


NC General Assembly
Assembly convenes mid-January for the long session
The board may wish to have any asks ready sooner rather than later


Coastal Resources Commission
Meeting will be held on OIB in mid-November
They are tracking the Inlet Hazard Area revisions closely
Probably won’t be addressed until sometime next year

Previously reported – September 2022
Discussion of the changes Coastal Resources Commission approved last month to both the rules and Inlet Hazard Area boundaries. Commissioner Kwiatkowski was asking the staff  what will be the impact on us here at Holden Beach. Timbo informed us that the boundary and vegetation line overall impact will be minimal to us.


Population
Certified population estimate for Holden Beach is now 1,054 people
This is important because it is the basis for State Distributed Revenues

In 2022, Holden Beach, NC had a population of 997 people
with a median age of 63.7 and a median household income of $106,375


Ocean Boulevard Bike Lanes
NCDOT cost overrun
Estimate $1,722,364: actual $1,797,424
The delta is $75,060
with the Town’s share being 42%, which would be $31,525
David is coordinating with DOT to review the project and identify potential alternative funding to satisfy overrun

Maintenance –
DOT advises that state’s standard of care is not what Town will require
Staff reviewing options for service provision: in-house versus contract for sweeping
We will need an agreement with the DOT  for the Town to conduct street sweeping


Icon of a Bike on Green Background, bikeBike Lane Maintenance

Good news: We have a bike lane now

Bad news: We are not even doing routine maintenance of the bike lane

A significant number of locations of the bike lane have sand, gravel, rocks, and broken glass from recycling trucks. Therefore, it is unsafe especially for young and/or inexperienced bicycle riders. Not a good situation, if someone goes down they could easily slide into the traffic lane, which would have some serious negative consequences. NCDOT only provides maintenance service a few times a year. Standard protocol is for the town to take care of the bike lane with their staff. If Public Works is unable to get it done perhaps we should consider a contract with a vendor to handle routine maintenance until they are able to do it. Any lawn maintenance service with a blower should be able to take care of it in the interim. This is a safety issue that needs to be addressed, sooner rather than later.


Key Bridge Mediation Agreement

Quinton Street/ 114 OBE – Public Beach Access & Restroom Facility
All ADA requirements have been met
Certificate of Occupancy has been issued
The facility is fully operational now


Ave E – Public/Emergency Beach Access and Restroom Facility
Notice to Proceed issued to Babson contract for $168,365
Due date of February 1st

Previously reported – September 2024
This is the area at the far east end of the island. They have obtained the necessary permits for ADA compliant parking, public and emergency accesses, and  restroom facilities. Request for Proposal has been drafted. Anticipate construction would begin in the fall and must be completed by the March 2025 deadline.


801 OBW – Public Beach Access
Notice to Proceed issued to Jesse & Meyers contract for $48,900
Due date of November 15th

Previously reported – September 2024
They have made some design refinements for the Emergency and Public Access there to accommodate the adjacent properties. A CAMA permit has been applied for. We still need to build a walkway there.


ADA Self-Evaluation
ADA Self-Assessment Request For Proposals due October 15th
We received only one response and that was to the tune of $100,000

Previously reported – September 2024
The Town of Holden Beach is requesting proposals from qualified individuals and firms for consulting services related to an ADA Self-Evaluation and Transition Plan. The Town is specifically looking for firms that specialize in providing ADA consulting as a core business function.


What he did not say –


Stormwater Project Partnership Agreement (PPA)

Previously reported – March 2024
Town staff met with USACE Program Manager in February to develop a draft PPA. Awaiting draft PPA for about a half dozen projects for  an estimated cost of two (2) million dollars. The intent is to position the Town to receive federal stormwater funding for these projects.


In Case You Missed It –

THB Newsletter (10/08/24)
Aerial Spraying for Mosquitos
Brunswick County has notified the Town that aerial spraying for mosquitoes in the County will begin Friday, October 11, 2024, weather permitting. The countywide aerial spraying is part of Brunswick County’s emergency response to the increased mosquito populations caused by heavy rainfall and flooding from Tropical Storm Debby and Potential Tropical Cyclone #8.

VDCI crews are scheduled to begin using airplanes to spray insecticides over the county during the week of October 11th through October 18th, weather permitting. Spraying will start at dusk. Click here to view the aerial spraying schedule and map of planned routes. Exact routes are subject to change depending on weather conditions. If weather conditions delay spraying, it will begin Monday, October 14th or any subsequent day as weather conditions allow.

When applied by a licensed vector control professional who follows label instructions, aerial spraying poses minimal risk to people, pets, animals, and the environment. Aerial spraying uses very low volumes of either adulticide or larvicide, so you are not likely to breathe or touch anything that has enough insecticide on it to harm you. Individuals located in the areas being sprayed are encouraged to avoid being outside during evening hours if possible as there is a possibility that spraying adulticides can cause eye irritation if a person is outside when spraying takes place. 

Click here to read the full press release from Brunswick County and for information for Beekeepers.

For additional questions, contact Brunswick County Mosquito Control at 910.253.2515 or email [email protected].


THB Newsletter (10/11/24)

Aerial Spraying for Mosquitos
Brunswick County has asked the Town to share the following information.

A Message to Residents about the Public Health Need for Post-Disaster Aerial Mosquito Spraying

Brunswick County understands that there have been some concerns about the post-disaster aerial mosquito spray scheduled for the week of Oct. 11 through Oct. 18, 2024. This service is vital to protect the health and safety of our residents from the threat of mosquitoes in the area. According to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), mosquito-borne diseases are among the world’s leading causes of illness and death today. Mosquitoes pose significant health risks to humans and animals, as many mosquitoes can carry harmful diseases like West Nile virusEastern equine encephalitis virus (EEE), Dirofilaria immitis (dog heartworm disease), La Crosse virus, and dengue virus (break-bone fever). Columbus County recently reported an increase in West Nile virus cases in their area.

Here are a few key points and reminders you should be aware of:

    • Dibrom (Naled) is an insecticide that is an EPA-approved substance and has been registered since 1959 for use in the United States.
    • Brunswick County has previously contracted with Vector Disease Control International (VDCI) to perform this mosquito control service after Hurricane Florence in 2018.
    • Brunswick County is working with beekeepers in the area to protect their hives and are staying in contact with the schools and municipalities (incorporated towns, cities, and villages).
    • During the day on Friday, Oct. 11, VDCI crewmembers will fly their planes around 500ft above the county to identify any potential obstacles or areas to avoid. No insecticides will be sprayed during daytime hours.

Frequently Asked Questions
Brunswick County has compiled a list of frequently asked questions and answers about the post-disaster aerial spraying.

Why is aerial spraying necessary?
Aerial spraying of insecticides is used to control and reduce the overall number of mosquitoes and most importantly to reduce the population of mosquitoes that can spread harmful diseases. It is much more effective and faster than truck-mounted or handheld sprayers in treating large areas of land. This can help post-disaster recovery operations and reduce your chances of getting sick. To combat the threat these mosquitoes can cause to recovery efforts and public health, Brunswick County has activated its aerial mosquito control contract with Vector Disease Control International (VDCI).

When will the spraying take place in my area?
The map of Brunswick County Aerial Mosquito Spray Zones (PDF) includes a spray schedule for different populated areas within the county. Each of the three zones will be sprayed during their corresponding dates. Those who plan to take extra precautions should do so each night in their zone’s date range. If any changes to the schedule are necessary, we will share them on our website at brunswickcountync.gov/CivicAlerts.aspx?AID=299.

How will the spraying affect pollinators and other insects like bees, dragonflies, and butterflies?
To better protect the public and insects like bees, sprays are scheduled for dusk when honeybees, dragonflies, and butterflies are less active, and is completed by dawn. The timing of this service also ensures that the product selected is less persistent in the atmosphere for safer foraging the following day.

Although the timing of the service decreases the chance of significant exposure to insecticides, beekeepers should take precautions to protect their hives. 

Please take the following actions to reduce potential exposure and protect your bees:

    • Move your bees out of the county until the sprays end.
    • Cover your hives with a loose wet material such as a sheet on the evenings when aerial spraying will be conducted. 
    • Provide clean sources of food (supplemental sugar water and protein diets) and clean drinking water to honeybee colonies.
    • Tell other beekeepers so they can avoid colony loss during this necessary aerial application.

Any beekeepers who have questions or are not registered should call N.C. Cooperative Extension – Brunswick County Center at 910-253-2610 or visit brunswick.ces.ncsu.edu for information.

Will the spraying affect my vegetable garden?
Dibrom (Naled), the insecticide used in the aerial spraying, is used primarily for controlling adult mosquitoes but is also used on food and feed crops and in greenhouses. Naled is approved for use on many crops and EPA has established safe residue levels for all crops. Aerial ultra-low volume (ULV) sprays dispense very fine aerosol droplets containing small quantities of active ingredient that stay aloft and kill mosquitoes on contact. The amount that reaches the ground is tiny and it dissipates quickly. Aerial ULV spray applications are designed to kill adult mosquitoes across large areas of land with the least impacts to humans, animals, and non-target insects as possible. Brunswick County and VDCI used this product to control and reduce mosquito populations after Hurricane Florence in 2018.

Will cooler weather impact the mosquito population?
Although Brunswick County is experiencing some cooler weather, it is not cold enough to significantly decrease the mosquito population. Mosquitoes become less active when temperatures consistently drop below 50°F and most will perish or go dormant once temperatures fall below 32°F. Brunswick County will perform the aerial spraying to protect residents from the immediate threat of mosquito-borne diseases.

Who do I contact to learn more about spraying in my area?
Information about the status of the post-disaster mosquito control response will be shared here on this webpage. Updates will also be shared via emailsocial media, and local media outlets.

For questions about aerial spraying, email Brunswick County Mosquito Control at [email protected] or [email protected].

Beekeepers with questions should call N.C. Cooperative Extension – Brunswick County Center at 910-253-2610 or visit brunswick.ces.ncsu.edu for information.


THB Newsletter (06/03/24)
Hurricane Season
June 1st is the official start to the hurricane season in the Atlantic. Would your family be prepared in the event of a hurricane? Click here to visit the Emergency Information section of our website. You will find helpful tips to implement now, before the threat of a storm. Please make sure you have your vehicle decals in place now. Do not wait! These decals are necessary for re-entry to the island in the event of an emergency situation that restricts access to the island. Click here for more information on decals.


Pets on the Beach Strand
Pets – Chapter 90 / Animals / 90.20

Effective September 10th

      • Pets allowed back on the beach strand during the hours of 9:00am through 5:00pm
      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

Solid Waste Pick-up Schedule –
starting October once a week 

Recycling
starting October every other week  pick-up 


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On September 26, 2024, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to December 20, 2024. 


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


Upcoming Events –

Shag Lessons / October 16th through November 20th
Volunteer Appreciation Luncheon / October 25th
Barktoberfest / October 25th
N.C. Festival by the Sea / October 26th & 27th
Monster Mash Trunk-or-Treat / October 31st
Veterans Appreciation Luncheon / November 8th
Turkey Trot / November 28th
///
Contractors Information Seminar / TBD
Tree Lighting / TBD

9. Audit Committee Report Regarding the Annual Audit – Mayor Pro Tem Myers

Agenda Packet – page 52

Audit Committee Report » click here

Audio Recording » click here  

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion of the Audit Committee findings and recommendation regarding the Town’s annual audit

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Town Ordinance §30.27 specifies that the Audit Committee shall monitor the performance of the external audit firm as it relates to the annual audit of the town, review the annual audit report with the external auditor, and provide a written opinion to the BOC. The external auditor has provided draft content for the Audit Committee to review. The Audit Committee met on October 11th to review the audit information and address questions with the external auditor. Based on these efforts, the Audit Committee is presenting its findings and recommendations.

§30.27 AUDIT COMMITTEE.

The Audit Committee shall: (1) Serve as an advisory committee for the town’s Board of Commissioners (BOC); (2) Assist and advise the BOC in its oversight responsibilities for the town’s financial reporting process, systems of internal financial controls and the external audit process; (3) Recommend to the BOC each year the selection of the independent external audit firm to conduct the annual external audit, using a request for proposals selection process when deemed necessary by the Audit Committee; (4) Monitor the performance of the commercial public accounting firms providing audit services to the town; (5) Monitor the performance of the external audit firm as it relates to the annual audit of the town; (6) Review the annual audit report with the external auditor and provide a written opinion to the BOC; (7) Periodically confirm the suitability of the town’s internal control systems and/or policies, including information technology security and control; (8) Receive confirmation that audit report recommendations have been acted upon in advance of the commencement of the next external audit; (9) Perform other functions from time to time as shall be delegated or assigned to it by the BOC.

Update –
Mayor Pro Tem Myers briefly reviewed the Audit Committee report. Tom reported that we have  very strong financial results, which is really good news. The audit will be submitted as required to the Local Government Commission on time.  The auditor will be here to do a presentation at the November Regular Meeting.


10. Discussion and Possible Action on Long-Term Summer Concert Venue – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Thomas

Agenda Packet – page 53

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discuss and possible action on long term summer concert venue

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Previous concert venue (pavilion next to sewer station #1) was condemned and removed before the 2024 concert season

2024 concerts were held at the Bridgewater Park pavilion:

    • This required closing the park on Sunday afternoons to prep the area and allow bands to set up
    • Portable toilets were rented to provide bathroom facilities (park bathrooms were locked/closed during concerts)

Review Lessons Learned – feedback from town employees and concert goers

 Discuss   2025   plan  for  concerts –

    • Bridgeview park again?
    • Temporary
    • Rented stage somewhere else? (where)
    • New pavilion? (where)

Update –
Commissioner Thomas wanted to be proactive and start the discussion of what we want to do for concerts next year. They were all over the place, it does not seem that they are all on the same page. Both am interim and permanent location for the summer concerts was discussed. The Board requested to have the site plan, without the parking, that they previously reviewed presented to them again next month. Realistically we are not going to get this resolved for the 2025 concert season. Commissioner Smith said you can’t finish till you start. At least this is a start.


Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextPlans for Block Q are all over the place, it is not a panacea. What if parking is provided elsewhere? We proposed additional parking on Jordan Boulevard way back in 2005. I am not a big fan of the original Boulevard plan (see picture below). The Town owns the property/land on both sides of the current street configuration. I’m thinking more of a promenade down the center, with parking on both sides of it as well as parking on the sides. By incorporating a  Jordan Boulevard project with the Block Q project, it would allow us to have a lot more flexibility with what can be done at Block Q, like pickleball and/or a concert venue.


11. Discussion and Possible Action on Having the Parks & Recreation Advisory Board Do an Evaluation of Adding Pickleball Courts to the Island – Commissioners Smith and Dyer

Agenda Packet – pages 54 – 55

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on having the Parks & Recreation Advisory Board (PRAB) do an evaluation of adding pickleball courts on the island. Currently there are user, user conflicts with basketball and pickleball based on its increased popularity. Evaluating the feasibility of having more courts now will aid in fine tuning locations as the PRAB continues to work through its master plan.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
There Is increased popularity in the amount of people playing pickleball and the Town may need to investigate investing in additional courts.

As part of the tasker from the cover sheet, I would like us to specifically consider the following during the discussion:

    • Location- Ideas include 800 block, Lois and Gerda, site of old pavilion, new property,
    • Approval of Funding for Professional Services that may be needed to aid the PRAB – surveys, field trips if needed to view other facilities, etc. (available to appropriate BPART)
    • Cost estimates- The PRAB should supply the BOC with cost estimates to the best of its ability based on similar projects currently being Items to accompany the court that may be required on the site should also be considered (fence, lighting, parking, restrooms, etc.)

Update –
They seemed to agree that we have outgrown the current location.  They want the Parks & Recreation Board to consider possible pickleball court locations at Town owned land and establish what are the minimum requirements that would be needed for the courts. Timbo pointed out that they were getting ahead of themselves and explained the right way for them to proceed. David said there probably will be some costs involved and explained that the Manager can make adjustments within the existing budget. The BOC’s authorized David, spending up to $5,000 to get the ball rolling.  

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Editor’s Note –
For recreational players, a standard pickleball court measures 20 feet by 44 feet. USA Pickleball’s guidance on minimum playing surfaces requires the court to sit evenly inside a 30-foot width and 64-foot length, which adds 10 feet to the width and 20 feet to the length. The Town has two (2) cross-through rights-of-ways between OBW and BAW near Marker 55. The properties are 55 feet by 250 feet each, which could readily accommodate the 30-foot width and 64-foot length that is required.

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Commissioner Paarfus asked them to consider addressing both these projects collectively.  I agree I don’t think we should take a piecemeal approach.

Start with the end in mind!


What is Pickleball you ask?

 Pickleball:  growing sport for seniors
Pickleball originated in 1965 on Bainbridge Island, Washington. The ball used is a perforated plastic ball similar to a Whiffle ball. The game is easy for beginners to learn, but can develop into a fast-paced, competitive game for experienced players. The net is a couple inches lower than a tennis court net and the court is smaller too (20 feet by 44 feet vs. 36 by 78), and the paddles are oversized ping pong paddles made of plywood, aluminum or graphite. The game can be played with two or four players. Experience in tennis, badminton and ping pong is helpful, as there are similarities with those sports. There already are over 100,000 players in the United States alone. When tennis and badminton players find it difficult to navigate the larger courts, the next step is Pickleball, where there is not as much running required.
Read more » click here

What is Pickleball?
Read more » click here

What is Pickleball and Why is It So Popular?
Read more » click here

Pickleball: The fastest growing sport you’ve never heard of
Looking for a new warm-weather sport? Try pickleball. And, no, it’s not just for seniors.
Read more » click here 


12. Discussion and Possible Action on Ordinance 24-15, Ordinance Amending The Holden Beach Code Of Ordinances, Chapter 72: Parking Regulations – Town Clerk Finnell

Agenda Packet – pages 56 – 59

Ordinance 24-15 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Ordinance 24-15, An Ordinance Amending The Holden Beach Code of Ordinances Chapter 72: Parking Regulations

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST: In October 2022, the Board voted to suspend paid parking island wide for the festival. In January 2023, in response to a Board tasker, staff recommended that paid parking continue to be suspended island wide festival weekends. The proposed amendment updates the ordinance to reflect the past precedent of no paid parking during festival weekends. It also proposes to remove the section pertaining to the HB Pavilion since the structure was demolished. If a new structure is added, parking in that area can be discussed at that time.

Staff recommends making a motion to approve Ordinance 24-15.

ORDINANCE 24-15
(12)      Parking is authorized without a permit island  wide during  town  events at the discretion of the town manager.

Update –
In the past, in an effort to better facilitate the Festival by the Sea, the Board of Commissioners suspended paid parking island wide for festival weekend. The amended Ordinance will authorize the Town Manager to suspend paid parking. There was no discussion about whether or not they also planned to suspend enforcement island wide.
The motion made was to adopt the Ordinance as submitted and suspend paid parking for festivals.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Since this issue of enforcement was not discussed there is some confusion regarding enforcement. Does that mean that all other parking regulations are in effect and will be enforced? Or will we suspend enforcement island wide too? Frankly, it’s a zoo out there during the festival weekend. With all the parking problems that happen during the festivals you would think we would want to continue enforcing parking in designated areas only. By suspending enforcement people can and will park anywhere they want.


13.  Discussion on Possible Actions for Non-Legislative Actions to Inform the Public of Holden Beach Code of Ordinances §91.17, Concerning the Placement of Open Flame Devices – Commissioners Dyer and Paarfus

Agenda Packet – pages 60 – 61

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion on possible actions for non-legislative actions to inform the public of the Holden Beach General regulation 91.17 restriction concerning the placement of open flame devices

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Several residents have observed the practice of using open flame devices under houses in violation of 91.17 (attached). This usually is the result of the individual having no knowledge of the regulation’s required standoff distance. It is desirable to find an effective means of informing the public about this important safety issue., particularly because houses typically burn in 2;3 or 3’s due to proximity and environmental concerns.

§91.17 OPEN FLAME DEVICES.
Charcoal burners and other open flame devices shall not be operated on or within ten feet of combustible construction. Exception: propane fueled grills.

Update –
Discussion was about ways of informing the public concerning the placement of open flame devices. They tossed around a couple of ideas and they felt that they could communicate most effectively through the property management companies. It was decided to have the staff contact the property management companies to get their input on ways to improve communications regarding Town ordinances.

Editor’s Note –
It is my understanding that Hobbs Realty addresses this issue by recommending, if they opt for charcoal, that each rental property have park grills fixed in place away from the structure. That seems like a pretty simple solution, albeit with a minor cost for each rental property. They also notify guests in arrival emails of pertinent ordinances like this one. I’m thinking those are ideas could be a benchmark for the other rental companies.


14.  Discussion and Possible Action for the Adoption of an Action Tracking Tool for Certain Fiscal Year 2024 – 2025 Board of Commissioners’ Objectives – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Paarfus

Agenda Packet – pages 62 – 67

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion on possible action for the adoption of an action tracking tool for certain 2024 – 2025 BOC Objectives with the initial distribution to the BOC by 8 October 2024

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The  purpose  of  this  request  is  to consider adoption of an action tracking tool for certain FY 24-25 BOC objectives (see attachments  1-3)  that can he expanded, as necessary. An example of the tool is attached.


Currently, the status of several BOC objectives do not have sufficient visibility for proper oversight and/or may not be receiving the appropriate attention. Additionally, some items, while visible, do not have the basic steps clearly defined with target completion dates established, or identification of the parties who are responsible for achieving the objective. While work may be ongoing, it is not generally visible to the BOC or public unless a specific inquiry is made and may not be documented for future reference.

The purpose of the action tracking tool is to ensure that the BOC and staff do not lose sight of the objectives or their relative priorities when other issues arise. The system will also establish some expectations for progress towards satisfying the objectives, aid in identifying obstacles to progress, and allow for a shift in priorities if needed due to emerging issues.

It is recommended that the action officers update the information monthly and that it be provided to the BOC on the first Tuesday of each month (with the exception of the initial distribution). Updates are not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provide a brief synopsis of the objective’s status that highlights progress, challenges, or a change in priority.

Not all objectives need tracking. As an example, ADA compliance (Objective 1) does not require tracking as that is being aggressively pursued and is visible. Others, such as the Fire Station investigation (Objective 7), do not have a clearly defined path forward.

The following BOC Objectives are recommended for tracking action:
    #2 – ADA Self-Assessment
    #6 -ADA bathroom (at block Q)
    #7 – Fire Station Upgrades
    #8 – Improve Audio/Video for Town Meetings
    #14    Block Q site plan
    #18 – Update Town Website
    #19 – Pier repair/replacement
    #26 – Investigate vacuum bypass system.

Given that the first quarter of the current fiscal year is nearly over and that the next budget process will begin in January, it is strongly recommended that the tracking tool for these 8 initial items be adopted to support decision making and the upcoming budget process.

Update –
They are looking for a status report on a monthly basis, for the eight (8) items listed, in order to track the progress of projects that they have prioritized. Not really sure what exactly they agreed to or what David will provide them monthly. I guess we will have to wait and see.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


15.   Discussion and Possible Action on an Amendment to the Stormwater Master Plan – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Thomas

Agenda Packet – page 68

ISSUE/ ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on an amendment to the Stormwater Master Plan

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
At the August BOC meeting, a resolution was passed to adopt the Stormwater Master Plan. The Town is now proceeding to obtain grants and external funding to implement the plan. Once we have applied and been accepted for funding, we will likely be restricted to spending it only on the areas defined in the plan.

There are two additional areas on the island that have significant flooding issues: OBE to the east of the entrance to Dunescape, and the canal streets. We should consider adding these areas to the plan before we apply for any grants or funding that would restrict our scope to only the six identified areas.

Possible Action:
Obtain a quote from McGill and Associates to amend the plan to include these new areas.

Previously reported – June 2024

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Stormwater Master Plan Report

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
McGill completed the Stormwater Master Plan Report and is here to present the results

Areas of Concern Analysis

○ Analyze the existing stormwater system and drainage conditions at each area of concern for the 2-year and 10-year rainfall events.

○ Identify deficiencies in the network at these locations and evaluate available alternatives to remedy flooding.

○ Develop probable estimates of construction cost

○ Provide supporting documentation to Town for US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Federal 5113 Environmental Infrastructure Assistance grant

Representatives from McGill Associates did a slide presentation which was not included in the agenda packet but is available with the link below. They reviewed their analysis for the six (6) areas of concern. They provided a probable construction range of cost estimate based on current construction costs with the overall cost total will be in excess of two (2) million dollars. Scenario A assumes 100% of the projected capital investment needs are funded by user fees generated by the stormwater utility. Based on the project cost of capital stormwater projects and on-going and planned maintenance for the stormwater system they recommend proceeding with implementation of Scenario A with an initial flat rate of $7.20/month for each parcel on the island. The plan is current and incorporated the additional asphalt from the Ocean Boulevard resurfacing and bike lane project in their analysis, so they don’t think it had a significant impact.

No decision was made – No action taken

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThe Ocean Boulevard resurfacing and bike lane project has eliminated some of the areas of concern and has created some new ones.

 Previously reported – August 2024

Stormwater Master Plan Report » click here

Stormwater Master Plan Presentation » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Adoption of McGill Stormwater Master Plan

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners directed development of a town stormwater plan. McGill and Associates has prepared and delivered a report of same to the Board at its regular June meeting. The report identifies six long­ standing issues and potential funding strategies to implement.

RECOMMENDATION:
Approve attached Resolution 24-07 adopting the McGill Stormwater Master Plan and directing related staff actions.

Resolution 24-07 » click here

The proposed  resolution is a plan to forward and address our stormwater issues. It is simply a guideline, which we can refine, prioritize, and enables us to apply for funding. David stressed the approval of this plan will allow us to move forward strategically, and that they need to adopt the plan. It’s hard to ask for grants if you don’t have a plan. The motion was made to move forward with the plan as submitted. They stated that this is not a panacea, but just our first step to address stormwater issues.

Update –
The discussion was about adding other locations to the stormwater plan as part of grant application. They agreed to appended the existing stormwater plan to add two (2) projects. The first is OBE to the east of the entrance to Dunescape, and the second is the canal streets. Tom wanted them to consider adding these areas to the plan before we apply for any grants or funding. There was agreement on adding the locations, not so much about applying for funding before they are added. David said that he plans on getting it done as soon as they can, but they  may not be able to include them in the grant application. The Board directed the staff to contact McGill Associates for a proposal for the additional locations.

A decision was made – Approved (4-1)
Commissioner Smith opposed the motion


16. Discussion and Possible Action on Documenting an Emergency Pumping Plan – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Thomas

Agenda Packet – pages 69 – 70

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on documenting an Emergency Pumping Plan.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST
We need to address the street flooding problems we experienced during the last two storms, the complaints received from residents & property owners, and the fact the Stormwater Master Plan does not address these types of events. An Emergency Pumping Plan is needed for dealing with rain events like the ones we just recently experienced. The focus needs to be on safety and property damage with prioritization based on the impact to residents and property owners.

It would be very helpful for this plan  to be documented  and  communicated  to stakeholders  so everyone can understand why we are deploying our resources to specific locations, and whether or not they should anticipate pumping to be performed at  their  location.  Hopefully,  this  will  reduce  the frustration  and anger we are now experiencing .

Possible Action:
Direct the Town Manager to work with the Public Works Director to document an Emergency Pumping Plan that includes the following:

    • References to relevant regulations from the DEQ and other regulators
    • Factors used to determine when to close a road
    • Factors used to determine where pumping will occur and the prioritization sequence
    • Other factors that impact priorities and pumping (e.g., sewer system issues)
    • Current resource limitations
    • Potential solutions and associated funding needs

Update –
The agenda item was requesting an Emergency Pumping Plan dealing with rain events. Specifically, Tom was requesting documenting the decision making process. He was not asking them to change anything, simply wanted to improve communication of what we are doing to the public. David suggested a tasker to the Town with developing a flood water management discharge plan that meets the requirements of the Department of Environmental Quality Resources. The Mayor based on his vast experience and being the Emergency Management Director explained why this was not a good idea. He stated that they react to the circumstances as they unfold, prioritization is based on the impact to the greatest amount of people. It’s not in our best interest to have a plan in writing. The Board chose not to move forward with an Emergency Pumping Plan at this time.

No decision was made – No action taken


17. Discussion and Possible Action on Multi-Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Agreements – Public Works Director Clemmons

    • Multi-Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Management Agreement for Primary Provider (Southern Disaster Recovery, LLC)
    • Multi-Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Management Agreement for Secondary Provider (CTC Disaster Response)
    • Multi-Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Planning & Support Management Agreement for Primary Provider – (Tetra Tech, Inc)
    • Multi-Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Planning & Support Management Agreement forSecondary Provider (Metric Consulting, LLC)

Agenda Packet – pages 71 – 72, plus separate packets

Disaster Agreement A & B » click here

Disaster Agreement C & D » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Multi-Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Agreements

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town is a participant in the Brunswick County’s Multi-Jurisdictional agreements for Disaster Debris Management and Disaster Debris Planning & Support Management (monitoring). The County released an RFP earlier this year for both Multi-Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Contracts. The County Commissioners approved the award of the primary Multi-Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Management Contract to Southern Disaster Recovery, LLC and the secondary agreement to CTC Disaster Response. They will be considering award of the primary Disaster Debris Planning & Support Management Agreement to Tetra Tech, Inc and the secondary to Metric Consulting at their October 7th meeting. The contracts are essential to recovery in an emergency situation. Staff recommends approving all four of the agreements presented.

Previously reported – October 2023
The County has informed the Town that the Multijurisdictional Disaster Debris Management  contract with Southern Disaster Recovery, LLC does not include the removal of eligible hazardous tress of less than six inches in diameter. The proposed amendment to the contract adds this service to the fee schedule in the contract.

The recommended motion is to approve the second amendment to the contract between Southern Disaster Recovery, LLC, and the Town of Holden Beach.

Contractor and Activating Entity previously entered into a Multi­ Jurisdictional Disaster Debris Management contract with an effective date of September 12, 2019. It now appears there was an omission in the fee schedule for removal of eligible hazardous trees with work consisting of removing hazardous trees. Contractor and Activating Entity have agreed to amend the original contract to set forth the facts for said additional services.

Update –
The message was plain and simple. We should stay the course, continue with what we have now, and participate in the Brunswick County’s Multi-Jurisdictional agreements. That’s what they did.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


18. Town Attorney Response to Tasker from the Board of Commissioners to Investigate the Town of Holden Beach’s Legal Requirements for the Pier Grants – Attorney Moore

Agenda Packet – pages 73 – 77

ISSUE/ ACTION REQUESTED:
Pier Tasker

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
BOC’s tasked Town Attorney to report on Town’s legal obligations for grants acquired on pier properties.

Legal Obligations on Pier Properties

5 year Development Requirement for property acquired with PARTF funds:

Town is not tied to the conceptual plan, but it does provide ideas for developing the property.

Development  can  be  in  the  form  of parking  lot  enhancement, bathroom or bathhouse enhancement, improvements of camping are,. picnic tables, shaded areas, recreational facilities, etc. Not  limited  to any of these ideas.

Pier House deemed to have no value in structure at purchase; may be removed, replaced, repurposed, etc.

Public recreation use should begin ASAP, can be delayed up to 5 years from start date of the PARTF grant contract. Property must be open to public to greatest extent possible.

    • Interim facilities must at least include public access/parking on the site and some form of recreation (picnic area, trail, access, etc.

Logo of North Carolina Parks and Recreation Trust Fund

Previously reported – May 2024

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discuss and possible action on instructing the Town Attorney to investigate the Town of Holden Beach’s legal requirements from the Pier grants – the $500k PARTF grant (for tract 1) and the$180k Public Beach & Coastal Waterfront Access Program Grant (for Tract 2)

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town of Holden Beach received a PARTF grant for $500K toward the acquisition of Tract 1 and also received a $180k Public Beach & Coastal Waterfront Access Program Grant (for Tract 2) when they purchased the Pier property in 2022. It is unclear what the legal requirements are for the grants and before we can finalize a Pier Plan, we need to understand exactly what we are legally required to provide based on the grants.

Some of the Board members still have questions regarding what the Town is legally required to do by having accepted these grants. Basically, they want to know what can be included and what is required to be included before they approve any plan of action. They simply want to have all our ducks in a row and feel that the prudent thing to do is have our Town attorney review them. The motion was made to have the Town attorney investigate the Town’s legal requirements for the pier grants.
A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion

Update –
The Town Attorney was tasked with determining our legal requirements by accepting the pier grants. Sydnee briefly reviewed the grant guidelines and presented a summary of the Town’s obligations. She was not able to get some of the answers from the grant itself. This is her official legal position after doing research and after speaking to Brittany the state coordinator who is the grant liaison person.

Key Takeaways

    • Need to retain and use property for public access
    • Town must keep property/facilities open and accessible for public use
    • Need to develop parcels for recreational purposes
    • Town must operate and maintain property
    • Town is not tied to the conceptual plan
    • Pier house has no value and can be removed, replaced, or repurposed

The motion was made to have the Town Attorney prepare a formal opinion to codify the information

A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Moore Law firm was selected by this Board to provide legal services to the Town. Sydnee Moore is our Town Attorney. This is now the second time that some members of the Board questioned the Town Attorney’s legal opinion/determination when it was not the answer that they wanted to hear. This is ridiculous. Sydnee is our lawyer, we pay her for her professional legal opinion whether we like her opinion or not, they need to accept the Town Attorney’s findings and determination.


19.  Mayor’s Comments

This is what he usually says, but he did not say
Alan was thankful that we got through the storm events this year with minimal damage. Although hurricane season is still on the calendar, traditionally by the middle of October we have been out of the woods. He feels that we have safely made it through another hurricane season and have been very fortunate this year.


From the Mayor’s Desk (10/03/24)
As response to Hurricane Helene continues and recovery intensifies, local donation drives have been organized to provide donations to Western North Carolina residents in need. Click here to view the website established by NCEM that provides guidance on how to donate to best support the needs of those impacted by Helene.

Individuals from outside storm damaged areas who are gathering supplies are urged to collect them but do not attempt to deliver them to Western North Carolina on their own. Needs vary from area to area and may change rapidly. Uncoordinated efforts to deliver supplies can disrupt ongoing rescue and relief efforts. If you are donating supplies, make sure you are giving to a legitimate effort and watch out for scams.

Travel conditions remain hazardous in much of Western North Carolina and people from outside the region are asked not to drive to the area on their own. More than 400 roadways remain dangerous with many impassible and are limited to local and hurricane response traffic only. Available routes should be reserved for ongoing emergency needs including search and rescue.


From the Mayor’s Desk (09/10/24)
The Town of Holden Beach is declaring September 2024 as Preparedness Month to raise awareness about the importance of preparing for disasters and emergencies that could happen at any time. Click here to read the full proclamation. As mayor/emergency management director, I encourage all citizens to develop their emergency plan, build an emergency kit and communicate your plan to your household. Click here for some helpful information you can use while developing your plan. Also, make sure you have your vehicle decals in place. Decals must be displayed in the lower left-hand corner of the windshield in the event we have an evacuation. Now is the time to “Start a Conversation”. It is important to be prepared for potential emergencies, do not wait.


General Comments –


 BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, November 19th

Meeting Agenda
Yet another marathon session, the meeting ran for over three (3) hours



Some Brunswick County residents will be voting at a new location this year
Election Day is less than 80 days away and if you are a Brunswick County voter then you may be taking a different route to get to the polling booths this year. WWAY caught up with the director of elections of Brunswick County, Sara Lavere on Monday who said after the primary elections they reassessed some of the polling locations. They realized that some of the locations could not accommodate the number of voters and equipment, so they changed five polling locations. She is very optimistic about this change but knows it may bring some challenges. “I think that the change will make those locations have a reduced wait time. Which is paramount when we are talking about the voter experience. You know if they have to wait in line for 45 minutes to 1 hour that really is not great. I think it will lead to some confusion.” Lavere said. To help avoid some of the possible confusion Lavere suggested checking your voter registration prior to election day and if you have questions call the main source; your county board of elections. Also, if your location is affected you will get a voter verification voter card in the mail. 

Shallotte (CB02)
Previous Polling Place: The Brunswick Center at Shallotte
New Polling Place: West Brunswick High School, 550 Whiteville Rd NW, Shallotte, 28470 

Secession 2 (CB04)
Previous Polling Place: Holden Beach Emergency Operations Center (EOC) Building
New Polling Place: Sabbath Home Baptist Church, 990 Sabbath Home Rd, Supply, 28462 

Read more » click here 

A Cartoon with Bag in a Running Position, Breaking NewsPolling place in Holden Beach moved to old location
The Brunswick County Board of Elections announced on Sept. 18 that the CB04 Secession 2 polling place will be at the Holden Beach Emergency Operations Center. “Although initial plans were made to hold the election at Sabbath Home Baptist Church, we were recently informed that the venue would no longer be available for use. As a result, the polling location for Secession 2 will now return to the Holden Beach EOC, located at 1044 Sabbath Home Rd SW, Supply, 28462,” the announcement states. Affected voters have been mailed an updated voter card, and you can look up the registration details online here.
Read more » click here


How to vote early in North Carolina’s 2024 general election
Early voting for the North Carolina primary election begins Thursday, Oct. 17 and ends at 3 p.m. on Saturday, Nov. 2. Early voting allows voters to cast their ballots at a convenient time for them, but polling locations may be different than a voter’s Election Day spot. Find the nearest polling location on the North Carolina State Board of Elections website. Each polling location has unique hours, so make sure to check before heading out to vote. Just like Election Day voting, early in-person voting requires a photo ID to cast a ballot. A common acceptable form of photo ID is a North Carolina driver’s license, but there are over five other acceptable forms of ID. To see a full list of acceptable IDs, visit the North Carolina State Board of Election website. For those without a photo ID, the board of elections is providing free photo voter ID cards. Apply for one on their website. Early in-person voting also allows for same-day registration. Learn more about who qualifies and next steps on the NCSBE website.
Read more » click here


 It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following nine (9) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • Accommodation/Occupancy Tax Compliance
        • Audio/Video Broadcast
        • Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue
        • Dog Park
        • Fire Station Project
        • Pavilion Replacement
        • Pier Properties Project
        • Rights-of-Way
        • USACE/Coastal Storm Risk Management Study

Upon further review we have decided to revise the Loose Ends list based on the BOC’s prioritized objectives. Frankly, it did not seem that some of the items were going to see the light of day ever again.

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.


.

Lost in the Sauce –

.

 


2023 –

Removing Sand from the Beach
Previously reported – October 2023
Discussion and Possible Action on Regulations for Removing Sand from the Beach – Mayor Holden
Agenda Packet  –
No person, firm or corporation shall remove or cause to be removed any beach sand from its natural state, except necessary excavation in preparation for building, remodeling, or repairing the premises; provided that any beach sand so removed shall be placed nearer the road adjoining the premises or, at the option of the owner of the premises, hauled to another suitable location within the town limits, provided also that the sand dunes lying adjacent to the ocean front shall not be lowered below six feet in height above the abutting street elevation, and that in making such excavation no vegetation shall be destroyed which is growing on the front slope of the ocean front sand dune. Provided further that under no circumstances shall any quantity of beach sand be transported to a location outside the town limits.

Update –
Agenda packet included Ordinances from Caswell Beach, Ocean Isle Beach, and Sunset Beach. Alan requested that the town staff examine existing rules regarding the removal of sand from the island. He specifically requested that ordinance includes language stating that under no circumstances shall any quantity of beach sand be transported to a location outside the town limits. The Board instructed the town staff to craft an ordinance that will not allow hauling sand off the island.


2022 –

Coastal Storm Risk Management Study
Previously reported –
October 2022
Discussion and Possible Action on the Corps’ Coastal Storm Risk Management Study
Agenda Packet  –
Colonel Bennett, representing the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, presented proposed changes in the Coastal Storm Risk Management Study duration, scope, costs, and potential funding opportunities at the September board meeting. Attached please find the letter of intent  the Wilmington  District  would  like from the Board (Attachment 1) to apply for 2019 Disaster Relief Act funding. Prior to the  regular September meeting staff consulted with Ward and Smith /Ferguson Group to develop the attached draft letter of intent at Attachment 2; however, the Wilmington District  has communicated “HQ  would  like  to see full acknowledgement of the additional time and  costs”  (Christine  Brayman ).  Also included  is what we have obtained since the meeting to describe actions/costs to date (Attachment 3).

Previously reported – April 2021
Presentation and Possible Action on Holden Beach Coastal Storm Risk Management Study Federal Cost Share Agreement (FCSA) – Bob Keistler, Corps (Assistant Town Manager Ferguson)
  a.
Ordinance 21-09, An Ordinance Amending Ordinance 20-10, The Revenues and Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 2020 – 2021 (Amendment No. 11)

In order for us to become a USACE beach requires a new study be authorized

Three (3) years / Three (3) levels of review / Three (3) million dollars

    • $1.5 million Feds and $1.5 million Town of Holden Beach

Why consider doing a study?

    • FEMA is not an insurance policy
    • The rule book is changing
    • We have to consider risks

Coastal Storm Risk Management Study
This attached draft agreement for a Coastal Storm Risk Management Study (Attachment 1) between the USACE and the Town of Holden Beach represents the inclusion of the study in the Corps work plan for this federal fiscal year. The study was the Town’s number one advocacy priority at the federal level as a proposed means of storm damage reduction . The Town will not know if it is economically and environmentally feasible for us to become a federal beach unless the study is conducted. The attached budget amendment (Attachment  2) in the amount of $500,000 represents the town’s commitment for the upcoming FY for the Town’s share of the total non-federal (Town) study cost of $1,500,000.

If the BOC chooses to pursue the study, a motion will need to be made to authorize the Town Manager to execute the contract document and self-certification of financial capability with the USACE and approve the attached budget amendment.

Christy went through a slide presentation briefly reviewing how we got to this point. The abridged version is that FEMA continues to change the rules for engineered beaches maintenance programs. The study with the USACE gives us another option if we can’t count on FEMA moving forward. Commissioner Kwiatkowski was prepared as usual and had a number of questions for the USACE representatives that were in attendance at the meeting. The Corps representative walked them through the process. Commissioner Sullivan asked a couple additional questions regarding funding. An important takeaway is the federal government contributes 65% of the costs for initial construction, the cost split is 50% between federal and non-federal funding for maintenance nourishment projects. Of course, the major concern is whether there will be adequate funding for not only the study but for an approved project. The Corps rep made it very clear that there is no guarantee, but he felt confident that they both would be funded. He understands that the Town is looking to obtain the best deal possible. FEMA and USACE organizations are both here to help and each have a place. The difference between them is that the USACE is more of a designed project, build, and maintain whereas FEMA is primarily there to help cover emergencies. The BOC’s decided to fund the  $1.5 million study and take the funds from the BPART account instead of the Capital Reserve account.

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

We just approved spending $1.5 million to potentially switch to USACEwait for itafter we just received $45 million for FEMA projects. I have some reservations about making the change and was really disappointed that there was not more serious discussions prior to spending that kind of money.  Just to be clear I’m for beach nourishment, but I am generally opposed to moving forward with the federal project due to the uncertainty of the funding. Congressional authorization of a project does not necessarily mean that the project will receive federal construction funds. Project authorizations over the years have far outpaced the level of federal appropriations provided. Our portion is $1.5 million just for the Storm Risk Management study, which is a huge amount of money when we don’t even know if the study will be completely funded let alone whether the project will be approved or funded.

Update –
USACE briefly reviewed the process and gave us a status update. Hat in hand, they said they are not able to get it done as presented to us; neither in the time frame three (3) years nor for the budget of three (3) million dollars. Additional work beyond what they planned is needed. They realize that they need to take other variables into consideration, and they need to address it now. Colonel Bennett stated that they were not here to advocate for or against the project but were here to communicate capability. The sooner that they get Board approval the better, it would likely be a greater opportunity to be selected. The Board allowed the public to ask any questions that they had. Town Manager will draft letter of intent and the BOC’s will discuss at the Special Meeting scheduled for September 28th.
No decision was made – No action taken

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Let me get this straight we already committed $1.5 million for our portion just over one (1) year ago and now they want us to ante up another 1.25 million? The additional cost prohibits us from doing other things that we planned on doing.


Bulkheads from 796 Ocean Boulevard West through 800 Block Properties
Previously reported – October 2022
Discussion and Possible Action on Bulkheads from 796 Ocean Boulevard West through 800 Block Properties – Commissioner Murdock

Delineation study was completed, now we need to act on it. Brian stated he was looking for the Board’s thoughts on protecting those properties. This is a necessary step if we want to make use of these Town owned parcels. Timbo recommended proceeding by applying for CAMA permits for bulkheads there. David suggested Right Angle Engineering could give us the probable cost of construction. The motion was made to have the Town’s engineer, Right Angle Engineering, pursue getting CAMA permits and also to determine the height of bulkheads that are needed with the estimated cost.
A decision was made – Approved (4-1)
Commissioner Smith opposed the motion

Previously reported – March 2021
Commissioners Murdock and Tyner are recommending to the BOC that the Town appropriate funding to build parking lots on Town-owned properties in the 800 block and 764 0BW.

Editor’s Note –
The Town owns ten (10) parcels in the 800 block which we obtained on 04/21/13 ostensibly to be used for parking. They are as follows: 46BC001, 246BC010, 246BC011, 246BC012, 246BC013, 246BC014, 246BC015, 246BC016, 246BC01604, and 246BC01609.

To View Parcels » click here

Brunswick County – Basic Search
Select Parcel Number
Enter Parcel Number
Click Owner Name
Click View Map for this Parcel




Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be prepared – have a plan!


NOAA predicts above-normal 2024 Atlantic hurricane season
Read more » click here


Brunswick County reminds public to prepare for 2024 Atlantic hurricane season
Read more » click here 


A Once-Dormant Hurricane Season Is Spinning Into Action
Technically, the hurricane season has fallen short of the “hyperactive” forecast, but in some ways it hasn’t.
There are just under two months left before the official Atlantic hurricane season ends in November, and with millions of people across the Southeast United States still assessing the damage of Hurricane Helene and two more storms churning at sea, experts are warning it isn’t over yet. It may even last into December. What was expected to be a “hyperactive” hurricane season has turned out to be only average by the start of October. It may not have felt average to anyone who lives in the Southeast, where, in addition to Helene, three other hurricanes have already made landfall this year. But in a typical hurricane season in the United States, two or three hurricanes make landfall; in the busiest year on record, 2020, there were six. “So, in some ways, it’s been busy, and in some ways, it hasn’t been busy,” said Matthew Rosencrans, the lead forecaster for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s seasonal hurricane outlook. His organization was one of many this spring that predicted an abnormally busy season. In May, NOAA said it expected 17 to 25 named tropical cyclones, eight to 13 of which would become hurricanes. An updated assessment in August, issued during a long lull in storms, held generally the same forecast. As of Friday, there have been 12 named storms this year, and eight have become hurricanes. October and November typically calm down slightly. When graphed, an average season looks like a tall mountain with a solid peak of activity at the beginning of September. But seasonal hurricane experts like Phil Klotzbach at Colorado State University believe this year will instead bring three hurricane seasons: “A busy start, a super-quiet peak and a busy finish,” he said. When graphed, this season will look like two mountain peaks with a distinct valley in the center. In early July, Hurricane Beryl, the earliest major hurricane to form in a season, was the first hurricane to land in the United States, lashing Houston with damaging winds and bringing warnings of what was to come this season. Then came Debby, which flooded Florida, Georgia and the Carolina coasts in early August. Then, after Hurricane Ernesto, the Atlantic went quiet. There was nothing for weeks at what was supposed to be the height of the season. Forecasters who had warned of the worst began questioning their expectations and looking for explanations for the lull. Scientists are already trying to diagnose what happened, in hopes of informing future forecasts and better preparing coastal residents. One possible explanation is that the African Monsoon, a weather pattern that can spin up storms off Africa’s west coast, was too far north. Instead of moving over warm tropical water, this year’s storms hit cooler conditions that were less conducive to helping them form. Another hypothesis is that the air was too warm at higher levels, which meant that the already warmer air at the surface of the ocean couldn’t rise up to form thunderstorms. Then, almost overnight, just after the midpoint of hurricane season in mid-September, the lull broke. Francine formed and hit Louisiana, and not far behind it were more: Gordon, Kirk, and Leslie, which churned generally harmlessly in the middle of the Atlantic. The worst was Helene last week, which rapidly intensified in the Gulf of Mexico, striking the Florida shores as the strongest hurricane to ever hit the state’s Big Bend coastline. Its tropical downpours dropped over two feet of rain on parts of the Appalachian Mountains, causing widespread destruction. Despite the quick succession of recent storms, “we’re probably a little behind where I would have expected to be at the beginning of the season, given the outlook we had,” Mr. Rosencrans said. When Leslie formed this week, the season officially became average, at least as far as the number of overall storms. But of the named storms, 66 percent have become hurricanes. So, the average season may yet have an above-average number of hurricanes. Even though the total storm count is likely to be lower than forecasters predicted in the spring, details this year have surprised them. Historically, in October, a storm is much more likely to form in the Caribbean Sea or the Gulf of Mexico than in the eastern Atlantic. But Hurricane Kirk and Leslie, became a hurricane late Friday night, have done just that, forming off the coast of Africa and moving through Atlantic waters this week. Dr. Klotzbach called that “impressive.” “The conditions that would make this an above-normal season, the warm sea surface temperatures, the coming of La Niña, are still in place,” Mr. Rosencrans said. An average year could produce three named storms in October and one in November. So, another five or six storms are not out of the question, he added, and this would be close to the lower end of NOAA’s forecast of 17. The hurricane season officially ends on Nov. 30. Still, Mr. Rosencrans cautions that during the La Niña years, with warm sea surface temperatures in the Atlantic, the active season can last into December. That happened in 2005 when Hurricane Epsilon formed in late November and stretched into the first week of December and then Tropical Storm Zeta formed at the end of the year, lasting into the first week of 2006.
Read more » click here

Hurricane season isn’t over yet.
Here’s why North Carolina residents need to stay vigilant.
Despite tropical storm-induced flooding in the mountains and along the coast, experts say NC isn’t out of the woods yet as hurricane season drags on
First Tropical Storm Debby, a slow-moving storm that trudged up the East Coast in early August before making a second landfall along the central South Carolina coast, drenched the Cape Fear region with more than 15 inches of rain in places. A little more than a month later, an unnamed storm that wasn’t deemed a big enough threat to close many schools swamped parts of southern New Hanover County and much of Brunswick County with another massive deluge. The nearly 20 inches of rain in some areas caused extensive flash flooding, collapsed roads, and destroyed several bridges. Then Tropical Storm Helene blew into the state three weeks ago, pummeling Asheville and the North Carolina mountains. The record-setting rainfall, more than 18 inches in some places, washed out roads and bridges, knocked out power to nearly 2 million people in the Carolinas with 14,000 N.C. customers still without power as of Wednesday, and killed at least 95 people in the state with dozens still unaccounted for. North Carolina has been hammered on both ends of the state by tropical weather systems this year, making 2024 one of the worst hurricane seasons the state has seen in a long time. And while it might be mid-October and temperatures are already beginning to fall, experts warn that the Tar Heel State needs to stay on alert for another possible visit from Mother Nature. Several factors are contributing to officials’ concerns, but chief among them is the impact climate change is having on temperatures and weather patterns. “So, no, we are definitely not out of the woods for this season,” said Dr. Michael Mann, a meteorologist and scientist at the University of Pennsylvania, in an email.

Does North Carolina get late-season hurricanes?
On Oct. 15, 1954, Hurricane Hazel made landfall near the North Carolina/South Carolina state line. The storm remains the only Category 4 hurricane to ever hit the Carolinas. After wiping clean some of the Brunswick County barrier islands with storm surge that exceeded 18 feet in places, the monster storm barreled inland at speeds of more than 50 mph. That allowed Hazel to bring hurricane-force winds well inland, to places like Fayetteville, Raleigh and Goldsboro. While Hazel might be a bit of an outlier, it isn’t the only storm that has impacted North Carolina late in hurricane season. Others include 2012’s Hurricane Sandy, which brought substantial overwash to the Outer Banks and nearly a foot of snow to the N.C. mountains in late October, and 2018’s Tropical Storm Michael that left more than 400,000 without power and flooded many coastal communities. Hurricane Matthew also hit the state in October 2016, flooding nearly 100,000 structures across much of Eastern North Carolina and causing billions in damages. Remnants of tropical systems that form and then fall apart farther south also can wander north and impact parts of the state, especially coastal areas as they ride the Gulf Stream north.

How is the rest of the 2024 hurricane season shaping up?
As of Wednesday, the National Hurricane Center was tracking two tropical disturbances in the Atlantic basin, with the one in the mid-South Atlantic on track to hit the northern Caribbean and then potentially Florida. If it strengthens enough, it would become Tropical Storm Nadine. They are unlikely to be the last systems of the season to attract the attention of meteorologists. Before hurricane season officially began June 1, officials were expressing concern over how bad it might be. With climate change warming the oceans and air temperatures seemingly hitting new highs every month, they said it really was only a question of just how brutal the season would be. But for most of the summer, aside from Beryl, which was a rare major June hurricane, the reality on the ground seemed to confound the predictions, with Saharan dust blowing off Africa helping limit storm formation for much of June, July and into August. Then Debby, Ernesto, Francine and Helene came barreling ashore not to mention the no-name storm that pummeled Southeastern North Carolina. Mann said conditions remain ripe for more storm activity. He said sea surface temperatures remain very warm, largely a result of heat-trapping gasses pumped into the atmosphere tied to human activity. Warmer ocean water helps fuel storms, allowing them to intensify more quickly and grow bigger and stronger. They also can hold their strength longer and travel farther inland, and hotter ocean temperatures allow them to travel farther north, striking areas that aren’t used to seeing raging hurricanes on the horizon. Mann said we’re also still transitioning toward a La Niña climate pattern. That will mean decreased wind shear in the tropical Atlantic and a more favorable environment for tropical cyclones. “That combination of factors tends to lead to very late seasons, Mann said. “2005 is the definitive example, where we saw named storms into the new year.” The record-setting 2005 hurricane season included 28 named storms and 15 hurricanes. Four of those reached Category 5 strength, and seven of the storms formed in October, another three in November. Although hurricane season is supposed to end Nov. 30, the 2005 season continued until Jan. 6 and was so busy the National Hurricane Center had to use the Greek alphabet to name some of the storms. Infamous storms from that season included Hurricanes’ Katrina, Rita and Wilma. Another storm, Hurricane Ophelia, raked much of the N.C. coast, causing significant coastal flooding and erosion.
Read more » click here

As hurricane seasons worsen, taxpayers subsidize people to live in risky areas
Helene and Milton spotlight a federal flood insurance program drowning in debt.
Hurricane Helene likely caused more than $30 billion worth of damage. Less than two weeks later, Hurricane Milton inflicted almost $50 billion more. With six weeks left in this hurricane season, the Small Business Administration’s disaster loan program is already out of money. And more tropical storms are swirling over the Atlantic. Who pays for all of this? Because private home insurers generally find this sector of the business unprofitable, the federal National Flood Insurance Program shoulders the burden of providing homeowners inundation coverage — and it has problems. The NFIP is managed by the Federal Emergency Management Agency — the same body fighting misinformation and dodging vigilantes as it tries to distribute much-needed aid to the victims of Helene and Milton. The program provides nearly $1.3 trillion in coverage to more than 5 million policyholders. It’s funded by the premiums collected from policyholders but borrows from the U.S. treasury when claims it’s obligated to pay outpace revenue, as is often the case. Congress canceled $16 billion in NFIP debt in 2017; since then, the program has borrowed billions more from taxpayers. If Helene and Milton epitomized how destructive hurricanes are becoming in a warming world, the NFIP’s financial woes will only worsen. And yet Congress has made no fundamental reforms to the program since its inception nearly six decades ago. That cannot continue. Congress created the NFIP when private insurers retreated from the flood insurance market after the first storm to cause $1 billion in losses: Hurricane Betsy in 1965. The government stepped in with two conditions, which were intended to avoid “moral hazard,” the phenomenon whereby insuring against a particular risk encourages more people to take it. It required communities to adopt land-use policies that discouraged development in flood-prone areas, and it mandated that homeowners pay “actuarially sound” premiums. Moral hazard took hold anyway, as developers and other real estate interests gamed the system to suppress premiums and permit building in low-lying areas and beachfronts exposed to storms. The upshot is that FEMA flood hazard maps that determine coverage today rely on outdated information so inaccurate that more than 40 percent of NFIP claims made from 2017 to 2019 were for properties outside official flood hazard zones or in areas the agency had not mapped at all. Heavily lobbied by the interested industries, Congress has taken little action to rectify these long-standing issues, which have been festering for decades. Since the end of fiscal 2017, it has enacted 31 short-term NFIP reauthorizations, including the most recent extension through Dec. 20. The one attempt at genuine reform in recent history — the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 — would have ended subsidized rates for second homes and properties that repeatedly flooded. After Hurricane Sandy, however, coastal-state representatives reversed even these modest improvements. Despite congressional inaction, FEMA took one step in the right direction on its own by implementing its Risk Rating 2.0 pricing methodology. The agency now uses data from private insurers to charge policyholders rates based on variables that more accurately gauge flood risk. But to be solvent and continue providing coverage to homeowners, the NFIP needs larger-scale reforms that require legislative action. Ideally, modern data collection and risk mapping should enable private insurers to resume issuing flood insurance rather than leave the business entirely to the government. In the likely event that doesn’t happen, Congress should at least reinstate the 2012 law’s bans on subsidized premiums for second homes and properties that have been rebuilt multiple times. As climate change raises risks to more areas, investing in updated flood maps would also bring a more fitting geographic region under the NFIP’s purview. That, in turn, would enable stronger enforcement of building standards and tougher flood-risk building requirements. And even if private industry didn’t offer policies directly to consumers, more accurate pricing would help the NFIP appeal to private insurers, which might then share some of the risk by offering “reinsurance” — essentially, insurance protecting insurers, in this case NFIP, from high costs. Still, premiums greatly lag behind risk assessments. Congress should enable FEMA to build on the Risk Rating 2.0 pricing model, adjusting rates to reflect actual risk. Yes, more accurate pricing might raise some homeowners’ premiums. But this necessary step will help the program become fiscally stable and provide coverage in the coming years. It’s simply unfair to ask the entire population to provide deep subsidies for properties that, by definition, only a portion of Americans can occupy and enjoy.
Read more » click here


Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.                                          • Gather and disseminate information
.                               • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.                               • Act as a watchdog
.                               • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/